Forty summers ago – July 5, 1977 – grand jury began hearing testimony, piercing, slightly, the ongoing Showalter hit-run cover-up in New London, CT        


Editor’s Note: The Showalter grand jury is noteworthy in that forces for justice – Judge Joseph Dannehy, Special Prosecutor Austin McGuigan and as many as 17 Connecticut State Police detectives – could only knock down some of the walls protecting New London Police, State’s Attorney C. Robert Satti, Asst. State’s Attorney Harold Dean, Judge Angelo Santaniello, former Mayor Harvey Mallove and others who escaped complete discovery. The cover-up continues to this day, highlighted by the suppression and disappearance of the grand jury transcripts.




The foundation for investigative reporting in this case was developed by John Peterson, who was managing editor of The Norwich Bulletin during the grand jury. The grand jury began hearing testimony on July 5, 1977
.








Special Prosecutor McGuigan became Chief State’s Attorney, then was fired after convicting appointees of the governor and many other public officials.

---
Chronology, Grand Juror Report, Follow-up Columns
Via
Law And Justice In Everyday Life, CT Law Tribune


F. Lee Bailey on Law and Justice in Everyday Life and the Showalter case:

This book - which is mainly about public officials, police, judges and lawyers either shaming or shining - is a good read. Many of the stories stand alone, like slices of life. Others will appear early in the book, with follow-up chapters later. The crown jewel, in my view, is his handling of the strange death of Kevin Showalter, who was slammed 50 feet down the road in New London, Connecticut on Christmas Eve 1973 while changing a tire on the traffic side of a parked car. For many years, Andy Thibault dogged a case which public officials seemed determined to let die, despite the presence of a likely suspect. He tells me his mentor, John Peterson, broke the case open and then handed over the torch. Joined by the victim's mother, Lucille, who revealed herself as a determined but delightful woman as the story unfolds, Andy beats up on police, prosecutors, judges and governors until finally there is action. Spurred on by an appointment hastened by Gov. Ella Grasso, Judge Joseph Dannehy conducted one of the most brilliant and thorough investigations I have ever seen. If this book were only about the Showalter case, it would be worth the price.

APPENDIX

THE SHOWALTER CHRONOLOGY – A FOUR YEAR SEARCH FOR JUSTICE


New London, Ct.

1973

December 24

Approximately 11:10 to 11:20 p.m. Kevin B. Showalter is killed. Car leaves scene. Only taillights observed by a neighbor.

There is much confusion. Mr. Showalter had been changing a tire on his companion’s car. His companion Debra Emilyta, was sitting about six feet away from the car on a stone wall.

Ms. Emilyta told police she heard a thud, but did not see the car which struck Mr. Showalter. She said she ran across the road, a well-lit section of Pequot Avenue near Plant Street, before seeing Mr. Showalter’s body.

Mr. Showalter’s body was thrown 22 feet from the believed point of impact, onto a sidewalk near a large tree. The police report prepared that night noted the deceased’s shoes were found 110 feet apart. Part of a leg bone was found 75 feet away.

Michael Buscetto of Mike’s Auto Body gives police body putty, apparently from the car which struck Mr. Showalter. The putty never made it to the police station. Det. Lt. Konstanty T. Bucko later denies its existence.

December 25

Autopsy performed. No trace of alcohol or drugs found. Cause of death listed as lacerated liver and broken neck.

In efforts to console Mrs. Showalter, friends, neighbors, witnesses and officials volunteer information about the accident. She quietly listens for about six weeks, taking it for granted that police are acting on the same information. December 26

New London police begin full-scale search for red car.

1974

February 6

FBI report describes paint particles on Mr. Showalter’s clothing as “racing green” or “forest green” used on 1968 Chrysler products.

February 7

Mrs. Showalter notes she had the impression local police were not actively pursuing the case. She began interviewing those persons who came to her voluntarily and made a written record of her findings.

During the next three weeks, Mrs. Showalter spends much of her time making telephone calls and knocking on doors. She and her youngest son Craig, then 14, visited a number of local auto dealers and garages. She said in most cases they were told police had not made any inquiries of them.

February 28

New London police conduct first interview with Harvey N. Mallove, the downtown merchant and former mayor and city councilor. Mallove stated he drove by Pequot Avenue near Plant Street shortly before 11:15 p.m. on Christmas Eve 1973. Seven people near the accident scene contradict what he said he saw.

April 20

Mrs. Showalter writes to State’s Atty. Edmund J. O’Brien, requesting a one-man grand jury investigation into her son’s death. O’Brien never responds.

On the same day, Atty. Thomas Bishop, representing Mrs. Showalter as the administratix of Mr. Showalter’s estate, asks Atty. Joseph Moukawsher to conduct a coroner’s inquest of the hit-run death.

April 23

Moukawsher agrees to conduct inquest but must confer with New London police before setting date.

June 4

Mrs. Showalter writes to New London Police Chief John J. Crowley, asking for a progress report on the investigation by his force. Crowley neither acknowledges receipt of letter nor responds. Copies of letter were sent to City Manager C. Francis Driscoll, and Abraham Kirshenbaum, then chairman of the City Council’s Public Safety Committee.

June 10

Mrs. Showalter asks Superior Court Judge Angelo Santaniello to call for a grand jury investigation.

June 24

Santaniello notes Moukawsher has agreed to conduct coroner’s inquest. He tells Mrs. Showalter, “If it appears that during any stage of this proceeding that any further intercession is necessary, appropriate action will be taken at that time.”

July 2

Mrs. Showalter writes to City Manager C. Francis Driscoll, asking for a report from his office assessing the police department’s handling of the case. She also asks for a reply to her June 4 letter to Police Chief Crowley.

July 9

Driscoll tells Crowley to prepare a complete report for Mrs. Showalter.

July 10

Bucko completes report on fatal accident.

July 25

Driscoll sends Mrs. Showalter Bucko’s report. The report said Mr. Showalter’s body was in the road, but the ambulance crew which took Mr. Showalter to Lawrence Memorial Hospital said they found him on the sidewalk several feet away. No police officer ever saw the body at the scene since the first officer arrived as the body was being placed in the ambulance.

Bucko says paint particles from a 1968 Plymouth at the U.S. Naval Submarine Base in Groton are similar to those found on Mr. Showalter’s clothing, but the same paint is used on any 1968 Chrysler product.

Bucko also says a piece of metal Mrs. Showalter found near the accident scene is in the detective bureau. When Mrs. Showalter first offered the metal to police, they refused to sign a receipt for it.

August 6

Mrs. Showalter writes to Driscoll regarding Bucko’s report. She lists six pages of comments on allegedly “serious omissions” and “strictly opinion judgments” by Bucko.

Mrs. Showalter also writes to Chief State’s Atty. Joseph Gormley, asking him to send a representative to the coroner’s inquest. She includes copies of correspondence with local officials and Bucko’s report.

August 9

Mrs. Showalter requests a meeting with the City Council’s Public Safety Committee.

August 15

Bucko updates report, at request of city manager Driscoll.

Bucko said of the body location, “the position he (Mr. Showalter) was found in at the scene of the accident, in my opinion, would not help in solving this matter.” Erroneous on the report is the position of the car jack which is shown on the front bumper. The car Mr. Showalter was working on, a Ford Pinto, had to be jacked from the side of the vehicle.

Omitted from the report is the location of a car mat seen to the rear of the car and the spare tire Mr. Showalter never got to put on the car.

August 20

Gormley writes to Mrs. Showalter, telling her the local police investigation “has proceeded smoothly,” and there is “no reason for this office to initiate its own investigation.”

August 28

The Public Safety Committee of the New London City Council meets in closed session for one hour to discuss the hit-run death. Chief Crowley requested the closed session. He said there is evidence that could jeopardize future action.

Mrs. Showalter submitted a 12-page statement for the meeting, but did not attend.

Crowley said the case is not closed and it appears an arrest may be made.

August 31

Mallove submits official statement to New London police.

November, 1974

After being postponed several times, the coroner’s inquest hears testimony from 50 persons. No findings issued.

1975

January 24

A state police detective participating in the federal grand jury probe of the city police department has told one of its patrolmen they identified the driver of the car which struck and killed Mr. Showalter on Christmas Eve, 1973.

“We know who killed the Showalter kid, how come you don’t?” the detective was quoted in The Norwich Bulletin as saying.

March 19-22

The Bulletin, in a four-part series, shows:

- Eyewitnesses and what New London police called “near witnesses” drastically differed in their accounts of the accident.

- Microscopic paint particles found on Mr. Showalter’s clothing on which police based their search may not have been left by the vehicle which struck him.

- Evidence entrusted to police officers at the scene has never been seen since.

- A claim by police that it would cost as much as $1,200 to trace vehicles possible involved in the mishap was declared false by the state Motor Vehicle Department.

The Bulletin, when preparing the series of articles, made repeated efforts to discuss the case with police officials but Lt. K.T. Bucko, who headed the case, on the advice of then Police Chief John Crowley, would not.

April 3 State police conduct an extensive door-to-door inquiry in the Pequot Avenue region. State police have been looking into the case as part of a federal grand jury investigation into alleged corruption within the city force.

July 12

The state of Connecticut offers a $2,000 reward for information leading to the arrest and conviction of the person responsible for the hit-run death of Mr. Showalter. A total of $3,000 is now being offered. Classmates and friends of Mr. Showalter’s have already collected $1,000.

July 21

A community effort by friends and classmates raises the reward to $5,000.

November 8

The transcript of the coroner’s inquest of the hit-run death conducted nearly a year ago has yet to be typed, Coroner Joseph Moukawsher confirms. He said he wants to review the transcript even though he believes his six-day long inquest did not establish any guilt in the case. He said he has not spoken with the court reporter assigned to the case since the early summer.

December 10

Mrs. Showalter writes to State’s Atty. C. Robert Satti, requesting a one-man grand jury investigation. No response.

1976

January 6

Satti refuses to confirm or deny the existence of Mrs. Showalter’s request. Mrs. Showalter has also asked Satti’s office to ascertain the location of recorded tapes made during the coroner’s inquest.

January 9

Mrs. Showalter sends a special delivery letter to Satti asking for a response to the December 10 request. No response.

February 19

In a feature article, also carried statewide by the Associated Press, The Bulletin profiles Mrs. Showalter on page one.

Some public officials regard her as a persistent nuisance, someone to be ignored and sidestepped, but Mrs. Lucille M. Showalter will not breathe easily until they tell her who killed her son, Bulletin reporter Fred Vollono wrote.

“The official comment seems to be there is nothing to it,” Mrs. Showalter said. “It is just the ramblings of a grief-stricken mother. But there are many people who urge me to go on. They say, ‘Lucille, if you stop, then nothing will ever be done.’”

February 23

Mrs. Showalter receives a letter of confession from an inmate at Somers state prison. The inmate said he was plagued by news accounts of the death. Every time he seems to forget the accident, the inmate said, he reads another news story.

April 2

Mrs. Showalter submits a third written request to Satti for a grand-jury probe. No response.

May 6

Common Pleas court Prosecutor Harold Dean quashes the only lead in the two and a half year old investigation, The Norwich Bulletin reports. The lead was the letter of confession written by the inmate at Somers Prison. State police arrested the inmate for harassment of the victim’s mother, Mrs. Showalter, to whom the letter was sent. Dean nolled the case and allowed it to be dismissed despite a prior meeting with state police when the significance of the arrest was discussed.

State police did not believe the letter writer was responsible for the hit-run death, but they thought the letter contained possibly significant information. Dean said he was certain the accused had no knowledge of the case, because he was incarcerated when Mr. Showalter was killed.

August 7 The day following the Bulletin’s report of Dean quashing the lead, Chief State’s Atty. Joseph Gormley says he had “no idea” why the lead “which very well could have led to something,” resulted in a dead end. Two state police officers had met with Gormley to discuss the letter of confession.

August 6

State police list the investigation into the killing of Mr. Showalter as “closed pending further development.” That classification came 31 days after Dean threw the harassment case out of court.

August 30

Mrs. Showalter again asks Superior Court Judge Angelo Santaniello to call for a one-man grand jury probe.

September 1

Mrs. Showalter publicly renews her efforts to have a one-man grand jury reopen the investigation into the hit-run killing of her son. In a statement sent to 22 media outlets, Mrs. Showalter says she made the appeal in an August 30 letter to Superior Court Judge Angelo Santaniello. She says she was asking the judge to “make good on a promise” he made to her in June 1974. Santaniello wrote in a June 24, 1974 letter, Superior Court intercession would be possible if the investigation required it.

Santaniello said, “probably the proper person” to approach would be State’s Atty. C. Robert Satti. But Mrs. Showalter said she is ignoring Satti because he failed to respond to her December 1975 letter asking for the grand jury.

September 23

State’s Atty. C. Robert Satti says he needs another three weeks to review information on the killing of Mr. Showalter before deciding whether the investigation should be reopened or shelved.

Satti says he had hoped to have the matter resolved by today, but the sinking of his 35-foot cabin cruiser two weeks ago, an unexpected report of crimes by New London police, and a new trial forced him behind schedule.

November 23

Mrs. Showalter turns to Governor Ella T. Grasso for help.

“I cannot endure this loss of a beloved son in the midst of a governmental system that appears to neither act nor care,” Mrs. Showalter says in a letter to the governor.

Mrs. Showalter says she is skeptical the New London County State’s Attorney’s review of the case will result in the one-man grand jury she has requested. Satti today said he is still reviewing transcripts of the Coroner’s Inquest and refused further comment.

December 21

Just three days before the third anniversary of the killing of Kevin B. Showalter, the state’s chief court administrator orders the city’s only unsolved hit-and-run case reopened.

John P. Cotter signs an order creating a one-man jury to probe the death, renewing hopes that allegations of police bungling and mishandling of the case will be settled.

“I can’t yet believe it,” says Mrs. Showalter, calling the action a “literal miracle.”

Cotter, a justice on the state Supreme Court, selects retired Superior Court Judge Raymond J. Devlin to head the one-man grand jury.

An attorney representing Mrs. Lucille M. Showalter also files a $600,000 lawsuit against the unnamed person(s) responsible for the killing of her son. Atty. Averum J. Sprecher of East Haddam says the suit is aimed at protecting Mrs. Showalter’s rights.

“The action as I have filed it will definitively preserve her rights when the investigative bodies finally determine who killed the boy,” he said. The suit is aimed at heading off fears the state’s statute of limitations might preclude Mrs. Showalter from pursuing civil action if the killer is found.

December 24

Superior Court Judge Joseph F. Dannehy is ordered to replace State Referee Raymond J. Devlin as the one-man grand juror investigating Mr. Showalter’s death. Chief Court Administrator John P. Cotter says Judge Devlin had asked to be taken off the case because he was too busy with other duties, and would be unable to commute from his New Haven office.

1977

January 4

Austin J. McGuigan, the special prosecutor assigned to the one-man grand jury probing the hit-run death of Mr. Showalter promises to pull “all the stops” in his investigation but says he needs help from the public to succeed.

McGuigan has worked for the state for two years as the top investigator of organized crime. He appeals to anyone with information to call him confidentially.

February 8

State Police Commissioner Edward P. Leonard, as part of a last-resort effort, makes a personal appeal to area residents for information about the killing of Mr. Showalter. In a letter to the people who live near the Pequot Avenue site where Mr. Showalter died, Leonard asks for facts – “No matter how insignificant they may appear” – which might shed light on the car, the driver or the accident scene.

Special Prosecutor McGuigan says police “had no suspects.” However, he says if a suspect is found police believe there is sufficient evidence to tie the person to the case.

April 18

Investigators say they feel confident the Showalter case will be solved.

The new optimism comes after a public appeal netted more than 300 leads, new laboratory analysis of existing evidence, and an accounting of each of the more than 10,000 green Chrysler products registered in Eastern Connecticut when Mr. Showalter was killed.

The new evidence means “there is a significant possibility the vehicle in question was not a green Chrysler,” Special Prosecutor Austin McGuigan says. While the investigators will not say what other color the car might have been, the evidence apparently opens new avenues for the investigation. Previously, other theories on who drove the death car, theories which have had some substantiation, were locked into the green Chrysler theory, police acknowledge.

May 10

State police investigators spend two and a half hours recreating and filming the Pequot Avenue death scene where Mr. Showalter was the victim of the hit and run.

May 18

State police again film and re-create death scene.

June 22

The Bulletin reports that one of the most intensive investigations in state police history, the probe into Mr. Showalter’s hit-run death, will be given to a one-man grand jury July 5 in Windham county Superior Court.

Judge Joseph F. Dannehy, the grand juror, imposes a gag order on all investigators assigned to the case. Special Prosecutor McGuigan and 17 state police detectives had gathered evidence for the grand jury.

June 23

More than 50 persons will be subpoenaed and the scope of the probe will be expanded to include subsequent actions connected with the accident, The Bulletin reports.

June 24

Eleven New London police officers, including the top detective involved in the first of three investigations of the hit-run death, have been subpoenaed, The Bulletin reports.

July 5

The grand jury begins behind closed doors with testimony by New London Det. Lt. Konstanty T. Bucko.

Outside, a television camera crew drips with sweat under the glare of a hot summer sun.

Inside it is quiet and cool – almost like any other day. The state police detectives and reporters talk about golf, baseball and other summertime activities. Because of the gag order imposed by Judge Dannehy, they can’t talk about what is most on their minds, what has brought them all together – the unsolved hit-run death of Kevin B. Showalter.

The session lasts about five hours and also includes testimony by Mrs. Showalter and Debra Emilyta, Mr. Showalter’s companion the night he died.

Ms. Emilyta has been sitting on a wall about 6 feet from Mr. Showalter when he was killed. She told police she only heard the 20-year-old Mitchell College student struck, and did not see the car which struck him.

July 6

Witnesses include Michael Buscetto of Mike’s Arco in New London. What he identified as body putty, apparently from the car that struck and killed Mr. Showalter, has never been seen since police officers placed it in an envelope that night, according to sources.

Ms. Emilyta concludes testimony.

Also testifying are Dr. Robert Weller, members of his family, and a friend, who while returning home from church drove past Mr. Showalter as he was changing the tire. They were among the last persons to see Mr. Showalter alive.

Other witnesses include Mrs. Ruth P. Hendel and Mrs. Charles (Shirley Pope) Alloway, her daughter.

On Christmas Eve, 1973, Mrs. Hendel had just turned away from the window of her home on Pequot Avenue where she had been watching Mr. Showalter work on the Emilyta car. She heard the noise of the car striking Mr. Showalter and turning back quickly she caught a glimpse of the taillights. Her first impression of the fleeing southbound car was that it was bright-colored, possibly red.

Mrs. Hendel continued to watch the accident scene as she telephoned Mrs. Alloway, the wife of a New London police officer.

Arthur Adams of New London, a Mitchell College security guard and former state policeman, also testifies. Aside from Ms. Emilyta and the hit-run driver, Adams may have been one of the last persons to see Mr. Showalter alive.

Adams saw Mr. Showalter working on the car and Ms. Emilyta sitting on the stone wall, swinging her legs. He observed the girl with a coat collar wrapped around her head, in conversation with Mr. Showalter, after the Weller party had driven by.

Adams continued on his rounds towards the Montauk Avenue side of the campus. Sometime after 11 p.m., he saw an ambulance heading for the hospital and two police cars heading down Plant Street.

July 7

Some of the last persons who saw Mr. Showalter alive and one of the first who saw him dead testify.

Six members of the Sitty family, who were celebrating Christmas Eve and occasionally watching Mr. Showalter change a tire from inside a house on Pequot Avenue, tell the grand jury what they knew about the case, Edmond Sitty had brought out a blanket and a corduroy coat to put over Mr. Showalter’s body after he had been struck and killed.

A New London High School classmate of Mr. Showalter, Arthur Petrini, was a passenger in a car that passed the accident scene sometime after Mr. Showalter was killed and before the ambulance and police arrived. He also testified.

July 12

Witnesses included two firemen and a dispatcher, two nurses and an orderly, the New London County Medical Examiner, the first man to officially identify Mr. Showalter, and a woman who lives near the accident scene.

Larry Grimes, a security guard who knew Mr. Showalter from Mitchell College, had made the preliminary identification at Lawrence and Memorial Hospitals, where he also worked. Mrs. Dorothy Bryson of Pequot Avenue, who came upon the accident scene, also testifies.

July 13

New London police officers pack the waiting room of the Windham County Courthouse. Of the 11 who were subpoenaed last month, at least seven are present.

The 11 include Patrolmen Vincent McGrath, Steven Colonis, Thomas P. Bowes Jr., and Cpl. Joseph Chiapponne, all of whom were involved in the initial investigation. With the change of shift, Sgt. Joseph Jullarine, Patrolmen Richard West and Glenn Davis and Det. Sgt. Konstanty T. Bucko joined the probe. Bucko was off duty at the time.

McGrath filed the motor vehicle report of the accident and the sketch on the report was by Bowes. Bucko took photographs of the scene and gathered evidence. His photographs may be the only ones taken. Bucko also went to the hospital and got the victim’s clothing, according to sources.

Colonis, the first officer on the scene, apparently arrived as Mr. Showalter was being placed in the ambulance. He interviewed Ms. Emilyta and took her to the station to file a 13-sentence statement.

There is some confusion of whether Colonis drove an unmarked police car that night. Sources say police made conflicting statements on that question.

July 14

Thomas Wainwright, who played tennis with Kevin Showalter at New London High, saw his lifeless body on a sidewalk on Pequot Avenue before an ambulance or police arrived, and is among those testifying today. Arthur Petrini, who testified last week, was a passenger in Wainwright’s car.

Mr. and Mrs. Donald Wainwright, who were stopped by police after circling the scene in another auto, also testify.

At least seven New London police officers are at the courthouse, but it is not known how many are testifying.

July 19

The grand jury shifts beyond reconstructions by “near witnesses,” as Sgt. Joseph Jullarine, now retired, testifies. He was the squad leader who reportedly conducted “an intensive investigation” for a red car during the 11:30 p.m. to 7:30 a.m. shift on Christmas Day 1973.

July 20

The grand jury investigators spend much of the day alone reviewing physical evidence and testimony. Only three witnesses – New London police who have already appeared during the proceedings – are present.

July 21

Det. Bucko appears for at least the fourth time in the nine days the grand jury has convened. The session begins at 10 a.m. and ends about 5:45 p.m., with his departure.

A nurse’s aide who knelt by Mr. Showalter’s body, feeling for a pulse, also testifies, Sue Costello, who heard the report of an accident as she was leaving Lawrence and Memorial Hospitals in New London from her shift, had arrived on the scene before ambulance personnel and police.

July 26

The scope of the grand jury probe goes beyond Mr. Showlater’s death and runs smack into a crucial area of dispute with the appearance of New London police detective Walter Petchark.

On Christmas Day 1973, with evidence already missing and news of Mr. Showalter’s death on the radio, Petchark reportedly received a call from former mayor Harvey N. Mallove. Mallove later told The Bulletin there was no truth to the report. But he allegedly told Petchark he thought he saw the accident the night before.

Three city police detectives – Bucko, Petchark, and Carmello Fazzina – were present at the inquiry. They were followed by laboratory technicians from the FBI, who lent their expertise in the analysis of headlight glass possibly belonging to the death vehicle.

July 27

The former counsel for the estate of Mr. Showalter testifies. Atty. Thomas Bishop confirms his representation of the estate was severed in June 1974.

Thomas and Donald Wainwright return for further testimony.

July 28

Witnesses include Mrs. S.F. Zimet of Ledyard. Mallove said he was visiting at her home on Christmas Eve 1973, left about 10:45 p.m., and was home in New London about half an hour later.

Mrs. Zimet is accompanied by her attorney, L. Patrick Gray. Gray, like Bishop, is a member of the New London law firm Suissman, Shapiro, Wool, and Brennan.

Other witnesses include New London city Manager C. Francis Driscoll and Elise Mallove, Mallove’s daughter. Miss Mallove was home for her Christmas vacation in 1973.

The grand jury begins a four-week recess. More than 50 persons were called during the first 12 days of the inquiry.

August 30

New London police investigators and a newspaper editor who has followed their unsolved hit-run death case for three years are among the witnesses.

Retired Police Chief John Crowley and Det. Lt. K.T. Bucko, who refused repeated pleas by The Bulletin in March of 1975 to discuss the death of Kevin B. Showalter, gives testimony – as did the paper’s managing editor, John C. Peterson.

Peterson testifies for three hours.

August 31

The attorney who conducted a coroner’s inquest into Mr. Showalter’s death, the results of which have never met public scrutiny, is the first witness today. Atty. Joseph Moukwasher, who heard testimony from 50 witnesses during six days in September and November of 1974, is one of the few persons familiar with the substance of that investigation.

It took more than two years for the transcripts of the hearings to be typed and submitted to State’s Atty. C. Robert Satti.

State Police Sgt. Donald Crouch, who in 1974 and 1975 worked for the federal grand jury investigating alleged corruption in the New London force, also testifies. Other witnesses included Rosemary Benson and Carol James.

September 1

Physical exhibits appear to outnumber witnesses in the 15th day of proceedings. Two state police technicians from the crime lab in Bethany carry satchels concealing evidence into the closed courtroom. One exhibit is a light colored automobile fender, which was dented and streaked.

September 2

Det. Edward Pickett of the New London County State’s Attorney’s office, who helped administer a lie detector test to Ms. Emilyta, testifies. Ms. Emilyta passed the test.

Another detective, private investigator Joe Harris, is also called. A former Waterford police sergeant, he worked on the case for a brief time, on his own.

Other witnesses in a short session include State Police Sgt. Charles Trotter, a principal investigator in the federal grand jury probe of the New London city police.

September 12

Two persons who saw Mr. Showalter on Christmas Eve 1973, hours before he was killed testify.

Ramona Ricci, a coworker of Mr. Showalter’s at a Waterford discotheque, attended one of two parties Mr. Showalter had planned to go to after work that night. Nancy Wicksham, who also testified, had joined friends that holiday evening at the club.

September 18

Mallove says his status as a suspect in the case is “nothing new.” During testimony in a New Jersey courtroom, Connecticut State Police revealed Mallove is a prime suspect in the hit-run case. The testimony concerned refusal by two New Jersey men to comply with a subpoena issued by the one-man grand jury. Trooper Charles Wargat also testified he was told the two men repaired Mallove’s car on Christmas Eve or Christmas Day 1973.

Mallove tells The Bulletin he did not know the men and never had a car repaired at their shop on Reed Street in New London. He says he didn’t kill Mr. Showalter and doesn’t know anything about anybody who did.

September 19

One of the two men who testified with immunity today has said in a published account he has no knowledge of the case and denied any car was repaired in his New London shop on Christmas Eve 1973.

Walter String Jr. made those comments in the New Jersey Courier Post. He and his son, Walter String III, had been ordered to appear today by a New Jersey judge, after refusing to comply with a subpoena.

Among the dozen or so witnesses are New London city police Sgt. Donald Sloan and Cpl. Charles Alloway. They took the first full statement from Ms. Emilyta, five days after the accident.

September 26

Darlene Barnes, a friend of Mr. Showalter who patronized the Waterford discotheque where he worked, is among the witnesses today. Ms. Barnes was also one of the 50 witnesses during the coroner’s inquest of 1974.

October 3

Larry Grimes testifies again. The Mitchell College security guard who made the first identification of Mr. Showalter at Lawrence and Memorial Hospitals, was also at the courthouse on July 12, and Sept. 26.

The grand jury will be in recess until October 17. It has convened 20 times since July 5 and heard about 90 witnesses.

October 11

Judge Dannehy says published reports that Mallove is a prime suspect in the case “couldn’t bother me in the least.”

“They (the newspapers) are free to speculate if they wish,” Dannehy says. “I am not concerned with their claimed right to freedom of expression.

I think that sometimes their attitude is to publish and be damned, but they don’t bother me.”

“Why don’t you wait” for the grand jury report? Dannehy asked.

October 17

The sales manager of a New London auto firm who said he has sold a number of cars to the family of a suspect in the hit-run case testifies.

In 1970, Peter Emmanuel Sr. of New London Motors sold a Lincoln Continental to Harvey N. Mallove, whom state police have identified as a suspect in the Christmas Eve, 1973 death. A compact car was among the other autos the New London firm sold to Mallove.

State police were looking for a green Chrysler product when they first questioned New London motors personnel, Emmanuel said before he testified. But the firm didn’t sell Mallove such a vehicle, which police had believed was the death car, he added.

October 24

The grand jury does not convene today because the investigators were not ready to proceed, Judge Dannehy said. He said he plans to conduct several more sessions before adjourning to write the final report, but did not specify.

November 14

The grand jury meets for its first regular session since October 17 and hears one witness. The witness, Gary Jordan of New London, said he was dating Elise Mallove on Christmas Eve 1973.

Sources say the grand jury conducted at least one special session since October 17, but it was not known who testified.

November 21

State police continue working long and irregular hours probing Mr. Showalter’s death as they re-create the hit-run scene on Pequot Avenue near Plant Street for at least the third time.

November 29

The man whom state police have said they consider a prime suspect in New London’s only unsolved hit-run death has his day in court.

Harvey N. Mallove testifies for about four hours before the secret grand jury probing Mr. Showalter’s death. Atty. Leo J. McNamara accompanies Mallove to the Windham County Courthouse.

Mallove says he was one of a number of persons who drove by the accident scene shortly before or after Mr. Showalter was killed. But a four-part series by The Bulletin in March of 1975 showed Mallove saw a scene that seven other persons said could not have taken place.

Mallove passed the accident scene within a minute or two after an ambulance call was logged. His statement to New London police – dated eight months later – conflicts with accounts of seven persons at the scene or looking out their windows seconds after Mr. Showalter was struck.

Mr. Showalter was struck by a car as he changed a tire on a friend’s parked Ford Pinto, on a well-lit section of Pequot Avenue near Plant Street.

In his statement, Mallove said he saw an automobile parked at an angle in front of the Pinto. None of the seven persons saw any car stopped at the scene immediately after the victim was hit according to the July 10, 1974 report by New London Det. Lt. Konstanty T. Bucko.

Mallove’s vivid description of a middle-aged man talking with a girl near the car also conflicts with statements by the seven persons.

In his statement, Mallove said he assumed the man was a member of the police department. But Bucko claims in the July 10 report that Mallove told him the talking to the girl was “NOT” a policeman.

Bucko’s report also claims Mallove learned on Christmas Day 1974 that “a man had been killed and he remarked to some people that he saw the body.” But Bucko continued to report that after Mallove viewed photographs of the scene he realized what he mistook for a body was a floor mat. In his statement, Mallove said he saw a “flat object which I assumed was a blanket or a mat.”

In his August 31, 1974 statement, Mallove said, “Seeing no trouble, accident, or any evidence of anything out of place…I continued on my way home.”

In the July 10, 1974 report, Bucko claims; “Mr. Mallove stated he was going to stop because he realized there had been an accident.”

Mallove has told The Bulletin that Bucko misquoted him.

December 7

The calling of witnesses ends with Mallove’s second appearance.

The proceedings included a film screening, apparently of the death scene as re-created by state police.

After the 35 minute screening, Special Prosecutor McGuigan and Judge Dannehy questioned Mallove for about 40 minutes. That was the bulk of the afternoon session.

The question of whether indictments should be handed down in New London’s only unsolved hit-run death now rests with Judge Dannehy.

After 24 sessions and more than 100 witnesses, Dannehy said the next step for the grand jury is the final report on who killed Kevin B. Saltwater.

1978

Feb. 17 Report filed.

Feb. 22

Report made public.

  • THE DANNEHY REPORT


  • SHOWALTER COVERUP COLUMNS

    Chapter 1

    Law and Justice in Everyday Life

    Cover-Up In New London

    Hit-And-Run Continues To Mock Justice


    Sept. 4, 2000

    If Connecticut Chief State’s Attorney John Bailey wants to bring closure to cold cases, here’s one from New London that should top the list: The Showalter hit-and-run cover-up is a dark chapter in Connecticut history, a tale more appropriate for a Third World country.

    And yet, only one thing bothers former New London County State’s Attorney C. Robert Satti about the Showalter case: that it was investigated at all.

    Satti, now retired, made the point again and again, most recently this year. Satti’s complaint, made during the wake of the late state police Detective George Ryalls, was that Ryalls’ obituary mentioned the suspect the prosecutor refused to pursue in the Showalter probe.

    Kevin B. Showalter, a 20-year-old Mitchell College student, was killed at 11:12 p.m. on Christmas Eve 1973. He was changing a tire on a well-lit section of Pequot Avenue on the New London shoreline when he was struck and killed. His girlfriend, sitting only 6 feet away on a stone wall, claims she saw nothing.

    Auto body putty from the death car disappeared after a tow truck driver gave it to New London police. The evidence file that was supposed to contain the putty was stuffed with bathroom tiles. The file that was supposed to contain headlight glass from the death car instead contained glass from three different headlights. State police and others suspected that, in order to throw legitimate investigators off the trail, the late young man's clothing was pounded on a different-colored car than the one that killed him.

    The victim's mother, Lucille M. Showalter, tried to get a grand jury investigation of the cover-up. She was rebuffed repeatedly by the presiding judge, Angelo Santaniello who, it later became clear, was best friends with the leading suspect. Santaniello then referred Showalter to prosecutor Satti, who happened to be his former law partner. Satti refused to acknowledge registered letters from Mrs. Showalter pleading for a grand jury probe.

    Satti did finally meet with Mrs. Showalter in 1978, after Judge Joseph Dannehy of Willimantic, acting as a one-man grand jury, named former New London Mayor Harvey N. Mallove as the probable driver of the hit-run vehicle. Satti called the three-hour meeting, in which he repeatedly told Mrs. Showalter that there never should have been a grand jury investigation under Dannehy.

    Mallove held a good hand; he had the best legal muscle in New London County on his side. New London police would not question him for more than seven months, and then only in a perfunctory manner. They would say they inspected his cars, but they did not. Significantly, Mallove’s Lincoln had been repaired, but it wasn’t until state police took over the case four years after the accident that the fender was finally seized.

    Santaniello would arrange for a coroner’s inquest and put his niece in charge of typing the transcript. Only after two years of intense public pressure would the transcript be typed. But the inquest never issued a finding.

    Santaniello tipped off Mallove that he was a suspect. The judge was also aware of what local police knew about the case. Mrs. Showalter memorialized the admissions in tape-recorded telephone conversations.

    “I did talk to Harvey,” Santaniello told Mrs. Showalter on Oct. 17, 1975, “and I said, `You’re suspected.’ As a matter of fact, at that time a police officer came to him on the same day or the next day, and told him you were making accusations about him and that he was a prime suspect.” The day before, Mallove told Mrs. Showalter, “Judge Santaniello is of the opinion that you fingered me.”

    It was not until 1977 that state police, who took over the case at the behest of former Gov. Ella Grasso, formally named Mallove a suspect. Next week, I'll propose a means to solve the Showalter cover-up.

    Showalter Cover-Up Is New London's Shame

    Sept. 11, 2000

    New London, where I grew up and began working in the 1960s and ‘70s, was a dirty little city with character.

    It had a restaurant called the Hygienic that was everything but. There were at least a couple bars where the cops couldn't do anything, except maybe a little business.

    The top pimp in town never went to jail until he was about 60 and a certain court official retired.

    New London will always be the city that tried to cover up the Christmas Eve 1973 hit-and-run death of Kevin B. Showalter. It's been doing a pretty good job for nearly 27 years, but the onion is beginning to peel.

    The local daily newspaper admitted -- in its official history published this year -- that it did a shoddy job on the Showalter case. Specifically, The Day admitted its failure to explore the relationship between a former mayor and a top judge, and their influence on the course of the criminal investigation. That’s a beginning.

    Political and police corruption goes back a couple generations in New London. By the 1970s, New London police were widely known to be involved in the selling of women, dope and refrigerators, among other things. A federal grand jury took note. But as with the Showalter case, there were these little problems with the evidence.

    A jewelry store owner and former city mayor multi-millionaire Harvey Mallove was the prime suspect in the hit-and-run death of Showalter, a student at Mitchell College. Showalter’s date that night, Christmas Eve 1973, said she saw nothing from her vantage point six feet away, sitting on a stone wall under a streetlight on a residential street as a young man changed the tire of her car.

    Harvey was everybody’s pal. He would take kids to the Super Bowl, then, down the road, get them jobs as cops. He was friends with bums in the street and bums in high political office. He was wired. The standing joke among reporters became: Harvey's a great guy to have a beer with, just don't change your tire if he's driving by.

    “I didn't kill the kid in any way, shape or form,” Harvey told me many times. As mayor, Harvey helped hire a few police chiefs. His best friend was the administrative judge for the county; that was the judge who controlled the early stages of the investigation, specifically a coroner’s inquest that never issued a finding.

    State police followed up a report that Mallove’s best friend, County Administrative Judge Angelo G. Santaniello, was with Mallove on Christmas Eve 1973. Santaniello reportedly was No. 11 on a guest list for a party at the home of his political mentor, the late state Sen. Peter Mariani. The Mariani party was one of two Mallove attended that night.

    Santaniello told reporters he never went out on Christmas Eve.

    Another state judge, Joseph F. Dannehy, conducted two grand jury investigations. In 1978, Dannehy named Mallove as the probable driver of the hit-run vehicle, but said evidence that might have ensured conviction was either mishandled or destroyed.

    Mallove died a few years ago with this legacy. Others still have time to come clean and tell the truth about the cover-up. Mrs. Showalter tried unsuccessfully to have Satti, Santaniello and others prosecuted for hindrance of prosecution (CGS Section 53a-166) warning of impending discovery, providing means of avoiding discovery, preventing discovery by deception. Because a conspiracy to hinder prosecution is an ongoing crime, those with information could tell Chief State's Attorney John Bailey, who has begun an initiative to solve some of the state's cold homicide cases.

    Isn’t it time? No one kept the system honest when it counted, though some tried. Most stood by as the system that was supposed to protect the victim and his family betrayed them all.

    Where is the conscience of the community?

    Cold Case On Ice Forever

    Nov. 6, 2000

    One way to deflect attention from a suspect is to get investigators involved in meaningless, time-consuming tasks. Another way is to create a bogus suspect who is then exposed as such, causing a belief that the case is just too hazy to pursue.

    Both of these devices were used repeatedly in the cover-up of the Showalter hit-run case in New London. Whether this was happenstance, indifference, incompetence or malfeasance, the result was the same. The system failed.

    And now, it seems, the truth will remain buried forever.

    Judge Joseph F. Dannehy, the grand juror who investigated the case, wrote in his finding of fact: “After December 25, 1973, the New London Police Department did virtually nothing to solve the hit-run death of Kevin B. Showalter.” The accident occurred the night before.

    Local police and court officials, however, were pro-active in another sense. Their actions served to protect the assailant.

    For example, New London police claimed it would cost as much as $1,200 to trace vehicles using data from the state Motor Vehicle Department. The motor vehicle department declared there was no such charge.

    Nevertheless, New London police spent their time hand-sorting local motor vehicle cards. They looked for a green Chrysler. That was likely a false lead; state police said paint particles found on the victim's clothing did not come from the car that killed him.

    Former Mayor Harvey Mallove began meeting informally with police and court officials as early as Dec. 25, 1973. Mallove wanted to know what the police knew.

    The only lead after two and a half years was quashed by then New London Common Pleas Court Prosecutor Harold Dean in May 1976. The lead was a letter of confession written by a Somers prison inmate to the victim’s mother, Lucille Showalter.

    “I told Harold how important that was to me,” Mallove, the prime suspect, confided to an associate. He also acknowledged discussing the purported confession with his best friend, the presiding judge for the county, Angelo Santaniello.

    The author of the letter was known to be connected with “fences,” or purveyors of stolen goods in the New London area. State police arrested him for harassment of Mrs. Showalter. Two state troopers met with Dean for an hour. They told him the letter contained possibly significant information. State police also believed they could connect the dots in New London between the letter writer and the powers-that-be. Did he owe some favors? Was he paid? Police knew the author had no liability for the accident; he was actually in Florida at the time of the hit-run.

    Dean nolled and dismissed the case without telling the troopers or Mallove. Soon thereafter, state police listed the killing of Showalter as “closed pending further development.” Upon learning of Dean's action, Chief State's Attorney Joseph Gormley remarked he had “no idea” why the lead, “which very well could have led to something,” resulted in a dead end. The case would remain closed for six months, until Gov. Ella Grasso brought the matter to Justice John Cotter.

    Was there criminal activity connected with the Showalter cover-up? It appears we will never know for certain. Dannehy named Mallove as the probable driver, noting that evidence which might have ensured conviction was destroyed. The Chief State’s Attorney’s Office reviewed aspects of the case this fall after a series of columns appeared in The Law Tribune. However, the statute of limitations for the most likely potential charge, conspiracy to hinder prosecution of motor vehicle misconduct, has expired. This shameful case, it appears, is destined to stay on ice forever.

    - AND:

    Olympic Gold for Missing Evidence


    November 28, 2005

    Judge Ellen Gordon was in way over her head with what she tried pass off as a ruling in Day Publishing v. State's Attorney.

    Clueless Gordon was handed a hot one, a case no one has ever wanted in the so-called New London Judicial District. Every single time this case has come to court, begging for justice, The Robes, the prosecutors and their minions have either desecrated their oaths or looked the other way. Clueless Gordon, fairly new to the scene, has managed to join the list of those who are both ostriches and failures.

    The Day newspaper asked Gordon this year to release the grand jury testimony regarding the cover-up of the 1973 hit-run death of Kevin Showalter. Before Gordon probably ever heard of Showalter, five New London County judges recused themselves from a John Doe civil suit against the driver because they were friends with the prime suspect, Harvey Mallove. Mallove -- the late mayor of New London and multimillionaire jeweler who picked police chiefs, planned to run for Congress and starred in the social scene -- was prone to say, "I never killed the kid -- in any way, shape or form."

    It's not like we could expect a New London judge to show guts or brains in this case. Compelling testimony from the first of two grand juries implicated local law enforcement and court officials in a widespread cover-up.

    On Christmas Eve 1973 at 11:12 p.m., as the call came in, a high-ranking New London officer, said, "F--k him, he's dead," and then left to go home. Showalter, a 20-year-old Mitchell College student, lay dead on a well-lit section of Pequot Avenue by the shoreline. His body was thrown 22 feet from the point of impact. His shoes were found 110 feet apart. A leg bone was 75 feet away.

    A tow truck driver gave police auto body putty from the death car. The putty was never seen again. New London police mixed headlight glass from at least three different cars in what they called the evidence file. Replacing the auto body putty was bathroom tile. A local coroner's inquest never issued a finding. State police, who took over the case at the behest of Gov. Ella Grasso, were bewildered and angry when they could not find the transcript of the coroner's inquest. Mallove's best friend -- the presiding judge for the county, Angelo G. Santaniello -- had put his niece in charge of typing that transcript. Santaniello also tipped off Mallove to his status as a suspect.

    Now, Clueless Gordon can't find the 3,000-page transcript of the first grand jury. Does she care? Court clerks allegedly performed a diligent search. Would any reasonable person believe or accept any of this?

    Among the last persons known to possess the grand jury report was the late State's Attorney, C. Robert Satti. Satti, who refused to investigate the case before a special prosecutor was appointed, claimed he returned a copy to the grand juror, then Willimantic Superior Court Judge (later Supreme Court Justice) Joseph Dannehy. Both Dannehy and Satti are dead. Did "Do Nothing Bob" -- Mallove's moniker for Satti -- take it with him? We might as well ask Harvey, also dead, or Kevin.

    Gordon's pathetic decision, dated Nov. 7, went on for about a sentence before its first fatal error. It might sound like a technical error, but it's much, much more than that. She actually said New London police investigated the case.

    Before this, I thought it might take generations to remove the stench from the New London courthouse. Alas, for New London, the stench of this cover-up is forever.


    Find & Open
    the Showalter File

  • Hartford Courant Editorial








  • more COOL JUSTICE








  •           Resistance at Standing Rock: Dispatches from the Front Lines        

    UPDATES:





  • Water Protector Legal Collective Files Suit for Excessive Force against Peaceful Protesters


  • Veterans to Serve as ‘Human Shields’ for Dakota Pipeline Protesters



  • Oceti Sakowin encampment on Oct. 6, 2016. The proper name for the people commonly known as the Sioux is Oceti Sakowin, (Och-et-eeshak-oh-win) meaning Seven Council Fires.








    Story and Photos by John Briggs

    Cool Justice Editor's Note: OK to repost, courtesy of John Briggs and The Cool Justice Report.







    Corporate – Government Alliance Versus the American People

    Native Americans from tribes across the country have gathered on the windswept plains of North Dakota to pray with Mother Earth to keep the Dakota Access Pipeline (DAPL) from pumping 500,000 gallons of oil a day beneath the Missouri River. The natives know the pipeline will most certainly leak or break, as have most U.S. pipelines, fouling the water for the Great Sioux Nation and 18 million non-Natives downstream.

    The standoff -- which began in April -- continues as a new U.S. administration ascends to power with a president-elect who campaigned denying human-caused climate change and threatening the Paris Climate accords. This remains the overriding reality despite a mini walk back by Donald Trump pledging an open mind to The New York Times this week.

    Standing Rock illuminates the brazen alliance that has developed between corporate and government interests. Viewed from the front lines, the law has been turned into a fig leaf for repression and suppression. Only the discipline and spiritual clarity of the water protectors and the native elders has kept people from being killed or seriously injured since April when the movement began.

    The fused police-DAPL force is doing everything it can to incite a violent reaction from the resisters so as to crack down, clear the camps, imprison, or even gun down the natives. More than one commentator has found the atmosphere at Standing Rock similar to what led to the Wounded Knee massacre in 1890 when 300 Sioux were murdered by government troops who mistook their prayerful Ghost Dance for a war dance.

    A great deal is at issue at Standing Rock. The Sioux and their numerous native and non-native allies face a militarized force whose composition tells us something dark about the complex façade that U.S. democracy has become and suggests the proto-fascist zombi lurking beneath. More deeply, Standing Rock also emblemizes a struggle that is taking place at this moment in human history between two distinct modes of human consciousness.

    One mode is the familiar anthropocentric (human-centered) consciousness that the dominant culture most of us were born into favors—a consciousness that assumes reality is a collection of objects to be extracted, owned, and branded. Humans are the focus of this consciousness, meaning that our concerns about climate change focus primarily on the fate of our own species.

    Distinct from this anthropocentric mind-set is a second, ancient and spiritual mode of awareness that understands that the earth and its landscapes are not objects; they are relationships, including the tangle of relationships that gave us birth. This ancient mode of consciousness is potential in everyone, but for most it has been buried beneath the piles of conceptual objects that we have come to believe constitute our reality.

    The Indigenous Peoples gathered at Standing Rock are guided by this ancient, holistic, earth-mind consciousness, and so they understand that humans are not the most valuable living objects on the planet: we are not in control of the planet; it is not our job to manage nature; rather, our sacred task is to work with Mother Earth and other beings as members of Earth’s family. If we don’t, Mother Earth will make us face this spiritual truth one way or another.

    Guided by their ancient, earth-mind awareness, Native Americans have taken up a role as “water protectors.” “Mni Wiconi, Water is Life” is the slogan of the Standing Rock movement.

    Every day scores of Sioux from North Dakota, South Dakota and nearby states, along with Paiute, Shoshoni, Diné, and a sampling of other Natives from the 300 or so tribes whose flags fly at the Standing Rock encampments set out to pipeline construction sites in a convoy to engage in “actions” on the “front lines.”

    There the protectors sing and pray in the face of physical harassment and arrests by heavily armed police fused with a corporate security force.

    DAPL and their overlord company, Energy Transfer Partners, have lavished campaign contributions on politicians in North Dakota and the U.S. Congress so that they could use the state’s eminent domain powers to force purchase of land for the pipeline all across North Dakota, beginning in the Bakken fields in the northwest corner of the state where the fracked crude oil is extracted. Similar eminent domain arrangements were achieved in other states through which the 1,200-mile line traverses before reaching a river port in Illinois. The company promised Congress and the public that the pipeline would carry oil for 100 percent domestic use only, but it is clear from reporting done by the website The Intercept that the oil will be sold on international markets.

  • Though Promised for Domestic Use, Dakota Access Pipeline May Fuel Oil Exports


  • The DAPL line, now virtually complete except for permission from the Army Corps of Engineers to fill in the link that crosses under the Missouri River, passes just north of the Standing Rock Sioux Reservation and Cannon Ball, North Dakota. The DAPL construction runs through sacred burial and archeological grounds that the Lakota people were given free access to by treaties with the U.S. Government in the 19th Century. In mounting their resistance to the pipeline, the Standing Rock Sioux have been turned into “trespassers on their own land.”

    In late August, the tribe’s lawyers filed a stop work petition in federal court detailing areas where sacred sites would be disturbed if construction continued on its planned trajectory. The federal judge routinely forwarded a copy of the filing to DAPL. Over Labor Day weekend, when the company would not have been expected to work, pipeline crews leapfrogged to the disputed sacred and preemptively bulldozed them under. Too late, the judge granted the Sioux an emergency restraining order, but, then in a curious move, allowed construction in some areas where sacred sites have been discovered. DAPL has ignored a request from the Obama administration not to work in buffer areas on either side of the river. No fines have been imposed for intentionally bulldozing the disputed sacred sites.

  • The Legal Case for Blocking the Dakota Access Pipeline


  • Burial ground at center of police confrontations is known historical site


  • In recent live-stream videos from the front lines, DAPL-police snipers can be seen perched on top of a sacred mound called Turtle Island, their high-powered rifle crosshairs trained on the water protectors who are standing in prayer in the frigid lake below.

    North Dakota wants the federal government to pick up the tab for the massive expenditures required to keep the Native Americans under their guns. Alternatively, the CEO of Energy Transfers, Kelcy Warren, has offered to pick up the millions-of-dollars tab.

  • ETP CEO Kelcy Warren Says They Have Offered to Pay Protest Related Expenses


  • Native media have documented that DAPL has already been supplying military-style equipment, drones, armored vehicles, riot gear, water canons, concussion grenades and other armaments. The tax-payer-funded and corporate-sponsored front lines phalanx is led by the Morton County Sheriff’s Department, which has local jurisdiction, reinforced by North Dakota State Troopers, North Dakota National Guard units, sheriffs and police from six nearby states—all interpenetrated by DAPL security (while the FBI lurks in the background). A contingent of Hennepin County, Minnesota, Sheriffs’ Deputies were recalled following protests back home. Residents in the state of Ohio are writing letters and calling legislators to express their distress that their law enforcement has been enlisted into this repressive force.

  • Hennepin Co. sheriff's deputies leave Standing Rock protest


  • Native media’s live stream videos show DAPL security teams in mirror-visor helmets and black ops body armor with no identification, mingling with the police, sometimes directing them when and who to mace or pepper spray. They point out media making video for arrest. The big fossil fuel company evidently has plenty of experience dealing with protestors around the world. In their blank, reflecting visors we can see the soulless Darth Vader face of the government-corporate proto-fascist state the U.S. is becoming.

    Of course, this struggle with the Wasi’chu (Lakota word for the white man, meaning literally “takes too much”) is an old story for Native-Americans. In the 18th and 19th centuries it took the form of the Sioux nations trying to hold back the tsunami of colonizers flooding into their ancestral lands, occupying and despoiling them. The big difference now is that the fire-power of the state (think Custer’s 7th Cavalry or present day militarized police) has been fused with vast profit centers dependent for their existence on plundering the earth in the name of energy-squandering lifestyle survival.

    The provocations the water protectors endure take many forms. There is the psychological pressure of constant surveillance: the heavy police presence on the roads around tribal and reservation lands, the DPLA helicopter and a small plane that circle constantly above the encampments; there is the Bureau of Indian Affairs station set up on a knoll to suck out data from the cell phones of anyone in the area. There is the pepper spraying and tasing of water protectors who are praying. There is the more recent blasting of the protectors with freezing water canons in sub zero weather. There is the constant threat of weapons pointed at them. One twitching trigger finger could set off a slaughter.

    The water protectors are unarmed. The resistance movement does not allow guns in the encampments. One day, at one of the front line actions, an armed man showed up with a pistol and began firing. Possibly he was paid by DAPL to create an incident. The Natives are aware of paid provocateurs or agitators passing through the camps, pulling dirty tricks, looking to start something. Antimedia reported about the man with the gun: “According to an official statement from the tribe, the man fired several shots from his gun before being peacefully apprehended by tribal police. Witnesses at the scene say he pointed his gun at several protesters. The man was clearly trying to provoke violence that could later be used to demonize protesters who have so far remained peaceful.”

    The news site added, “The Morton County Sheriff’s Department circulated a false report claiming the man was shot, presumably by protesters… [As images show], the man was not harmed. The Sheriff’s Department has since retracted that report. Anti-Media’s attempts to obtain clarifying comments from Morton County Sheriffs were ignored.”

  • Dakota Access Caught Infiltrating Protests to Incite Violence, Funding Trolls Online


  • On a hill overlooking Oceti Sakowin, the largest of the Standing Rock encampments, an old army tent houses the field office of the rotating teams of lawyers who come to Standing Rock to help out. They use donations made to the resistance to bail out protectors who have been arrested; they try to negotiate with the police so the protectors can be allowed to pray. The constant arrests on trumped-up charges are an ongoing harassment—people maced or beaten, violently thrown to the ground and zip-tied. Often activists are charged with trespass and “riot” on the Morton County Sheriff’s novel legal theory that if several people are arrested for trespass that must signify that they were engaged in a riot.

    All this naturally requires court time and money to defend, incarceration in usually unpleasant conditions, including dog kennels. (Though the white allies who are arrested seem to get better treatment.)

    Arrests are to be expected as a consequence of civil disobedience. But some arrests are directed at chilling speech. One lawyer who came to Standing Rock from the Oregon-based Civil Liberties Defense Center, an activist defense nonprofit primarily involved in climate protests, https://cldc.org/ told Jordan Chariton of The Young Turks Network that often after the day’s action was over, police would stop the last cars in the caravan. They would then make “snatch and grab” arrests, impounding the cars of people who had come to support the water protectors but had no expectation that they’d be arrested when the action was over and the police told them to leave. They have to pay heavy fines ($900) to get their cars back. She said the arrests and impoundment fines for their cars are unlawful. “The intention with those types of actions is to scare out-of-towners from being comfortable coming to these actions. So they’re trying to chill the rights of others to come and participate in these protests.”

  • Environmental Lawyer Explains Standing Rock Legal Issues




  • The authorities regularly characterize the natives as terrorists, and local radio spreads false rumors of farm animals being slaughtered and stolen, reported vandalism—the kind of thing you would expect from psychologically projected homesteader fears about savage Indians of earlier centuries.

    Yes, Magazine on Oct. 31 reported: “The county sheriff is claiming the water protectors were violent and that police were stopping a riot. But hours of live video feed from people caught in the confrontation showed instead a military-style assault on unarmed people: police beating people with batons, police with assault rifles, chemical mace, guns firing rubber bullets and beanbag rounds, tasers.”

  • Why Police From 7 Different States Invaded a Standing Rock Camp—and Other Questions


  • The UN has sent human rights observers. According to Salon, Nov. 16, 2016: “The U.N. special rapporteur said that American law enforcement officials, private security firms and the North Dakota National Guard have used unjustified force against protesters.

    “ ‘This is a troubling response to people who are taking action to protect natural resources and ancestral territory in the face of profit-seeking activity,’ [Maina] Kiai [U.N. special rapporteur] said in his statement, which was issued by the Office of the U.N. High Commissioner for Human Rights and was endorsed by several other U.N. experts.

  • Native Americans facing excessive force in North Dakota pipeline protests – UN expert


  • “At least 400 activists have been detained and often have been held in ‘inhuman and degrading conditions in detention,’ Kiai added. Some indigenous protesters have said they were treated like animals and even held in dog kennels.

  • Dakota pipeline protesters say they were detained in dog kennels; 268 arrested in week of police crackdown


  • “ ‘Marking people with numbers and detaining them in overcrowded cages, on the bare concrete floor, without being provided with medical care, amounts to inhuman and degrading treatment,’ the U.N. expert said.

    “ ‘The excessive use of State security apparatus to suppress protest against corporate activities that are alleged to violate human rights is wrong,’ he continued, noting that it violates U.N. guidelines on business and human rights.

    “Amnesty International USA, which has repeatedly criticized authorities for not respecting the rights of protesters, issued another statement on Tuesday noting that U.S. authorities had put up roadblocks to prevent journalists and human rights observers from documenting the protests and the official response.”

  • U.N. experts call for halt in Dakota Access pipeline, blast “excessive force” against protesters


  • Living on Earth reporter Sandy Tolan reflected: “You know, at times I felt I was back reporting in the West Bank, and not the Northern Plains…”

  • Standing With the Standing Rock Sioux


  • The Bundy crew was the cowboys, not the Indians

    Compare the government response at Standing Rock with the response occasioned by Ammon Bundy and his gang of armed militants when they occupied Oregon’s Malheur National Wildlife Refuge for over a month in January 2016. Imagine if the Bundy gang had been pepper sprayed, beaten, hit with water cannon, tased. But the Bundy crew were taking over the refuge to proclaim their belief that public lands should be given free to the profit-making private ranching business. In other words, the Bundy crew was the cowboys, not the Indians.

    The mainstream corporate media has largely ignored the stand-off at Standing Rock. Rallies have taken place around the world at places like Tokyo, Stockholm, and Auckland, but the sad truth is many foreigners have heard more about Standing Rock than Americans have. Not surprising. The news editors, working for corporate media conglomerates, choose what they believe we should know and what fits the larger corporate agenda, and so they devote massively more play to Brad Pitt, to the gossipy politics of who’s-on-first, and to whatever the latest glittering consumer thing is than they do to climate change and issues highlighted by the poor and the powerless, like Standing Rock. What coverage that does exist is usually cursory and misleading.

    Fortunately, alternative media have been on the scene and active at Standing Rock. As someone who taught journalism for more nearly 20 years, it has been refreshing for me to see what the alternative press is accomplishing.

    Amy Goodman of the webcast Democracy Now brought the prayer-resistance movement to national attention over the summer. She was arrested and charged with riot in absentia for her live reports of water protectors being set upon by dogs. The charge was later dismissed in court.

    Jordan Chariton of The Young Turks Network has done searching interviews and incisive commentary from the scene.

    But my absolute favorite news source at Standing Rock is Myron Dewey’s Digital Smoke Signals. Dewey does updates every day, which he posts on Facebook. I highly recommend anyone who has a Facebook account to “follow” him. I went to Standing Rock on Oct. 4-11 with two friends and I have since been able to keep up with developments on the ground through Dewey’s Facebook broadcasts. He posts live stream unedited clips that constitute what he calls an ongoing “documentation” of what is happening day-to-day at the movement.

    Here is Dewey at night standing on a hillside next to the Oceti Sakowin encampment. His face appears in the glow of his screen. Then he’s panning and zooming in on a large grassfire as he’s telling us about it. His finger appears in the screen and points out where the fire started. He says the helicopter which constantly circulates over the camp suddenly disappeared 20 minutes before they saw the first flames. He zooms to the area where he and the person he is with first spotted the fire. He says, “It looked like someone using a drip torch.” He says they called 911, but it’s been over an hour and the Morton County Fire Department hasn’t shown up. He tells the people in the camp, his audience, not to worry, though. It looks like the fire was started by DAPL employees to scare them or hurt them. But the Oceti Sakowin is full of Indians who supplement their income by wild-land firefighting, work that also benefits Mother Earth; he mentions that he is himself a “hotshot” firefighter [one of the elite crews]. He and his fellow firefighters can tell by the wind direction that the fire won’t harm the camp.

    Now here’s Dewey on a bright morning walking along the road by Oceti Sakowin. A young man appears on screen, and Dewey asks him who he is and why he’s here. He’s from the Paiute nation. “I’m here to protect the water,” he says. Dewey asks him to sing a Paiute song. The young man closes his eyes and sings.

    In another nighttime broadcast find we ourselves looking through a car windshield, headlights illuminating the highway, centerlines whizzing by. We hear voices talking in the backseat. The car drives on and on. We’re just watching the road. Then ahead is a police roadblock. The police van looms. Dewey gets out with his camera and calls over to the officers, asks them where they’re from, inquires about where the road blocks are, what are the open routes. At one level it’s a mundane exchange between a citizen and police, but you experience the edginess of the situation. More deeply, you feel the riskiness and pathos that is involved any human interaction. Dewey firmly exercises his right to have these protect-and-serve police respond to him civilly; he is cordial and respectful in a way that reinforces to them and to his viewers that he is after all not their enemy but a fellow human being. Dewey asks more questions and the lead officer says he doesn’t want to be filmed; Dewey offers to turn his camera away from them and onto himself. The distant officers disappear from the screen and Dewey’s face fills it. The contact officer walks nearer; we can hear his voice. Dewey can’t resist a joke, though. He asks the officer if he’s sure he doesn’t want to become famous by putting his face on Dewey’s screen? You realize these are just guys doing their job. Dewey understands that, but he also wants to educate them about the water protectors’ mission. He never misses an opportunity to educate his adversary, as well as his own people about the larger dimensions of the Standing Rock resistance. When he gets back in the car, someone in the back seat says “Let’s get out of here; this is enemy territory.” Dewey laughs, turning the car around, “It’s not enemy territory.”

    I believe you learn more about Standing Rock by watching Dewey’s unedited video than you ever could from watching any number of dramatically produced, commercially constricted reports on CNN, complete with the drumb-drumb latest crisis theme music.

    Dewey explains to his viewers that what they’re seeing is a “documentation” that’s not edited. “It’s not scripted. It’s not acted out.”

    After a month of watching Dewey’s daily reports I realize more fully than I ever have before how ghastly and vacuous mainstream news reporting is: a production where facts have been emptied of the humanity of real encounters, replaced by the shallow performances of reporters and news sources, slick, clichéd phrasing, behavior slotted into ready made categories, events analyzed and even predigested. The news about reality comes to us compartmentalized in trays like tasteless microwave dinners. Rarely is the reader or viewer allowed to simply experience the event unfolding through the reporter’s eyes or camera. The stories are crafted and slickly packaged. Their very polish and stimulating presentation sabotages their meaning and replaces it with a meaningless, artificial understanding.

    Note that I am not saying that the news these days is politically biased. Some obviously is, but the left or right bias charge is a serious red herring, a mis-direction. In fact, in mainstream media’s very effort to appear neutral and unbiased means events are chopped up and pieced together to fit the templates of a few hackneyed forms of storytelling: the winner-loser story, the conflict story, the individual overcoming obstacles story, the facing bad choices stories, he-said, she-said stories, scandal stories, hypocrisy stories. You’ve seen them all, repeatedly.

    Most of these templates come plated with a cynicism, skepticism, superiority, or sentimentality that grabs our attention by adding a dash of disgust. The current journalistic manner of telling stories reduces and dismisses the story in a way that sometimes makes the commercials and pop-up ads come as a relief. None of the common journalistic templates or attitude has much to do with real life as it’s lived in the moment. It’s not what people really experience in their lives. Instead, it’s how they’ve been conditioned to wrap up experience afterward in a dramatized way that leaches out the nuance, that leaves out the moment-to-moment uncertainty, or as the Lakota call it, the Wakan, the deep mystery of relationships that permeates every event. And that’s what Dewey’s broadcasts have in abundance. You get to see him interacting with the people who show up on his screen. You get to feel his humanity and the mystery of everyday relationships taking place at Standing Rock that he brings to light. It’s certainly not dramatic or melodramatic. It’s not interesting or stimulating in the usual way. It does seem really important.

    So when Dewey sits in his parked car and does an update video on “10 things to know about DAPL” (Nov. 18, 2016), there’s no editing and no script, meaning that you get to see him thinking through what those top 10 things might be. Some points he makes are incisive and comic, others not so much. But the not-so-much ones can lead you to thinking about gray areas, the imprecise observations we all make. He asks a guy who just got in the car to help out with his list and the guy, William Hawk Birdshead, goes immediately serious on him until Dewey says, “I was trying to keep it light.” So the Birdshead says, “Laughter is good medicine.” Suddenly they’re off. Dewey mimics the shifty-eyed look of the FBI guys lurking around the area and denying they are FBI, the DAPL security characters trying to look all steely and tough. We learn that in the encampments they say that “DAPL dresses up like Ninja Turtles.” You can tell that it’s DAPL undercover because those guys never drive rez cars, which are rusted and dented. Nobody is spared. Dewey describes the water protectors just arriving from California as dudes who’ve “got their animal spirits on… They’re all furred up. They’re coming in all mystical and crystals.” He and his buddy laugh, which Dewey says is laughter “in a good way,” because the whole thing going on at Standing Rock is deadly serious but you need laughter, because that’s good medicine for healing. And healing and praying are about “getting reconnected with the Earth.”

    This points to a major difference between anthropocentric prayer as most of us know it and earth-mind prayer. In the prayer that most people are familiar with, an individual seeks intercession for human needs with a transcendent being. The Native prayer is about healing not getting. The prayer is a community ceremony or song or ritual to maintain or restore the balance between and among beings, both animate and inanimate. Prayer is to all my relatives, all my relations, the birds, the water, the wind, the buffalo, my family, even those who oppose me as enemies. Mitakuye Oyasin is an important Lakota phrase that means “all my relations.” When you’re watching a Dewey update from Standing Rock you’re experiencing Mitakuye Oyasin in action. It’s newscasting as a kind of prayer, in the earth-mind sense. Whether he’s engaging in laughter or educating about the spiritual importance of water, you can see that what he’s getting at is healing relationships. Watching and listening, you get to be part of that healing.

    What Dewey does goes way beyond advocacy journalism.

    Our traveling companion for our visit to Standing Rock, Lakota elder Tiokasin Ghosthorse, also provides a good way to keep up with developments through the interviews he conducts for his weekly syndicated broadcast from WPKN in Bridgeport Conn. and WBAI in New York City. On Oct. 31, 2016, Tiokasin interviewed a young man who was seized on Oct. 27 when a frontline camp was destroyed by police. Trenton Joseph Castillas Bakeberg, in the bloodline of Crazy Horse, was praying in a sweat lodge when the militarized police swept through the camp. They yanked him out of the sweat lodge and arrested him. The young water protector told Tiokasin:

    “I pray that we’ll be able to keep a state of prayer and peace, as we have been… Although there’s some people on our side are more likely to tend toward violence. But there’s also people on our side to stop them. Don’t start a fight. That’s what it’s all about, keeping it peaceful because the elders told us in the beginning that all it takes is one single act of violence, one person attacking a police officer and they’ll unleash the fear on all of us. This wrath that we have with our military overseas, we’re beginning to see it now in the heart of our own country. All for the greed and the corporate interests of this government. They say we’re a democracy but it’s not showing anymore. The people didn’t want this pipeline, but this foreign entity that they call a corporation, Energy Transfers, is saying, we don’t care. We want this money. We need this for economic stability of the country and that somehow trumps the interests of our communities and our nation as a whole….We’re standing up to this corporate machine with prayer and love.”

  • Forcibly removed from prayer at Standing Rock


  • Against a heavily armed, corporatized democracy designed to ensure that only powerful business and political elites rule the land and possess the wealth of its objects, the Native-American people at Standing Rock stand in defense of Mother Earth armed with songs, prayers, and an understanding that Earth’s objects are us, and we are them. They are our relatives. It seems better armament than most of us Wasi’shu possess. Webster defines fascism as “a political system headed by a dictator in which the government controls business and labor and opposition is not permitted.” It’s an incendiary word, and readers might think ill of me for introducing it here. Certainly we are not a fascist state yet. But for the prayer-resistance at Standing Rock, the clear alliance between corporate and government interests to quell their opposition under color of the law has a fascist flavor.

    It should not surprise anyone that the new US president reportedly holds stocks that directly fund the Dakota Access Pipeline and that the DAPL CEO Kelcy Warren gave the Trump campaign a substantial donation.

  • Trump's Personal Investments Ride on Completion of Dakota Access Pipeline


  • This is how the proto-fascism works. Ironically (or perhaps absurdly), Trump may have been elected by people hoping he would somehow counter the tightening grip of multinational corporations on their lives. One might wish for that to happen.

    At a deep level, Standing Rock may suggest that such absurdities as a Trump presidency occur because our mode of consciousness is impaired or inadequate to the situation it has created on our planet at this historical time. Too many of us have gone dead to the natural world we come from. Our obsessive anthropocentric mode of consciousness has reduced nature and reality at large to a bunch of things we have names for—things that feed our greed. Fortunately, many Indigenous people have retained an acute and ancient consciousness that we are those rocks and trees and clouds, and birds and water that we see outside our windows, and that restoring our relationships with them is incumbent on us.

    John Briggs is emeritus distinguished Professor of Writing and Aesthetics from Western Connecticut State University. He was the English Department’s journalism coordinator for 18 years and was one of the founders of Western’s Department of Writing, Linguistics, and Creative Process. He is the author of several well-known books on chaos theory, fractals and creativity. He lives in the hilltown of Granville, Mass., where served as a Selectman for five years and as reserve police officer for 10 years.


    When people at Standing Rock talk about the black snake they mean the pipeline, referring to an old Sioux legend about a black snake that will threaten the end of the world. The Lakota prophet Black Elk said that in the seventh generation, the Sioux tribes would unite to save the world.

    Media covering the Standing Rock resistance movement:

  • Digital Smoke Signals


  • Myron Dewey, Facebook


  • The Antimedia


  • Democracy Now


  • The Intercept


  • The Guardian


  • Censored News


  • Unicorn Riot


  • Living on Earth


  • The Indigenous Environmental Network


  • Status of Standing Rock court claim



  •           Burn After Reading        

    Who’s Who
    What’s What

    In the World of CIA Fronts, Partners, Proprietaries & Contractors




    NEW BOOK:

    The Almost Classified Guide to CIA Front Companies, Proprietaries & Contractors
    By WAYNE MADSEN
    ISBN: 978-1-365-11196-9


    Cool Justice Editor's Note: Following are excerpts from author Madsen's introduction and the body of the work. Additional suggested reading: News story about Madsen's book via the Washington, D.C. based Justice Integrity Project [link at the bottom of this post].

    EXCERPTS:

    From the Introduction


    One of the most pervasive uses of companies as intelligence partners was under the CIA’s Operation MOCKINGBIRD. During the Cold War, the CIA, often with the approval of corporate executives, infiltrated their agents to work as journalists in newspapers, radio and television networks, wire services, and magazines. The following pages in this book are rife with examples of this penetration of the Fourth Estate – all too many in the opinion of this journalist. The CIA admitted to at least 400 journalists on the agency’s payroll at the height of MOCKINGBIRD. The CIA traditionally understates its capabilities, especially when its covert activities become publicly known. Moreover, the end of the Cold War did not stop the practice of the CIA in infiltrating the media and slant news reports to its wishes.

    *

    An insightful look behind the veils of secrecy into the CIA’s use of fronts, proprietaries, and partners calls into question the purpose of the CIA. Created by President Harry S Truman to serve as a central collector and repository of intelligence, the CIA became much more than that. A few weeks after the United States witnessed the assassination of President Kennedy in the middle of downtown Dallas, Truman penned an op-ed piece that appeared in several newspapers around the country. In it, Truman shared his regret for having created the CIA in 1947:

    “I think it has become necessary to take another look at the purpose and operations of our Central Intelligence Agency—CIA . . . For some time I have been disturbed by the way CIA has been diverted from its original assignment. It has become an operational and at times a policy-making arm of the Government. This has led to trouble and may have compounded our difficulties in several explosive areas.

    "I never had any thought that when I set up the CIA that it would be injected into peacetime cloak and dagger operations. Some of the complications and embarrassment I think we have experienced are in part attributable to the fact that this quiet intelligence arm of the President has been so removed from its intended role that it is being interpreted as a symbol of sinister and mysterious foreign intrigue.”

    *

    The 21st century’s CIA’s partners are more likely to be found among high-tech companies marketing the latest and greatest mobile applications and data mining programs than among banks, law offices, and advertising agencies. However, in the post-World War II era, the CIA’s top and middle echelons were normally found operating through cover as typewriter-pecking journalists, traveling Madison Avenue admen, corporate lawyers, and chain-smoking oilmen. In the 1970s and 80s, CIA contractors and partners began showing up in the high-tech field, with database, local area networking, and on-line information retrieval systems attracting the most interest by Langley.

    *

    As this book went to press, the smart phone game application Pokémon Go fad was sweeping the planet. Unbeknownst to many of the on-line game’s avid fan’s was the connection of the game’s developers to the CIA’s venture capital firm IN-Q-TEL. All users saw their geo-location and other smart phone data being swept up by a CIA partner firm.

    SELECTED ENTRIES

    Amazon, Inc. [CIA contractor]. Company provides cloud computing services for the CIA. Amazon’s CEO Jeff Bezos also owns The Washington Post.

    American Historical Society. [CIA partner]. Many society officials were OSS/CIA officers.

    American Press Institute. [CIA front]. Operating out of Columbia University, the institute’s director in the 1950s was a CIA officer.

    AmeriCares. [CIA partner]. A non-profit organization that is often the “first in” at refugee situations. Founded by tycoon J. Peter Grace, a board chairman of the CIA front, the American Institute for Free Labor Development (AIFLD) and a trustee of another CIA front, the American Committee for Liberation from Bolshevism, AmeriCares was involved in funding the Nicaraguan contras. The group has also provided the CIA with recruiting opportunities at mass refugee sites, particularly in Latin America and Asia.

    Bechtel Corporation. [CIA contractor]. Bechtel is a large construction company that has included former CIA director Richard Helms, CIA pseudonym “Fletcher M. Knight,” among its executive ranks. Bechtel was active in providing corporate cover for the OSS in the Middle East during World War II. Bechtel has been a consummate service company for various CIA operations, including support for the CIA-inspired coup against the Syrian government in 1949, the Iranian government of Prime Minister Mohamed Mossadeq in 1953, and President Sukarno of Indonesia in 1965. From the 1960s to the 1970s, Bechtel provided cover for CIA agents in Libya under both the regime of King Idris and his successor, Muammar Qaddafi. Sometimes called a “secret arm” of the CIA, Bechtel’s executives included those who would join President Reagan’s Cabinet, including Secretary of State George Schultz and Secretary of Defense Caspar Weinberger.

    Before World War II, Steve Bechtel formed a military-industrial complex partnership with John McCone. McCone later became the chairman of the Atomic Energy Commission and later, director of the CIA. The CIA has used Bechtel to provide cover for non-official cover CIA operatives abroad.

    Blackstone Investment Group. [CIA front]. With offices in Washington, DC and Moscow, arranged for the purchase of KGB documents following the collapse of the Soviet Union. Among the documents sought by the front company were any related to illegal CIA activities during the Cold War, including the 1963 assassination of President John F. Kennedy.

    Bourbon and Beefsteak Bar and Restaurant. [CIA front]. Opened in 1967 in King’s Cross in Sydney, Australia. Served as a rendezvous point for CIA, Australian Security Intelligence Organization (ASIO), and organized crime figures. Its proprietor was Bernie Houghton, a CIA operative with links to Nugan Hand Bank, CIA weapons smuggler Edwin Wilson, and CIA clandestine services officers Theodore Shackley, Rafael Quintero, and Thomas Clines.

    Center for Democracy. [CIA front]. Administered under the aegis of Boston University, the center maintained offices in Boston, Washington, DC, Guatemala City, and Strasbourg, France. Involved in CIA operations in eastern Europe, Central America, and Africa.

    Colt Patent Firearms Company. [CIA partner]. Based in Hartford, Connecticut, provided corporate cover for CIA officers operating abroad.

    Daddario & Burns. [CIA partner]. Headed by former OSS officer Emilio Daddario, a Democratic Representative from Connecticut, the Hartford-based law firm provided services to the CIA.

    DC Comics. [CIA partner]. Worked with the International Military Information Group (IMIG), a joint CIA/Pentagon unit at the State Department, to disseminate propaganda comic books, featuring Superman, Batman, and Wonder Woman, in Serbo-Croatian and Albanian, to youth in the Balkans during the military conflicts in that region.

    Disney Corporation. [CIA partner]. CIA agents who were adept at creating front companies and shell corporations in Florida, worked closely with Disney in preparation for the construction of Disney World near Orlando, Florida. OSS veteran “Wild Bill” Donovan and CIA shell company expert Paul Helliwell helped create two fake Florida cities, Bay Lake and Lake Buena Vista, as well as a number of shell corporations, to keep secret the plans for Disney World. This kept land prices low because real estate speculators were unaware of the prospective value of the land in a desolate area of central Florida.

    Emory School of Medicine. [CIA partner]. Located in Atlanta, Georgia. Involved in the CIA’s MK-ULTRA behavioral modification project.

    Enron Corporation [CIA partner]. Houston-based firm that was used by the CIA to provide commercial cover for its agents around the world. There were at least 20 CIA employees on Enron’s payroll. Andre Le Gallo, a former official of the CIA’s Operations Directorate, went to work as a corporate intelligence officer for Enron.

    Fair Play for Cuba Committee (FPCC). [CIA front]. Officially established by American Trotskyists, the group was penetrated by CIA operatives. The FPCC New Orleans office was a CIA front that provided cover for the anti-Fidel Castro activities of Lee Harvey Oswald, Clay Shaw, and David Ferrie, among others. The New Orleans FPCC office was located at 544 Camp Street and shared the same building entrance with Guy Banister Associates, Inc., a private detective agency, the address for which was 531 Lafayette Street and around the corner from 544 Camp Street.

    In December 1963, after the assassination of President John F. Kennedy, the FPCC ceased all U.S. operations.

    General Electric Company. [CIA partner]. Based in Fairfield, Connecticut, provided corporate cover for CIA officers operating abroad.

    General Foods Corporation. [CIA partner]. Advertising account at CIA’s Robert Mullen Company handled by an active CIA employee.

    Google, Inc. [CIA partner]. Developed as a result of a research grant by the CIA and Pentagon to Stanford University’s Department of Computer Science. The CIA referred to the research as the “google project.”

    Greenberg Traurig. [CIA partner]. Washington, DC “connected” law firm.

    Guy Banister Associates, Inc. [CIA partner]. New Orleans private detective agency headed by former FBI agent Guy Banister. The detective agency coordinated the activities of various anti-Castro Cuban groups in New Orleans, including Banister’s own Anti-Communist League of the Caribbean, as well as the Cuban Revolutionary Council, the Cuban Democratic Revolutionary Front, Friends of Democratic Cuba, and the Crusade to Free Cuba Committee.

    Banister and Associates shared office space with the CIA’s New Orleans front, the Fair Play for Cuba Committee, headed by Lee Harvey Oswald.

    Hale and Dorr. [CIA partner]. Boston-based law firm that provided cover for CIA’s Independence and Brown Foundations.

    Halliburton. [CIA contractor]. Based in Houston, it is the world’s largest oil service company. Recipient of a number of CIA sole-source contracts for services worldwide.

    Harper and Row, Inc. [CIA partner]. Manuscripts submitted to the New York publisher that dealt with intelligence matters, particularly CIA operations, were turned over to the CIA for censoring edits before publication.

    Hewlett Packard Corporation. [CIA partner]. Sold computers to Iraq for Saddam Hussein’s missile program with the knowledge and approval of the CIA.

    Hill & Knowlton. [CIA partner]. Public relations firm that teamed with the CIA on a number of operations. Hill & Knowlton’s numerous offices abroad provided cover for CIA agents. One known Hill & Knowlton office that was a CIA front operation was in Kuala Lumpur.

    Kerr-McGee. [CIA partner]. Provided corporate cover for CIA officers operating overseas.

    Kissinger Associates, Inc. [CIA partner]. New York-based international consulting firm founded by former Secretary of State and National Security Adviser Henry Kissinger. Former National Security Adviser Brent Scowcroft is a co-owner. The firm provided support to the CIA-linked American Ditchley Foundation and the Bilderberg Group. Much of the 1982 seed money for Kissinger Associates was provided by Goldman Sachs.

    Knight Foundation. [CIA partner]. Also known as the John S. and James L. Knight Foundation. Based in Miami, the foundation provides funding for various CIA-connected media operations in the United States and around the world.

    Kroll Inc. [CIA partner]. Founded in 1972 by Jules Kroll, who had links to both U.S. and Israeli intelligence. Based in Manhattan. French domestic law enforcement believed Kroll’s Paris office was a CIA front. Kroll handled the security for the World Trade Center after the 1993 terrorist bombing and continued to be responsible for security up to, during, and after the September 11, 2001 terrorist attack. Kroll employed former FBI assistant director for counter-terrorism John O’Neill, who died in the collapse of the World Trade Center.

    Lincoln Savings and Loan. [CIA partner]. Based in Irvine, California and headed by notorious swindler Charles Keating, Jr., involved in laundering funds for the Iran-contra scandal.

    Lone Star Cement Corporation. [CIA partner]. Based in Stamford, Connecticut and linked to the Bush family, provided corporate cover for CIA officers operating abroad. Involved in the Iran-contra scandal.

    Mary Carter Paint Company. [CIA front]. A money-laundering operation for the CIA. Involved in casinos in the Bahamas.

    Monsanto. [CIA partner]. The firm contracted with former CIA official Cofer Black’s Total Intelligence Solutions (TIS), a subsidiary of the CIA-connected Blackwater USA, later Xe Services, to monitor animal rights groups, anti-genetically modified (GM) food activists, and other groups opposed to Monsanto’s agri-business operations worldwide.

    National Enquirer. [CIA partner]. The tabloid’s founder, Generoso (Gene) Pope, Jr., worked for the CIA’s psychological warfare unit and the agency’s Italy branch in 1950. In 1952, Pope acquired The New York Enquirer broadsheet and transformed it into a tabloid, renaming it The National Enquirer. This transformation bore the imprimatur of the CIA’s Operation MOCKINGBIRD media influence program.

    Newsweek. [CIA partner]. Magazine reporters and stringers fed information to the CIA. Newsweek’s stringers in southeastern Europe and the Far East were CIA agents. When Newsweek was bought by The Washington Post Company in 1961, cooperation between the magazine and the CIA increased. It was a participant in the CIA’s Operation MOCKINGBIRD media influence program. Much of the staff of Newsweek was absorbed into a new online publication, The Daily Beast, which continues to disseminate CIA-influenced articles. See Washington Post.

    Nieman Foundation. [CIA partner]. Located at Harvard University, the foundation awarded Nieman Fellowships, some on behalf of the CIA, for foreign journalists to study at Harvard. The journalists were subjected to CIA recruitment efforts prior to their returning to their home countries.

    Pamela Martin & Associates. [CIA partner], Escort firm run by Deborah Jeane Palfrey, the so-called “DC Madam.” During her 2008 trial for mail fraud, Palfrey attempted to invoke the Classified Information Procedures Act in order to discuss her relationship with the CIA. The U.S. Court refused Palfrey’s request and she was convicted and later said to have committed suicide before her sentencing hearing in Washington, DC. One of her clients was Randall Tobias, the head of the CIA-connected USAID. Another was Louisiana Republican senator David Vitter.

    Paris Review. [CIA front]. Literary magazine edited by George Plimpton. Published works by Jack Kerouac and Samuel Beckett. The magazine’s co-founder, Peter Matthiessen, relied on his affiliation with the magazine as his CIA cover.

    Quaker Oats Company. [CIA partner]. Worked with the CIA and Atomic Energy Commission to place trace amounts of radiation in breakfast cereal served to boys at the Fernald School for the mentally retarded in Waltham, Massachusetts.

    Radio Corporation of America. [CIA partner]. Provided corporate cover for CIA officers operating abroad, particularly in Iran, Philippines, Japan, and West Germany. Provided technical assistance to CIA-financed clandestine and propaganda radio stations worldwide, including Radio Free Europe. RCA founder David Sarnoff was a major supporter of CIA operations, including propaganda dissemination around the world. RCA chairman and chief executive officer Thornton F. Bradshaw was active in the operations of the CIA-linked American Ditchley Foundation.

    Reily Coffee Company. [CIA partner]. Also known as William B. Reily Coffee Company and based in New Orleans, this company employed Lee Harvey Oswald and a number of other U.S. government employees, many of whom were suspected CIA officers.

    Robert M. Mullen Company. [CIA proprietary]. A Washington, DC public relations firm, it was used as a front for CIA activities. E. Howard Hunt, the CIA agent, worked for Robert Mullen when he was arrested in the break-in of the Democratic National Committee headquarters at the Watergate Hotel in Washington in 1972. The Senate Watergate Committee reported that “the Mullen and Company has maintained a relationship with the Central Intelligence Agency since its incorporation in 1959. It provided covers for agents in Europe (Stockholm), Latin America (Mexico City), and the Far East (Singapore) at the time of the Watergate break-in.”

    Rockefeller Foundation. [CIA partner]. Used by the CIA to direct scholarships and grants to the Third World and Eastern Europe. Rockefeller Foundation money was funneled to the American Committee for a United Europe (ACUE), created in 1948. The chairman of ACUE was OSS chief William J. Donovan and the vice chairman was Allen Dulles. One of ACUE’s board members was Walter Bedell Smith, the first CIA director.

    Summa Corporation. [CIA partner]. Owned by Howard Hughes, Summa is believed to have skimmed gambling profits from the Sands, Desert Inn, Frontier, Silver Slipper, Castaways, and Landmark casinos in Las Vegas and Harold’s Club in Reno for the CIA and the Mafia. Provided financial cover for the CIA’s Glomar Explorer project.

    Teneo Intelligence. [CIA partner]. Branch of Teneo Holdings, which is headquartered in New York. Teneo Holdings’s intelligence branch includes former CIA officials. Teneo is closely linked to former President Bill Clinton and Hillary Clinton. Teneo Intelligence has offices in New York, London, Rome, Brussels, Dubai, Bogota, New Delhi, and Tokyo.

    Texas Commerce Bank (TCB). [CIA partner]. Houston-based bank founded by the family of James Baker III. Texas Commerce Bank was used to provide commercial cover for CIA agents. After serving as vice president for Texas Commerce Bank in Caracas from 1977 to 1979, Jeb Bush joined his father’s presidential campaign in 1980. Serving with Bush on the campaign was Robert Gambino, the CIA deputy director of security who gave Bush his orientation brief at Langley in 1977.

    Kenneth Lay, the chairman of Enron, which had its own links to the CIA, served on the board of Texas Commerce Bank. Texas Commerce Bank was acquired by Chemical Bank in 1987.

    The bank provided major loans to Howard Hughes’s Summa Corporation. See Summa Corporation.

    United Fruit Company [CIA partner]. Involved in 1954 CIA overthrow of Jacobo Arbenz government in Guatemala. Published the Latin America Report, a publication that was a CIA front used for clandestine activities. The CIA transferred weapons to United Fruit employees in Guatemala who were involved in undermining the Arbenz government. The joint CIA-United Fruit plan was code named OPERATION FORTUNE. Company provided an airfield in Guatemala for the CIA’s training of Cuban exiles for the Bay of Pigs invasion of Cuba.

    U.S. Rubber Company. [CIA partner]. Headquartered in Naugatuck, Connecticut and later called Uniroyal, provided corporate cover to CIA officers operating abroad. Included those operating under the cover of the Dominion Rubber Company of Canada, a subsidiary of U.S. Rubber Company.

    U.S. Youth Council (USYC). [CIA front]. Founded in 1945 and based in New York. Some 90 percent of its funds came from the CIA. USYC received funding from the Foundation for Youth and Student Affairs (FYSA), a CIA front. The USYC was composed of American Youth Hostels, Camp Fire Girls, 4-H, American Unitarian Youth, National Catholic Welfare Conference, National Students Assembly, YMCA and YWCA.

    Wackenhut. [CIA contractor]. Wackenhut, a Palm Beach Gardens, Florida-based security firm, stood accused of providing the CIA with specialized services around the world, including Chile, Greece, and El Salvador. Its Venezuelan branch, Wackenhut Venezolana, C.A., was accused in 2002 of involvement in the CIA’s coup against President Hugo Chavez. William Casey served as Wackenhut’s outside counsel before becoming CIA director in 1981.

    Wackenhut eventually merged into the global security firm G4S.

    Washington Post. [CIA partner]. The Washington Post was part of the CIA’s Operation MOCKINGBIRD, the agency’s media influence project. Post publisher Phil Graham was a close friend and associate of MOCKINGBIRD chief Frank Wisner, Sr. and CIA director Allen Dulles. Wisner assisted Graham in acquiring The Washington Times-Herald and WTOP radio, creating a sizable CIA-influenced media operation in the nation’s capital.

    W. R. Grace. [CIA partner]. Provided corporate cover to CIA officers operating abroad, particularly in Latin America. Provided donations to CIA front foundations.

  • News story about Madsen's book via The Justice Integrity Project



  •           $10,000 REWARD: Missing Person / Cold Case via Integrated Security Services @GoIntegrated         



  • Integrated Facebook page


  • Integrated Twitter feed


  • Integrated website


  • FLASHBACK: Video - Widow Pressed for Answers 42 years ago


  • Brief highlights of Caporino case:

    Excerpts from

  • more COOL JUSTICE

  • Chapter 4

    *

    Did Gabe Caporino just disappear or were hidden forces at play? AT

    *

    Gabe Caporino, a 40-year-old corporate executive from Westchester, NY, never returned to his wife and two teenage daughters after a business trip in 1974. The night he disappeared, Gabe Caporino spoke with his wife and daughters, asking about a school parents' night and confirming a dinner date with friends for the weekend.

    *

    There isn’t much of a trail for Gabe Caporino, but we know a good bit of what police did and did not do in the crucial days following his disappearance on Thursday, March 7, 1974. We also know some of what his employer, the General Foods corporation, did and did not do.

    *

    Under pressure from Gabe Caporino’s wife, Grace, now a retired teacher and recognized Holocaust scholar, General Foods sent a team to New Orleans over the weekend. One of them, Bill Bevans of the personnel department, snatched Gabe Caporino’s briefcase from his hotel room. The other GF team members were security director Jack Edward Ison, who had been an FBI agent for nine years; and White Plains, NY police detective James Lynch.

    “Our chief of security Jack Ison will ... take over this investigation,” GF personnel director Frank Dorito told Grace Caporino.

    Indeed, he did.

    On Sunday, March 10, 1974, Ison and his colleagues met privately with New Orleans police, barring members of the Caporino family. This crucial meeting presaged, if it did not predestine, the shocking and abysmal refusal of the New Orleans Police Department to follow up on basic and compelling leads, including the forgery of Gabe Caporino's credit card four days after he was reported missing. This forgery was ultimately documented by the FBI crime lab. Significantly, a Sears employee who witnessed three individuals using Gabe’s credit card recanted after a visit by New Orleans police ...

    ... Officer Roma Kent, who went on to work as a federal public defender, got the clerk to change his story ...

    *

    CBS producer Barbara Gordon, on assignment in 1974, put it this way: “The New Orleans Police Department is holding hands with General Foods and there is a cover-up down here.”

    The Gabe Caporino case was the subject of a CBS documentary produced by Gordon and reported by Chris Borgen, a retired New York City narcotics detective. The program aired beginning in May 1974 on the show Eye On New York. It was rebroadcast in New York and several times throughout the country on local affiliates – but not in New Orleans.

    As the air date neared, Borgen told Grace Caporino the reporting team received threats that GF might pull advertising from CBS. Borgen recounted the phone call from a GF public relations staffer: “This documentary is not in our best interests. We have a significant advertising budget with CBS.”

    *



    New Orleans police ... reported the discovery of Gabe Caporino’s rental car in a way that could not have occurred.

    His rented car was found abandoned about 10 days later in front of a school by Spain and [N.]Ramparts streets with the keys stuck outside the vehicle in the door lock. Police officers told me a car in this location with the keys outside the vehicle might have lasted there up to an hour. Additionally, any fingerprints left in or on the car were wiped off.

    “It is certainly not the kind of place where a new car would sit for a week with the keys in the door,” said Gabe Caporino’s nephew Anthony Emma, who made two trips to New Orleans in 1974. “Certainly not the kind of place a new car would sit even locked up without being disturbed for a week ... I always found that hard to believe.”



    *

    As time went on and the Caporino family struggled to survive, General Foods appealed the awarding of benefits to the widow and children multiple times. At one of the hearings, Jack Edward Ison admitted he was the source of the smears about Gabe Caporino in law enforcement files.

    A hearing officer asked Ison: “How do you know this about Mr. Caporino?”

    “Just things you hear people say,” Ison responded. He was not pressed to elaborate.

    In a particularly disturbing incident on March 16, 1974 – the day that would have been Gabe Caporino’s 41st birthday – family, friends and neighbors gathered at the home in Yorktown Heights. Ison called Grace Caporino. She told Ison family and friends did not want her to be alone on that day. Ison paused and said: “Well, if Gabe has any heart, surely he'll call you on his birthday. Bye, I’ve got to go.”

    *

    October, 2011. NEW ORLEANS, LA – Thirty seven years ago – with several police officers crowding her – Grace Caporino briefly touched and read a number of pages in a 3-inch-high stack of reports about her missing husband. After a few minutes, they forced her to leave. Today, the New Orleans Police Department still doesn’t want to know or hear anything about the Gabe Caporino case – or the reports ... *

    The current New Orleans police superintendent, Ronal Serpas, ignored two certified letters she sent him last year ...

    The New Orleans Police Department – notorious as perhaps the most corrupt and incompetent in U.S. history – has routinely engaged in public executions of civilians. The coroner tends to call these homicides slips and falls or accidents, even when someone’s face and teeth are kicked in and various body parts have hemorrhaged. Officers have worked as cocaine dealers on the job, hired hitmen to kill civilians, stolen from car dealers and held up liquor stores in uniform. Officers have been heard on police scanners saying: “Is he dead yet? No. Kill him now. String him up by the balls.”

    A short list of recent convictions includes two officers who beat and kicked a local man to death, then covered it up. In the infamous Danzgier bridge trial, also this year, five current and former officers were found guilty of shooting six civilians – killing two of them – and covering it up. Those local citizens were walking to a grocery store.

    Civilians filming police assaulting civilians are routinely charged with inciting a riot. After police shot and killed unarmed trombone player Joe Williams, returning from a jazz funeral in 2004, officers broke up a memorial service for the popular member of the Hot 8 Brass Band. Local attorney Mary Howell told the PBS show Frontline police advised her that “merely having a video camera or camera in a situation like this where the police are interacting with the community was considered to be inciting a riot.”

    After Hurricane Kartina, the National Rifle Associaton sued New Orleans Police for stripping law-abiding citizens of their ability to defend themselves. “They just stole people’s guns and weapons,” Howell said.

    The unofficial body count from Hurriance Katrina is upwards of 1,500. “We do not have a clear understanding of how many people were shot and killed by the New Orleans Police Department,” Howell told Frontline.

    Of course, there are also many officers who keep their oath to protect and serve no matter what the risk from criminals and buffoons in the streets or among their ranks and supervisors ...

    *

    August, 2012

    ... the New Orleans Police Department actually admitted it had failed to comply with the Louisiana public records law. This happened through a series of depositions of detectives and other personnel [in a Freedom of Information lawsuit in Parish Court] ... “Nobody has gone digging through those files specifically looking for a file relative to the disappearance of Gabe Caporino, have they?” The question was posed by ... attorney, Brett Prendergast.

    “No, sir,” Detective Gwen Guggenheim responded.

    ... A supervised search of the NOPD “storage area” [revealed the following from] ... a dimly-lit and musty room on the second floor by the NOPD parking garage.

    Most of the boxes of files were covered with layers of grime and old insulation. He had to move evidence including sections of a chain-link fence to get at the boxes.

    The files dated from 1890 to the present. Besides homicide cases, there were also files for juvenile offenses and sex crimes.

    There was not a single missing persons file in storage ...

    ... As recently as 1995, then-Police Superintendent Richard Pennington had a detective review the Caporino case and all the reports and documents. Now, the official word is, the file does not exist – just as missing persons don't officially exist ...

    *

    Retired General Foods investigator Emil Monda, reached ... on the West Coast, said about the Caporino case: “We always thought there was foul play, but never came up with anything.”

    Monda said he did not know why the New Orleans Police failed to follow leads including the forgery of Caporino’s credit card ...


              Hit-and-Run Chronology, Grand Jury Report & Follow-up Columns, Re; Library Discussion 9-22-16        

    Open
    the Showalter File

  • Hartford Courant Editorial




  • Cool Justice Editor's Note:
    This post is primarily for patrons and guests of the Sprague Public Library, who might participate in a discussion on Thursday at 6:30 p.m. A link to announcements of that event is at the very bottom of this post. Thanks for reading, AT.


    Via
    Law And Justice In Everyday Life


    F. Lee Bailey on Law and Justice in Everyday Life and the Showalter case:

    This book - which is mainly about public officials, police, judges and lawyers either shaming or shining - is a good read. Many of the stories stand alone, like slices of life. Others will appear early in the book, with follow-up chapters later. The crown jewel, in my view, is his handling of the strange death of Kevin Showalter, who was slammed 50 feet down the road in New London, Connecticut on Christmas Eve 1973 while changing a tire on the traffic side of a parked car. For many years, Andy Thibault dogged a case which public officials seemed determined to let die, despite the presence of a likely suspect. He tells me his mentor, John Peterson, broke the case open and then handed over the torch. Joined by the victim's mother, Lucille, who revealed herself as a determined but delightful woman as the story unfolds, Andy beats up on police, prosecutors, judges and governors until finally there is action. Spurred on by an appointment hastened by Gov. Ella Grasso, Judge Joseph Dannehy conducted one of the most brilliant and thorough investigations I have ever seen. If this book were only about the Showalter case, it would be worth the price.

    APPENDIX

    THE SHOWALTER CHRONOLOGY – A FOUR YEAR SEARCH FOR JUSTICE


    New London, Ct.

    1973

    December 24

    Approximately 11:10 to 11:20 p.m. Kevin B. Showalter is killed. Car leaves scene. Only taillights observed by a neighbor.

    There is much confusion. Mr. Showalter had been changing a tire on his companion’s car. His companion Debra Emilyta, was sitting about six feet away from the car on a stone wall.

    Ms. Emilyta told police she heard a thud, but did not see the car which struck Mr. Showalter. She said she ran across the road, a well-lit section of Pequot Avenue near Plant Street, before seeing Mr. Showalter’s body.

    Mr. Showalter’s body was thrown 22 feet from the believed point of impact, onto a sidewalk near a large tree. The police report prepared that night noted the deceased’s shoes were found 110 feet apart. Part of a leg bone was found 75 feet away.

    Michael Buscetto of Mike’s Auto Body gives police body putty, apparently from the car which struck Mr. Showalter. The putty never made it to the police station. Det. Lt. Konstanty T. Bucko later denies its existence.

    December 25

    Autopsy performed. No trace of alcohol or drugs found. Cause of death listed as lacerated liver and broken neck.

    In efforts to console Mrs. Showalter, friends, neighbors, witnesses and officials volunteer information about the accident. She quietly listens for about six weeks, taking it for granted that police are acting on the same information. December 26

    New London police begin full-scale search for red car.

    1974

    February 6

    FBI report describes paint particles on Mr. Showalter’s clothing as “racing green” or “forest green” used on 1968 Chrysler products.

    February 7

    Mrs. Showalter notes she had the impression local police were not actively pursuing the case. She began interviewing those persons who came to her voluntarily and made a written record of her findings.

    During the next three weeks, Mrs. Showalter spends much of her time making telephone calls and knocking on doors. She and her youngest son Craig, then 14, visited a number of local auto dealers and garages. She said in most cases they were told police had not made any inquiries of them.

    February 28

    New London police conduct first interview with Harvey N. Mallove, the downtown merchant and former mayor and city councilor. Mallove stated he drove by Pequot Avenue near Plant Street shortly before 11:15 p.m. on Christmas Eve 1973. Seven people near the accident scene contradict what he said he saw.

    April 20

    Mrs. Showalter writes to State’s Atty. Edmund J. O’Brien, requesting a one-man grand jury investigation into her son’s death. O’Brien never responds.

    On the same day, Atty. Thomas Bishop, representing Mrs. Showalter as the administratix of Mr. Showalter’s estate, asks Atty. Joseph Moukawsher to conduct a coroner’s inquest of the hit-run death.

    April 23

    Moukawsher agrees to conduct inquest but must confer with New London police before setting date.

    June 4

    Mrs. Showalter writes to New London Police Chief John J. Crowley, asking for a progress report on the investigation by his force. Crowley neither acknowledges receipt of letter nor responds. Copies of letter were sent to City Manager C. Francis Driscoll, and Abraham Kirshenbaum, then chairman of the City Council’s Public Safety Committee.

    June 10

    Mrs. Showalter asks Superior Court Judge Angelo Santaniello to call for a grand jury investigation.

    June 24

    Santaniello notes Moukawsher has agreed to conduct coroner’s inquest. He tells Mrs. Showalter, “If it appears that during any stage of this proceeding that any further intercession is necessary, appropriate action will be taken at that time.”

    July 2

    Mrs. Showalter writes to City Manager C. Francis Driscoll, asking for a report from his office assessing the police department’s handling of the case. She also asks for a reply to her June 4 letter to Police Chief Crowley.

    July 9

    Driscoll tells Crowley to prepare a complete report for Mrs. Showalter.

    July 10

    Bucko completes report on fatal accident.

    July 25

    Driscoll sends Mrs. Showalter Bucko’s report. The report said Mr. Showalter’s body was in the road, but the ambulance crew which took Mr. Showalter to Lawrence Memorial Hospital said they found him on the sidewalk several feet away. No police officer ever saw the body at the scene since the first officer arrived as the body was being placed in the ambulance.

    Bucko says paint particles from a 1968 Plymouth at the U.S. Naval Submarine Base in Groton are similar to those found on Mr. Showalter’s clothing, but the same paint is used on any 1968 Chrysler product.

    Bucko also says a piece of metal Mrs. Showalter found near the accident scene is in the detective bureau. When Mrs. Showalter first offered the metal to police, they refused to sign a receipt for it.

    August 6

    Mrs. Showalter writes to Driscoll regarding Bucko’s report. She lists six pages of comments on allegedly “serious omissions” and “strictly opinion judgments” by Bucko.

    Mrs. Showalter also writes to Chief State’s Atty. Joseph Gormley, asking him to send a representative to the coroner’s inquest. She includes copies of correspondence with local officials and Bucko’s report.

    August 9

    Mrs. Showalter requests a meeting with the City Council’s Public Safety Committee.

    August 15

    Bucko updates report, at request of city manager Driscoll.

    Bucko said of the body location, “the position he (Mr. Showalter) was found in at the scene of the accident, in my opinion, would not help in solving this matter.” Erroneous on the report is the position of the car jack which is shown on the front bumper. The car Mr. Showalter was working on, a Ford Pinto, had to be jacked from the side of the vehicle.

    Omitted from the report is the location of a car mat seen to the rear of the car and the spare tire Mr. Showalter never got to put on the car.

    August 20

    Gormley writes to Mrs. Showalter, telling her the local police investigation “has proceeded smoothly,” and there is “no reason for this office to initiate its own investigation.”

    August 28

    The Public Safety Committee of the New London City Council meets in closed session for one hour to discuss the hit-run death. Chief Crowley requested the closed session. He said there is evidence that could jeopardize future action.

    Mrs. Showalter submitted a 12-page statement for the meeting, but did not attend.

    Crowley said the case is not closed and it appears an arrest may be made.

    August 31

    Mallove submits official statement to New London police.

    November, 1974

    After being postponed several times, the coroner’s inquest hears testimony from 50 persons. No findings issued.

    1975

    January 24

    A state police detective participating in the federal grand jury probe of the city police department has told one of its patrolmen they identified the driver of the car which struck and killed Mr. Showalter on Christmas Eve, 1973.

    “We know who killed the Showalter kid, how come you don’t?” the detective was quoted in The Norwich Bulletin as saying.

    March 19-22

    The Bulletin, in a four-part series, shows:

    - Eyewitnesses and what New London police called “near witnesses” drastically differed in their accounts of the accident.

    - Microscopic paint particles found on Mr. Showalter’s clothing on which police based their search may not have been left by the vehicle which struck him.

    - Evidence entrusted to police officers at the scene has never been seen since.

    - A claim by police that it would cost as much as $1,200 to trace vehicles possible involved in the mishap was declared false by the state Motor Vehicle Department.

    The Bulletin, when preparing the series of articles, made repeated efforts to discuss the case with police officials but Lt. K.T. Bucko, who headed the case, on the advice of then Police Chief John Crowley, would not.

    April 3 State police conduct an extensive door-to-door inquiry in the Pequot Avenue region. State police have been looking into the case as part of a federal grand jury investigation into alleged corruption within the city force.

    July 12

    The state of Connecticut offers a $2,000 reward for information leading to the arrest and conviction of the person responsible for the hit-run death of Mr. Showalter. A total of $3,000 is now being offered. Classmates and friends of Mr. Showalter’s have already collected $1,000.

    July 21

    A community effort by friends and classmates raises the reward to $5,000.

    November 8

    The transcript of the coroner’s inquest of the hit-run death conducted nearly a year ago has yet to be typed, Coroner Joseph Moukawsher confirms. He said he wants to review the transcript even though he believes his six-day long inquest did not establish any guilt in the case. He said he has not spoken with the court reporter assigned to the case since the early summer.

    December 10

    Mrs. Showalter writes to State’s Atty. C. Robert Satti, requesting a one-man grand jury investigation. No response.

    1976

    January 6

    Satti refuses to confirm or deny the existence of Mrs. Showalter’s request. Mrs. Showalter has also asked Satti’s office to ascertain the location of recorded tapes made during the coroner’s inquest.

    January 9

    Mrs. Showalter sends a special delivery letter to Satti asking for a response to the December 10 request. No response.

    February 19

    In a feature article, also carried statewide by the Associated Press, The Bulletin profiles Mrs. Showalter on page one.

    Some public officials regard her as a persistent nuisance, someone to be ignored and sidestepped, but Mrs. Lucille M. Showalter will not breathe easily until they tell her who killed her son, Bulletin reporter Fred Vollono wrote.

    “The official comment seems to be there is nothing to it,” Mrs. Showalter said. “It is just the ramblings of a grief-stricken mother. But there are many people who urge me to go on. They say, ‘Lucille, if you stop, then nothing will ever be done.’”

    February 23

    Mrs. Showalter receives a letter of confession from an inmate at Somers state prison. The inmate said he was plagued by news accounts of the death. Every time he seems to forget the accident, the inmate said, he reads another news story.

    April 2

    Mrs. Showalter submits a third written request to Satti for a grand-jury probe. No response.

    May 6

    Common Pleas court Prosecutor Harold Dean quashes the only lead in the two and a half year old investigation, The Norwich Bulletin reports. The lead was the letter of confession written by the inmate at Somers Prison. State police arrested the inmate for harassment of the victim’s mother, Mrs. Showalter, to whom the letter was sent. Dean nolled the case and allowed it to be dismissed despite a prior meeting with state police when the significance of the arrest was discussed.

    State police did not believe the letter writer was responsible for the hit-run death, but they thought the letter contained possibly significant information. Dean said he was certain the accused had no knowledge of the case, because he was incarcerated when Mr. Showalter was killed.

    August 7 The day following the Bulletin’s report of Dean quashing the lead, Chief State’s Atty. Joseph Gormley says he had “no idea” why the lead “which very well could have led to something,” resulted in a dead end. Two state police officers had met with Gormley to discuss the letter of confession.

    August 6

    State police list the investigation into the killing of Mr. Showalter as “closed pending further development.” That classification came 31 days after Dean threw the harassment case out of court.

    August 30

    Mrs. Showalter again asks Superior Court Judge Angelo Santaniello to call for a one-man grand jury probe.

    September 1

    Mrs. Showalter publicly renews her efforts to have a one-man grand jury reopen the investigation into the hit-run killing of her son. In a statement sent to 22 media outlets, Mrs. Showalter says she made the appeal in an August 30 letter to Superior Court Judge Angelo Santaniello. She says she was asking the judge to “make good on a promise” he made to her in June 1974. Santaniello wrote in a June 24, 1974 letter, Superior Court intercession would be possible if the investigation required it.

    Santaniello said, “probably the proper person” to approach would be State’s Atty. C. Robert Satti. But Mrs. Showalter said she is ignoring Satti because he failed to respond to her December 1975 letter asking for the grand jury.

    September 23

    State’s Atty. C. Robert Satti says he needs another three weeks to review information on the killing of Mr. Showalter before deciding whether the investigation should be reopened or shelved.

    Satti says he had hoped to have the matter resolved by today, but the sinking of his 35-foot cabin cruiser two weeks ago, an unexpected report of crimes by New London police, and a new trial forced him behind schedule.

    November 23

    Mrs. Showalter turns to Governor Ella T. Grasso for help.

    “I cannot endure this loss of a beloved son in the midst of a governmental system that appears to neither act nor care,” Mrs. Showalter says in a letter to the governor.

    Mrs. Showalter says she is skeptical the New London County State’s Attorney’s review of the case will result in the one-man grand jury she has requested. Satti today said he is still reviewing transcripts of the Coroner’s Inquest and refused further comment.

    December 21

    Just three days before the third anniversary of the killing of Kevin B. Showalter, the state’s chief court administrator orders the city’s only unsolved hit-and-run case reopened.

    John P. Cotter signs an order creating a one-man jury to probe the death, renewing hopes that allegations of police bungling and mishandling of the case will be settled.

    “I can’t yet believe it,” says Mrs. Showalter, calling the action a “literal miracle.”

    Cotter, a justice on the state Supreme Court, selects retired Superior Court Judge Raymond J. Devlin to head the one-man grand jury.

    An attorney representing Mrs. Lucille M. Showalter also files a $600,000 lawsuit against the unnamed person(s) responsible for the killing of her son. Atty. Averum J. Sprecher of East Haddam says the suit is aimed at protecting Mrs. Showalter’s rights.

    “The action as I have filed it will definitively preserve her rights when the investigative bodies finally determine who killed the boy,” he said. The suit is aimed at heading off fears the state’s statute of limitations might preclude Mrs. Showalter from pursuing civil action if the killer is found.

    December 24

    Superior Court Judge Joseph F. Dannehy is ordered to replace State Referee Raymond J. Devlin as the one-man grand juror investigating Mr. Showalter’s death. Chief Court Administrator John P. Cotter says Judge Devlin had asked to be taken off the case because he was too busy with other duties, and would be unable to commute from his New Haven office.

    1977

    January 4

    Austin J. McGuigan, the special prosecutor assigned to the one-man grand jury probing the hit-run death of Mr. Showalter promises to pull “all the stops” in his investigation but says he needs help from the public to succeed.

    McGuigan has worked for the state for two years as the top investigator of organized crime. He appeals to anyone with information to call him confidentially.

    February 8

    State Police Commissioner Edward P. Leonard, as part of a last-resort effort, makes a personal appeal to area residents for information about the killing of Mr. Showalter. In a letter to the people who live near the Pequot Avenue site where Mr. Showalter died, Leonard asks for facts – “No matter how insignificant they may appear” – which might shed light on the car, the driver or the accident scene.

    Special Prosecutor McGuigan says police “had no suspects.” However, he says if a suspect is found police believe there is sufficient evidence to tie the person to the case.

    April 18

    Investigators say they feel confident the Showalter case will be solved.

    The new optimism comes after a public appeal netted more than 300 leads, new laboratory analysis of existing evidence, and an accounting of each of the more than 10,000 green Chrysler products registered in Eastern Connecticut when Mr. Showalter was killed.

    The new evidence means “there is a significant possibility the vehicle in question was not a green Chrysler,” Special Prosecutor Austin McGuigan says. While the investigators will not say what other color the car might have been, the evidence apparently opens new avenues for the investigation. Previously, other theories on who drove the death car, theories which have had some substantiation, were locked into the green Chrysler theory, police acknowledge.

    May 10

    State police investigators spend two and a half hours recreating and filming the Pequot Avenue death scene where Mr. Showalter was the victim of the hit and run.

    May 18

    State police again film and re-create death scene.

    June 22

    The Bulletin reports that one of the most intensive investigations in state police history, the probe into Mr. Showalter’s hit-run death, will be given to a one-man grand jury July 5 in Windham county Superior Court.

    Judge Joseph F. Dannehy, the grand juror, imposes a gag order on all investigators assigned to the case. Special Prosecutor McGuigan and 17 state police detectives had gathered evidence for the grand jury.

    June 23

    More than 50 persons will be subpoenaed and the scope of the probe will be expanded to include subsequent actions connected with the accident, The Bulletin reports.

    June 24

    Eleven New London police officers, including the top detective involved in the first of three investigations of the hit-run death, have been subpoenaed, The Bulletin reports.

    July 5

    The grand jury begins behind closed doors with testimony by New London Det. Lt. Konstanty T. Bucko.

    Outside, a television camera crew drips with sweat under the glare of a hot summer sun.

    Inside it is quiet and cool – almost like any other day. The state police detectives and reporters talk about golf, baseball and other summertime activities. Because of the gag order imposed by Judge Dannehy, they can’t talk about what is most on their minds, what has brought them all together – the unsolved hit-run death of Kevin B. Showalter.

    The session lasts about five hours and also includes testimony by Mrs. Showalter and Debra Emilyta, Mr. Showalter’s companion the night he died.

    Ms. Emilyta has been sitting on a wall about 6 feet from Mr. Showalter when he was killed. She told police she only heard the 20-year-old Mitchell College student struck, and did not see the car which struck him.

    July 6

    Witnesses include Michael Buscetto of Mike’s Arco in New London. What he identified as body putty, apparently from the car that struck and killed Mr. Showalter, has never been seen since police officers placed it in an envelope that night, according to sources.

    Ms. Emilyta concludes testimony.

    Also testifying are Dr. Robert Weller, members of his family, and a friend, who while returning home from church drove past Mr. Showalter as he was changing the tire. They were among the last persons to see Mr. Showalter alive.

    Other witnesses include Mrs. Ruth P. Hendel and Mrs. Charles (Shirley Pope) Alloway, her daughter.

    On Christmas Eve, 1973, Mrs. Hendel had just turned away from the window of her home on Pequot Avenue where she had been watching Mr. Showalter work on the Emilyta car. She heard the noise of the car striking Mr. Showalter and turning back quickly she caught a glimpse of the taillights. Her first impression of the fleeing southbound car was that it was bright-colored, possibly red.

    Mrs. Hendel continued to watch the accident scene as she telephoned Mrs. Alloway, the wife of a New London police officer.

    Arthur Adams of New London, a Mitchell College security guard and former state policeman, also testifies. Aside from Ms. Emilyta and the hit-run driver, Adams may have been one of the last persons to see Mr. Showalter alive.

    Adams saw Mr. Showalter working on the car and Ms. Emilyta sitting on the stone wall, swinging her legs. He observed the girl with a coat collar wrapped around her head, in conversation with Mr. Showalter, after the Weller party had driven by.

    Adams continued on his rounds towards the Montauk Avenue side of the campus. Sometime after 11 p.m., he saw an ambulance heading for the hospital and two police cars heading down Plant Street.

    July 7

    Some of the last persons who saw Mr. Showalter alive and one of the first who saw him dead testify.

    Six members of the Sitty family, who were celebrating Christmas Eve and occasionally watching Mr. Showalter change a tire from inside a house on Pequot Avenue, tell the grand jury what they knew about the case, Edmond Sitty had brought out a blanket and a corduroy coat to put over Mr. Showalter’s body after he had been struck and killed.

    A New London High School classmate of Mr. Showalter, Arthur Petrini, was a passenger in a car that passed the accident scene sometime after Mr. Showalter was killed and before the ambulance and police arrived. He also testified.

    July 12

    Witnesses included two firemen and a dispatcher, two nurses and an orderly, the New London County Medical Examiner, the first man to officially identify Mr. Showalter, and a woman who lives near the accident scene.

    Larry Grimes, a security guard who knew Mr. Showalter from Mitchell College, had made the preliminary identification at Lawrence and Memorial Hospitals, where he also worked. Mrs. Dorothy Bryson of Pequot Avenue, who came upon the accident scene, also testifies.

    July 13

    New London police officers pack the waiting room of the Windham County Courthouse. Of the 11 who were subpoenaed last month, at least seven are present.

    The 11 include Patrolmen Vincent McGrath, Steven Colonis, Thomas P. Bowes Jr., and Cpl. Joseph Chiapponne, all of whom were involved in the initial investigation. With the change of shift, Sgt. Joseph Jullarine, Patrolmen Richard West and Glenn Davis and Det. Sgt. Konstanty T. Bucko joined the probe. Bucko was off duty at the time.

    McGrath filed the motor vehicle report of the accident and the sketch on the report was by Bowes. Bucko took photographs of the scene and gathered evidence. His photographs may be the only ones taken. Bucko also went to the hospital and got the victim’s clothing, according to sources.

    Colonis, the first officer on the scene, apparently arrived as Mr. Showalter was being placed in the ambulance. He interviewed Ms. Emilyta and took her to the station to file a 13-sentence statement.

    There is some confusion of whether Colonis drove an unmarked police car that night. Sources say police made conflicting statements on that question.

    July 14

    Thomas Wainwright, who played tennis with Kevin Showalter at New London High, saw his lifeless body on a sidewalk on Pequot Avenue before an ambulance or police arrived, and is among those testifying today. Arthur Petrini, who testified last week, was a passenger in Wainwright’s car.

    Mr. and Mrs. Donald Wainwright, who were stopped by police after circling the scene in another auto, also testify.

    At least seven New London police officers are at the courthouse, but it is not known how many are testifying.

    July 19

    The grand jury shifts beyond reconstructions by “near witnesses,” as Sgt. Joseph Jullarine, now retired, testifies. He was the squad leader who reportedly conducted “an intensive investigation” for a red car during the 11:30 p.m. to 7:30 a.m. shift on Christmas Day 1973.

    July 20

    The grand jury investigators spend much of the day alone reviewing physical evidence and testimony. Only three witnesses – New London police who have already appeared during the proceedings – are present.

    July 21

    Det. Bucko appears for at least the fourth time in the nine days the grand jury has convened. The session begins at 10 a.m. and ends about 5:45 p.m., with his departure.

    A nurse’s aide who knelt by Mr. Showalter’s body, feeling for a pulse, also testifies, Sue Costello, who heard the report of an accident as she was leaving Lawrence and Memorial Hospitals in New London from her shift, had arrived on the scene before ambulance personnel and police.

    July 26

    The scope of the grand jury probe goes beyond Mr. Showlater’s death and runs smack into a crucial area of dispute with the appearance of New London police detective Walter Petchark.

    On Christmas Day 1973, with evidence already missing and news of Mr. Showalter’s death on the radio, Petchark reportedly received a call from former mayor Harvey N. Mallove. Mallove later told The Bulletin there was no truth to the report. But he allegedly told Petchark he thought he saw the accident the night before.

    Three city police detectives – Bucko, Petchark, and Carmello Fazzina – were present at the inquiry. They were followed by laboratory technicians from the FBI, who lent their expertise in the analysis of headlight glass possibly belonging to the death vehicle.

    July 27

    The former counsel for the estate of Mr. Showalter testifies. Atty. Thomas Bishop confirms his representation of the estate was severed in June 1974.

    Thomas and Donald Wainwright return for further testimony.

    July 28

    Witnesses include Mrs. S.F. Zimet of Ledyard. Mallove said he was visiting at her home on Christmas Eve 1973, left about 10:45 p.m., and was home in New London about half an hour later.

    Mrs. Zimet is accompanied by her attorney, L. Patrick Gray. Gray, like Bishop, is a member of the New London law firm Suissman, Shapiro, Wool, and Brennan.

    Other witnesses include New London city Manager C. Francis Driscoll and Elise Mallove, Mallove’s daughter. Miss Mallove was home for her Christmas vacation in 1973.

    The grand jury begins a four-week recess. More than 50 persons were called during the first 12 days of the inquiry.

    August 30

    New London police investigators and a newspaper editor who has followed their unsolved hit-run death case for three years are among the witnesses.

    Retired Police Chief John Crowley and Det. Lt. K.T. Bucko, who refused repeated pleas by The Bulletin in March of 1975 to discuss the death of Kevin B. Showalter, gives testimony – as did the paper’s managing editor, John C. Peterson.

    Peterson testifies for three hours.

    August 31

    The attorney who conducted a coroner’s inquest into Mr. Showalter’s death, the results of which have never met public scrutiny, is the first witness today. Atty. Joseph Moukwasher, who heard testimony from 50 witnesses during six days in September and November of 1974, is one of the few persons familiar with the substance of that investigation.

    It took more than two years for the transcripts of the hearings to be typed and submitted to State’s Atty. C. Robert Satti.

    State Police Sgt. Donald Crouch, who in 1974 and 1975 worked for the federal grand jury investigating alleged corruption in the New London force, also testifies. Other witnesses included Rosemary Benson and Carol James.

    September 1

    Physical exhibits appear to outnumber witnesses in the 15th day of proceedings. Two state police technicians from the crime lab in Bethany carry satchels concealing evidence into the closed courtroom. One exhibit is a light colored automobile fender, which was dented and streaked.

    September 2

    Det. Edward Pickett of the New London County State’s Attorney’s office, who helped administer a lie detector test to Ms. Emilyta, testifies. Ms. Emilyta passed the test.

    Another detective, private investigator Joe Harris, is also called. A former Waterford police sergeant, he worked on the case for a brief time, on his own.

    Other witnesses in a short session include State Police Sgt. Charles Trotter, a principal investigator in the federal grand jury probe of the New London city police.

    September 12

    Two persons who saw Mr. Showalter on Christmas Eve 1973, hours before he was killed testify.

    Ramona Ricci, a coworker of Mr. Showalter’s at a Waterford discotheque, attended one of two parties Mr. Showalter had planned to go to after work that night. Nancy Wicksham, who also testified, had joined friends that holiday evening at the club.

    September 18

    Mallove says his status as a suspect in the case is “nothing new.” During testimony in a New Jersey courtroom, Connecticut State Police revealed Mallove is a prime suspect in the hit-run case. The testimony concerned refusal by two New Jersey men to comply with a subpoena issued by the one-man grand jury. Trooper Charles Wargat also testified he was told the two men repaired Mallove’s car on Christmas Eve or Christmas Day 1973.

    Mallove tells The Bulletin he did not know the men and never had a car repaired at their shop on Reed Street in New London. He says he didn’t kill Mr. Showalter and doesn’t know anything about anybody who did.

    September 19

    One of the two men who testified with immunity today has said in a published account he has no knowledge of the case and denied any car was repaired in his New London shop on Christmas Eve 1973.

    Walter String Jr. made those comments in the New Jersey Courier Post. He and his son, Walter String III, had been ordered to appear today by a New Jersey judge, after refusing to comply with a subpoena.

    Among the dozen or so witnesses are New London city police Sgt. Donald Sloan and Cpl. Charles Alloway. They took the first full statement from Ms. Emilyta, five days after the accident.

    September 26

    Darlene Barnes, a friend of Mr. Showalter who patronized the Waterford discotheque where he worked, is among the witnesses today. Ms. Barnes was also one of the 50 witnesses during the coroner’s inquest of 1974.

    October 3

    Larry Grimes testifies again. The Mitchell College security guard who made the first identification of Mr. Showalter at Lawrence and Memorial Hospitals, was also at the courthouse on July 12, and Sept. 26.

    The grand jury will be in recess until October 17. It has convened 20 times since July 5 and heard about 90 witnesses.

    October 11

    Judge Dannehy says published reports that Mallove is a prime suspect in the case “couldn’t bother me in the least.”

    “They (the newspapers) are free to speculate if they wish,” Dannehy says. “I am not concerned with their claimed right to freedom of expression.

    I think that sometimes their attitude is to publish and be damned, but they don’t bother me.”

    “Why don’t you wait” for the grand jury report? Dannehy asked.

    October 17

    The sales manager of a New London auto firm who said he has sold a number of cars to the family of a suspect in the hit-run case testifies.

    In 1970, Peter Emmanuel Sr. of New London Motors sold a Lincoln Continental to Harvey N. Mallove, whom state police have identified as a suspect in the Christmas Eve, 1973 death. A compact car was among the other autos the New London firm sold to Mallove.

    State police were looking for a green Chrysler product when they first questioned New London motors personnel, Emmanuel said before he testified. But the firm didn’t sell Mallove such a vehicle, which police had believed was the death car, he added.

    October 24

    The grand jury does not convene today because the investigators were not ready to proceed, Judge Dannehy said. He said he plans to conduct several more sessions before adjourning to write the final report, but did not specify.

    November 14

    The grand jury meets for its first regular session since October 17 and hears one witness. The witness, Gary Jordan of New London, said he was dating Elise Mallove on Christmas Eve 1973.

    Sources say the grand jury conducted at least one special session since October 17, but it was not known who testified.

    November 21

    State police continue working long and irregular hours probing Mr. Showalter’s death as they re-create the hit-run scene on Pequot Avenue near Plant Street for at least the third time.

    November 29

    The man whom state police have said they consider a prime suspect in New London’s only unsolved hit-run death has his day in court.

    Harvey N. Mallove testifies for about four hours before the secret grand jury probing Mr. Showalter’s death. Atty. Leo J. McNamara accompanies Mallove to the Windham County Courthouse.

    Mallove says he was one of a number of persons who drove by the accident scene shortly before or after Mr. Showalter was killed. But a four-part series by The Bulletin in March of 1975 showed Mallove saw a scene that seven other persons said could not have taken place.

    Mallove passed the accident scene within a minute or two after an ambulance call was logged. His statement to New London police – dated eight months later – conflicts with accounts of seven persons at the scene or looking out their windows seconds after Mr. Showalter was struck.

    Mr. Showalter was struck by a car as he changed a tire on a friend’s parked Ford Pinto, on a well-lit section of Pequot Avenue near Plant Street.

    In his statement, Mallove said he saw an automobile parked at an angle in front of the Pinto. None of the seven persons saw any car stopped at the scene immediately after the victim was hit according to the July 10, 1974 report by New London Det. Lt. Konstanty T. Bucko.

    Mallove’s vivid description of a middle-aged man talking with a girl near the car also conflicts with statements by the seven persons.

    In his statement, Mallove said he assumed the man was a member of the police department. But Bucko claims in the July 10 report that Mallove told him the talking to the girl was “NOT” a policeman.

    Bucko’s report also claims Mallove learned on Christmas Day 1974 that “a man had been killed and he remarked to some people that he saw the body.” But Bucko continued to report that after Mallove viewed photographs of the scene he realized what he mistook for a body was a floor mat. In his statement, Mallove said he saw a “flat object which I assumed was a blanket or a mat.”

    In his August 31, 1974 statement, Mallove said, “Seeing no trouble, accident, or any evidence of anything out of place…I continued on my way home.”

    In the July 10, 1974 report, Bucko claims; “Mr. Mallove stated he was going to stop because he realized there had been an accident.”

    Mallove has told The Bulletin that Bucko misquoted him.

    December 7

    The calling of witnesses ends with Mallove’s second appearance.

    The proceedings included a film screening, apparently of the death scene as re-created by state police.

    After the 35 minute screening, Special Prosecutor McGuigan and Judge Dannehy questioned Mallove for about 40 minutes. That was the bulk of the afternoon session.

    The question of whether indictments should be handed down in New London’s only unsolved hit-run death now rests with Judge Dannehy.

    After 24 sessions and more than 100 witnesses, Dannehy said the next step for the grand jury is the final report on who killed Kevin B. Saltwater.

    1978

    Feb. 17 Report filed.

    Feb. 22

    Report made public.

  • THE DANNEHY REPORT


  • SHOWALTER COVERUP COLUMNS

    Chapter 1

    Law and Justice in Everyday Life

    Cover-Up In New London

    Hit-And-Run Continues To Mock Justice


    Sept. 4, 2000

    If Connecticut Chief State’s Attorney John Bailey wants to bring closure to cold cases, here’s one from New London that should top the list: The Showalter hit-and-run cover-up is a dark chapter in Connecticut history, a tale more appropriate for a Third World country.

    And yet, only one thing bothers former New London County State’s Attorney C. Robert Satti about the Showalter case: that it was investigated at all.

    Satti, now retired, made the point again and again, most recently this year. Satti’s complaint, made during the wake of the late state police Detective George Ryalls, was that Ryalls’ obituary mentioned the suspect the prosecutor refused to pursue in the Showalter probe.

    Kevin B. Showalter, a 20-year-old Mitchell College student, was killed at 11:12 p.m. on Christmas Eve 1973. He was changing a tire on a well-lit section of Pequot Avenue on the New London shoreline when he was struck and killed. His girlfriend, sitting only 6 feet away on a stone wall, claims she saw nothing.

    Auto body putty from the death car disappeared after a tow truck driver gave it to New London police. The evidence file that was supposed to contain the putty was stuffed with bathroom tiles. The file that was supposed to contain headlight glass from the death car instead contained glass from three different headlights. State police and others suspected that, in order to throw legitimate investigators off the trail, the late young man's clothing was pounded on a different-colored car than the one that killed him.

    The victim's mother, Lucille M. Showalter, tried to get a grand jury investigation of the cover-up. She was rebuffed repeatedly by the presiding judge, Angelo Santaniello who, it later became clear, was best friends with the leading suspect. Santaniello then referred Showalter to prosecutor Satti, who happened to be his former law partner. Satti refused to acknowledge registered letters from Mrs. Showalter pleading for a grand jury probe.

    Satti did finally meet with Mrs. Showalter in 1978, after Judge Joseph Dannehy of Willimantic, acting as a one-man grand jury, named former New London Mayor Harvey N. Mallove as the probable driver of the hit-run vehicle. Satti called the three-hour meeting, in which he repeatedly told Mrs. Showalter that there never should have been a grand jury investigation under Dannehy.

    Mallove held a good hand; he had the best legal muscle in New London County on his side. New London police would not question him for more than seven months, and then only in a perfunctory manner. They would say they inspected his cars, but they did not. Significantly, Mallove’s Lincoln had been repaired, but it wasn’t until state police took over the case four years after the accident that the fender was finally seized.

    Santaniello would arrange for a coroner’s inquest and put his niece in charge of typing the transcript. Only after two years of intense public pressure would the transcript be typed. But the inquest never issued a finding.

    Santaniello tipped off Mallove that he was a suspect. The judge was also aware of what local police knew about the case. Mrs. Showalter memorialized the admissions in tape-recorded telephone conversations.

    “I did talk to Harvey,” Santaniello told Mrs. Showalter on Oct. 17, 1975, “and I said, `You’re suspected.’ As a matter of fact, at that time a police officer came to him on the same day or the next day, and told him you were making accusations about him and that he was a prime suspect.” The day before, Mallove told Mrs. Showalter, “Judge Santaniello is of the opinion that you fingered me.”

    It was not until 1977 that state police, who took over the case at the behest of former Gov. Ella Grasso, formally named Mallove a suspect. Next week, I'll propose a means to solve the Showalter cover-up.

    Showalter Cover-Up Is New London's Shame

    Sept. 11, 2000

    New London, where I grew up and began working in the 1960s and ‘70s, was a dirty little city with character.

    It had a restaurant called the Hygienic that was everything but. There were at least a couple bars where the cops couldn't do anything, except maybe a little business.

    The top pimp in town never went to jail until he was about 60 and a certain court official retired.

    New London will always be the city that tried to cover up the Christmas Eve 1973 hit-and-run death of Kevin B. Showalter. It's been doing a pretty good job for nearly 27 years, but the onion is beginning to peel.

    The local daily newspaper admitted -- in its official history published this year -- that it did a shoddy job on the Showalter case. Specifically, The Day admitted its failure to explore the relationship between a former mayor and a top judge, and their influence on the course of the criminal investigation. That’s a beginning.

    Political and police corruption goes back a couple generations in New London. By the 1970s, New London police were widely known to be involved in the selling of women, dope and refrigerators, among other things. A federal grand jury took note. But as with the Showalter case, there were these little problems with the evidence.

    A jewelry store owner and former city mayor multi-millionaire Harvey Mallove was the prime suspect in the hit-and-run death of Showalter, a student at Mitchell College. Showalter’s date that night, Christmas Eve 1973, said she saw nothing from her vantage point six feet away, sitting on a stone wall under a streetlight on a residential street as a young man changed the tire of her car.

    Harvey was everybody’s pal. He would take kids to the Super Bowl, then, down the road, get them jobs as cops. He was friends with bums in the street and bums in high political office. He was wired. The standing joke among reporters became: Harvey's a great guy to have a beer with, just don't change your tire if he's driving by.

    “I didn't kill the kid in any way, shape or form,” Harvey told me many times. As mayor, Harvey helped hire a few police chiefs. His best friend was the administrative judge for the county; that was the judge who controlled the early stages of the investigation, specifically a coroner’s inquest that never issued a finding.

    State police followed up a report that Mallove’s best friend, County Administrative Judge Angelo G. Santaniello, was with Mallove on Christmas Eve 1973. Santaniello reportedly was No. 11 on a guest list for a party at the home of his political mentor, the late state Sen. Peter Mariani. The Mariani party was one of two Mallove attended that night.

    Santaniello told reporters he never went out on Christmas Eve.

    Another state judge, Joseph F. Dannehy, conducted two grand jury investigations. In 1978, Dannehy named Mallove as the probable driver of the hit-run vehicle, but said evidence that might have ensured conviction was either mishandled or destroyed.

    Mallove died a few years ago with this legacy. Others still have time to come clean and tell the truth about the cover-up. Mrs. Showalter tried unsuccessfully to have Satti, Santaniello and others prosecuted for hindrance of prosecution (CGS Section 53a-166) warning of impending discovery, providing means of avoiding discovery, preventing discovery by deception. Because a conspiracy to hinder prosecution is an ongoing crime, those with information could tell Chief State's Attorney John Bailey, who has begun an initiative to solve some of the state's cold homicide cases.

    Isn’t it time? No one kept the system honest when it counted, though some tried. Most stood by as the system that was supposed to protect the victim and his family betrayed them all.

    Where is the conscience of the community?

    Cold Case On Ice Forever

    Nov. 6, 2000

    One way to deflect attention from a suspect is to get investigators involved in meaningless, time-consuming tasks. Another way is to create a bogus suspect who is then exposed as such, causing a belief that the case is just too hazy to pursue.

    Both of these devices were used repeatedly in the cover-up of the Showalter hit-run case in New London. Whether this was happenstance, indifference, incompetence or malfeasance, the result was the same. The system failed.

    And now, it seems, the truth will remain buried forever.

    Judge Joseph F. Dannehy, the grand juror who investigated the case, wrote in his finding of fact: “After December 25, 1973, the New London Police Department did virtually nothing to solve the hit-run death of Kevin B. Showalter.” The accident occurred the night before.

    Local police and court officials, however, were pro-active in another sense. Their actions served to protect the assailant.

    For example, New London police claimed it would cost as much as $1,200 to trace vehicles using data from the state Motor Vehicle Department. The motor vehicle department declared there was no such charge.

    Nevertheless, New London police spent their time hand-sorting local motor vehicle cards. They looked for a green Chrysler. That was likely a false lead; state police said paint particles found on the victim's clothing did not come from the car that killed him.

    Former Mayor Harvey Mallove began meeting informally with police and court officials as early as Dec. 25, 1973. Mallove wanted to know what the police knew.

    The only lead after two and a half years was quashed by then New London Common Pleas Court Prosecutor Harold Dean in May 1976. The lead was a letter of confession written by a Somers prison inmate to the victim’s mother, Lucille Showalter.

    “I told Harold how important that was to me,” Mallove, the prime suspect, confided to an associate. He also acknowledged discussing the purported confession with his best friend, the presiding judge for the county, Angelo Santaniello.

    The author of the letter was known to be connected with “fences,” or purveyors of stolen goods in the New London area. State police arrested him for harassment of Mrs. Showalter. Two state troopers met with Dean for an hour. They told him the letter contained possibly significant information. State police also believed they could connect the dots in New London between the letter writer and the powers-that-be. Did he owe some favors? Was he paid? Police knew the author had no liability for the accident; he was actually in Florida at the time of the hit-run.

    Dean nolled and dismissed the case without telling the troopers or Mallove. Soon thereafter, state police listed the killing of Showalter as “closed pending further development.” Upon learning of Dean's action, Chief State's Attorney Joseph Gormley remarked he had “no idea” why the lead, “which very well could have led to something,” resulted in a dead end. The case would remain closed for six months, until Gov. Ella Grasso brought the matter to Justice John Cotter.

    Was there criminal activity connected with the Showalter cover-up? It appears we will never know for certain. Dannehy named Mallove as the probable driver, noting that evidence which might have ensured conviction was destroyed. The Chief State’s Attorney’s Office reviewed aspects of the case this fall after a series of columns appeared in The Law Tribune. However, the statute of limitations for the most likely potential charge, conspiracy to hinder prosecution of motor vehicle misconduct, has expired. This shameful case, it appears, is destined to stay on ice forever.

    - AND:

    Olympic Gold for Missing Evidence


    November 28, 2005

    Judge Ellen Gordon was in way over her head with what she tried pass off as a ruling in Day Publishing v. State's Attorney.

    Clueless Gordon was handed a hot one, a case no one has ever wanted in the so-called New London Judicial District. Every single time this case has come to court, begging for justice, The Robes, the prosecutors and their minions have either desecrated their oaths or looked the other way. Clueless Gordon, fairly new to the scene, has managed to join the list of those who are both ostriches and failures.

    The Day newspaper asked Gordon this year to release the grand jury testimony regarding the cover-up of the 1973 hit-run death of Kevin Showalter. Before Gordon probably ever heard of Showalter, five New London County judges recused themselves from a John Doe civil suit against the driver because they were friends with the prime suspect, Harvey Mallove. Mallove -- the late mayor of New London and multimillionaire jeweler who picked police chiefs, planned to run for Congress and starred in the social scene -- was prone to say, "I never killed the kid -- in any way, shape or form."

    It's not like we could expect a New London judge to show guts or brains in this case. Compelling testimony from the first of two grand juries implicated local law enforcement and court officials in a widespread cover-up.

    On Christmas Eve 1973 at 11:12 p.m., as the call came in, a high-ranking New London officer, said, "F--k him, he's dead," and then left to go home. Showalter, a 20-year-old Mitchell College student, lay dead on a well-lit section of Pequot Avenue by the shoreline. His body was thrown 22 feet from the point of impact. His shoes were found 110 feet apart. A leg bone was 75 feet away.

    A tow truck driver gave police auto body putty from the death car. The putty was never seen again. New London police mixed headlight glass from at least three different cars in what they called the evidence file. Replacing the auto body putty was bathroom tile. A local coroner's inquest never issued a finding. State police, who took over the case at the behest of Gov. Ella Grasso, were bewildered and angry when they could not find the transcript of the coroner's inquest. Mallove's best friend -- the presiding judge for the county, Angelo G. Santaniello -- had put his niece in charge of typing that transcript. Santaniello also tipped off Mallove to his status as a suspect.

    Now, Clueless Gordon can't find the 3,000-page transcript of the first grand jury. Does she care? Court clerks allegedly performed a diligent search. Would any reasonable person believe or accept any of this?

    Among the last persons known to possess the grand jury report was the late State's Attorney, C. Robert Satti. Satti, who refused to investigate the case before a special prosecutor was appointed, claimed he returned a copy to the grand juror, then Willimantic Superior Court Judge (later Supreme Court Justice) Joseph Dannehy. Both Dannehy and Satti are dead. Did "Do Nothing Bob" -- Mallove's moniker for Satti -- take it with him? We might as well ask Harvey, also dead, or Kevin.

    Gordon's pathetic decision, dated Nov. 7, went on for about a sentence before its first fatal error. It might sound like a technical error, but it's much, much more than that. She actually said New London police investigated the case.

    Before this, I thought it might take generations to remove the stench from the New London courthouse. Alas, for New London, the stench of this cover-up is forever.







  • more COOL JUSTICE







  • Recent columns:

  • Via @CtNewsJunkie: City evades responsibility for unjust killing, 4th Amendment violation


  • NEW: RFK Jr. says ‘recent forensic evidence’ points to two shooters in his father’s assassination


  • Judges who played role in murder probe squelched access to key testimony


  • UPCOMING:


  • Book news @NorwichBulletin @HartfordCourant #moreCOOLJUSTICE #SpraguePublicLibrary Thursday, Sept. 22, 6:30 pm



  •           Thailand Police seizes Assets of Late Alleged Mastermind behind AlphaBay        

    Thailand Police officials have seized almost $21 million worth of assets ranging from cryptocurrency to fleet of cars. These assets belonged to the alleged late founder of the dark web marketplace AlphaBay, one of the two largest markets which were taken by the FBI this month. He died by committing suicide on July 24th in ...

    The post Thailand Police seizes Assets of Late Alleged Mastermind behind AlphaBay appeared first on Deep Dot Web.


              The Following        
    • Media Blog Project.
    • Topic #2: TV as a cultural mirror.

         I watched The Following episode 2 "Chapter Two", which aired on FOX Monday, January 28th at 9:00 pm.  The Following is a drama and suspenseful TV show that stars Kevin Bacon who is a former FBI agent that has been asked to come back for a very large case involving a murderer that he put away for life who has amassed a "cult following" to do his dirty work for him now.  In this particular episode, Dr. Joe Carroll (James Purefoy), who Ryan Hardy (Kevin Bacon) has put in jail previously, has had his "followers" kidnap his his son from his ex-wife and Hardy and the FBI agents and police officers he is consulting with are looking for him.  Hardy discovers the house where the "followers" meet and they reconfirm that all of Carrolls symbolism and antics are based off Edgar Allen Poe's writings.  In that house, Hardy was attacked by a man wearing a Poe mask and later at the end of the episode we see a masked Poe man light a man on the street on fire and run away.
         The ads that aired during this episode are pretty much the stereotypical ads that you would expect.  There were ads for cars and car dealerships; including Honda, Kia, Chevrolet, Ford, Subaru, and Buick.  There were also ads for different foods like Lean Cuisine, Campbell's, and Weight Watchers meal plans.  In the category of online dating, notable services were Christian Mingle, Match.com, and eHarmony.  Major commercials that were most prominent and were aired multiple times included Ford, Honda, Chevrolet, Comcast, Direct TV, Kiefer Kia, John and Phil's, Guaranty in Junction City, beer brands like Coors, Heineken, and Budweiser, and of course there is always the Fox News ads that feature their anchors for around 15 seconds each time a commercial ends to continue with the program.  These commercials all fit the demographic that the TV show is trying to reach.  Younger adults through mid-life adults.  These are all people who have cars or will by buying new cars in the future, they may be insecure about their weights or just want some food that is not only tasty but healthy or a viewer who is single and wants to find somebody.  The commercials are definitely spot on for their target audiences as far as I am concerned. 
         The Following is meant for more mature audiences and was rated TV 14 for language, images, sexual situations and the like.  The actors and actresses were dressed appropriate for our time period and the authority figures has appropriate looking uniforms.  Most of the men who were FBI agents wore suits and the women wore suits as well.  Compared to other shows like this one, I would say that dress and mannerisms are identical and what you expect and would want to see for a drama/suspenseful TV show.  The main thing, for me, that makes this show different than others is the fact that the whole show is based around an ex FBI agent and the man he put away years before and the this guys "followers" and how they are operating.  I have never seen a show like this one in terms of that.
         A major stereotype that occurred in this particular episode was about police officers.  There were several cuts to them just standing around and drinking coffee around the house they were supposed to be guarding.  Same thing happened when they were shown at the scene of the murders in the sorority house after they had come in and done the initial reports on the situations.  The other stereotype that I noticed, and probably the most prominent, is that the wife of Carroll, who is an attractive woman, had an affair with Hardy who was the main FBI agent that was there when her husbands case was first taking place.  This refers to her being maybe a weak and needy woman who has lost who she thought was her best friend and trusted lover and in walked tough, strong, independent agent Hardy who was not married.  These kinds of relationships always happen in TV shows and movies and aren't always the reality of true real life.  Other than these two outstanding stereotypes, I think the directors and producers have done a pretty good job at trying to be new and different in the ways of how the TV show operates within the story lines and isn't too predictable.  If I were a viewer from another country, I would not think much of the shows Americans watch because I am sure there are many good dramas that air in other country's.  In fact, The Following actually airs in the U.S. plus another 17 countries.  If I were not from here, based on the commercials, I would say that there is a problem with people being overweight and single and everybody is buying new cars.
        I do not watch many crime/drama/suspense TV shows but I would say that this one, as of now (it's only aired two episodes total so far) is a TV show that I am expecting to be kept on FOX and be aired for at least several seasons or until the story is wrapped up and concluded.  What really keeps me interested in this show is that it's not as predictable as other similar shows.  Usually I am able to predict what can happen in a TV show after 15 minutes or so.  I am not so accurate with this one.
        I would tend to agree with the 7.5 stars that IMDB gave them.  If I never watched it I wouldn't feel like a part of my life was missing but if I just stopped watching I would be very curious as to what happened in each episode.  My girlfriend watches the this show with me and what she likes most about The Following is all the plot twists.  I definitely agree.  It's a very engaging TV show.  One thing that all TV shows like this one do is end with a cliff hanger.  That cliff hanger keeps you wondering all week what is going to happen in the next show and that brings back viewers from previous weeks.
        I have seen every single episode The Following! Wait, that's only two episodes.  But still, it is one that I am going to have to add to my list of shows that I try to keep up on.  I am not a user of social media so I don't follow the show on Twitter or on Facebook but I have visited the shows page on FOX and the opening sentence on their page paragraph about the show is very interesting.  "The FBI estimates there are currently up to 300 active serial killers in the United States."  This is a very bold statement and scary statistic.  One thing that the average viewer may not know is that Hardy wrote a book sharing the details of his previous investigation and other factoids about his case regarding Carroll.  If a book like this came out or is already out here in real life, that would be a very interesting and possibly quite controversial book.
        Overall, I would recommend The Following to most normal people who enjoy good TV shows that keep the viewers eyes glued to their TV.  Upon further examination, one could come to the conclusion that TV programs, the ads run, and the particular channel or station that is airing all have very close relation and share the same views and interests. 
              Guy Gentile: A Crazy Life.        

    ‘Bro, I’m Going Rogue’: The Wall Street Informant Who Double-Crossed the FBI by Zeke Faux of BloombergBusinessWeek (reprint) On the night he cut a deal with the FBI, Guy Gentile was on his way to a Connecticut casino for his cousin’s bachelor party. He’d jetted up from the Bahamas, where he was running an online stock brokerage that cleared a million dollars a year without much effort on his part. Then 36, he was a working-class kid who’d finagled his way into the dicier edges of finance, and he dressed the part, with neatly trimmed stubble, designer jeans, a silver

    The post Guy Gentile: A Crazy Life. appeared first on Trading Schools.Org.


              Terror analyst: ISIS hasn’t mentioned Nice terror attack        
    So far there has been no claim of responsibility for the terror attack in Nice, France, from ISIS, al Qaeda or any other terror group. NBC News terrorism analyst Evan Kohlmann, a former FBI consultant, tells TODAY’s Natalie Morales that although ISIS made no mention of the attack in their morning news brief, that doesn’t necessarily mean they weren’t behind it. He also says that as a resort town, Nice presented an enormous soft target. (Run time: 5:49)
              Ex-FBI official: ISIS will use Nice terror attack as propaganda        
    While no group has yet claimed responsibility for the terror attack in Nice, France, Shawn Henry, a former executive assistant director of the FBI, tells TODAY that ISIS has called for its followers to “run down” nonbelievers. He predicts that in the wake of the attack, Americans may see heightened security and laws changing. (Run time: 2:56)
              LiNK: Yahoo! è ufficialmente nelle mani di Verizon        

    Da oggi Yahoo! ha cessato la sua attività indipendente. L'acquisizione da parte di Verizon si è infatti completata, con un costo di 4,5 miliardi di $, ribassato a seguito dei noti problemi di sicurezza per Yahoo! Mail occorsi alcuni mesi fa. Quanto rimasto del vecchio...


              La fine di Yahoo è ormai segnata e nel suo futuro c'è il nuovo nome Altaba        

    "Do you Yahoo?" è stato il claim che ha accompagnato i primi spot pubblicitari dello storico motore di ricerca, nato ben prima di Google e basato su un'ampia directory di siti web compilata manualmente. Solo successivamente fu implementato l'algoritmo di ricerca che, per un...


              Finisce l'era di Yahoo!, acquisita da Verizon per essere incorporata in AOL        

    Nulla è per sempre, specialmente sul web. Se negli ultimi anni i social network concorrenti di Facebook e Twitter hanno chiuso i battenti (Ping, Orkut, Beats Connect) o vivono di luce riflessa di altri servizi (qualcuno ha detto Google+?), la scure della fine di un percorso...


              STUDIES: FBI Crime Report Shows Murder Rates Remain Higher in Death Penalty States        

    The U.S. Department of Justice released its annual FBI Uniform Crime Report for 2014, reporting no change in the national murder rate since 2013. In the Northeast, the region with the fewest executions, the murder rate declined 5.7%, from 3.5 to 3.3 per 100,000 population. The murder rate was 1.7 times higher in the South, which carries out the most executions of any region. That region saw a 3.4% increase in the homicide rate, and its 5.5 murders per 100,00 population remained the highest rate of any region. Murder rates in the West and Midwest declined by 3.8% and 5.4%, respectively. A DPIC analysis of weighted murder rates found that death penalty jurisdictions continue to have a higher murder rate than non-death penalty jurisdictions (including Washington, D.C.): 4.7 per 100,000 compared to 3.8 per 100,000. Ten of the eleven states with the highest murder rates have the death penalty, while six of the eight lowest do not.

    ("Crime in the United States, 2014", U.S. Dept. of Justice (2015); DPIC analysis posted October 30, 2015).  See Deterrence and Murder Rates.

    REGION 2014 2013
    Northeast 3.3 3.5
    West 3.9 4.0
    Midwest 4.3 4.6
    South 5.5 5.3
    NATIONAL 4.5 4.5

    Rates are number of murders per 100,000 persons.


              FBI Reports Continued Decline in Police Officers Killed        

    On November 24, the FBI released a report on law enforcement officers killed in the line of duty in 2013. Twenty-seven (27) officers were killed in "felonious acts," a 45% drop compared to 2012, when 49 officers were killed, and a 53% decline since 2004. Most (15) of the 27 officers killed were in the South, with Texas having the highest number of any state (6). Six officers were killed in the West, four in the Midwest, and only two in the Northeast. California had the second highest number, with 5. In 26 out of the 27 incidents, officers were killed by firearms. Forty-nine (49) other officers died as a result of accidents.

    (Press Release, "FBI Releases 2013 Statistics on Law Enforcement Officers Killed and Assaulted," Federal Bureau of Investigation, November 24, 2014). See Studies and Deterrence.


              STUDIES: FBI Releases Report Including State Murder Rates for 2012        

    The U.S. Department of Justice recently released its annual FBI Uniform Crime Report for 2012. The national murder rate remained approximately the same in 2012 as in 2011. The Northeast, the region with the fewest executions, had the lowest murder rate of any region, and its murder rate decreased 3.4% from the previous year. The South, which carries out the most executions of any region, again had the highest murder rate in 2012. The murder rate in the West remained about the same, while the rate in the Midwest increased slightly. Six of the nine states with the lowest murder rates are states without the death penalty. The average murder rate of death penalty states was 4.7, while the average murder rate of states without the death penalty was 3.7 (not weighted by population).

    ("Crime in the United States, 2012", U.S. Dept. of Justice (2013); DPIC analysis posted October 28, 2013).  See Deterrence and Murder Rates.

    REGION
    2012
    2011
    Northeast 3.8 3.9
    West 4.2 4.2
    Midwest 4.7 4.5
    South 5.5 5.5
    NATIONAL 4.7
    4.7

    Rates are number of murders per 100,000 persons.


              STUDIES: FBI Preliminary Crime Report for 2012        

    The Federal Bureau of Investigation recently released the preliminary findings of its annual Uniform Crime Report for 2012. The final report will likely be published in October, but the initial statistics indicate the number of murders in the U.S. increased slightly by 1.5% from 2011. Three regions of the country showed an increase in murders, while one region declined. Murders in the Northeast decreased by 4.4%. The number of murders increased by 3.3% in the Midwest, 2.5% in the South, and 2.5% in the West. The entire Northeast has not carried out an execution since 2005 and accounts for less than 1% of the executions in the country since the death penalty was reinstated in 1976. It consistently has the lowest murder rate for the 4 regions. The South, which regularly has the highest murder rate, has been responsible for 82% of the executions; the Midwest 12%; and the West 6%.

    (“Preliminary Annual Uniform Crime Report, January-December, 2012,” U.S. Dept. of Justice, June 2013; DPIC posted, Aug. 14, 2013).  See Deterrence and Murder Rates.


              STUDIES: FBI Releases 2011 Crime Report Showing Drop in Murder Rates        

    On October 29, the U.S. Justice Department released the annual FBI Uniform Crime Report for 2011, indicating that the national murder rate dropped 1.5% from 2010. This decline occurred at a time when the use of the death penalty is also decreasing nationally.  The Northeast region, which uses the death penalty the least, had the lowest murder rate of the 4 geographic regions, and saw a 6.4% further decrease in its murder rate in 2011, the largest decrease of any region.  By contrast, the South, which carries out more executions than any other region, had the highest murder rate. It saw a small decline from last year. The murder rate in the West remained about the same, while the rate in the Midwest increased slightly.  Four of the five states with the highest murder rates are death-penalty states, while four of the five states with the lowest murder rates are states without the death penalty. See table below.

    On the whole, the number of violent crimes in the U.S. dropped 3.8% from 2010 to 2011.

    (T. Frieden, "U.S. violent crime down for fifth straight year," CNN, October 29, 2012; "Crime in the United States, 2011", U.S. Dept. of Justice, October 29, 2012; DPIC analysis).  See Deterrence and Murder Rates. Listen to DPIC's podcast on Deterrence.

    REGION
    2011
    2010
    Northeast 3.9 4.2
    West 4.2 4.2
    Midwest 4.5 4.4
    South 5.5 5.6
    NATIONAL 4.7
    4.8

    Rates are number of murders per 100,000 persons.


              STUDIES: FBI Uniform Crime Report Finds Murder Rates Declined in 2008        

    The annual crime report released by the Federal Bureau of Investigation showed a decline in the national murder rate.  The rate dropped 4.7% in 2008 compared to 2007. Despite a regional decline, the South still has the highest murder rate among the four geographic regions: 6.6 murders per 100,000 people, higher than the national rate of 5.4. The Northeast still maintains the lowest murder rate at 4.2. There were 16,272 murders or non-negligent manslaughters in 2008, according to the report.  (FBI Uniform Crime Report for 2008 (published Sept. 2009)). The South has accounted for over 80% of executions since 1976 (971 of 1176 executions), while the Northeast accounted for less than 1% (4 of 1176).  Of the 20 states with the highest murder rates in the country, all of them had the death penalty in 2008.

    Blacks and whites were victims of murder in about equal numbers in 2008, with each accounting for about 48% of murder victims.  In death penalty cases resulting in executions, however, 78% of the victims in the underlying murder where white.  Studies have shown that defendants are more likely to receive the death penalty if the victim in the underlying murder was white than if the victim was black.

    (Posted Oct. 13, 2009).  See Murder Rates and Race.


              Murder Rates Nationally and By State        

    DATA SOURCES:  

    FBI Uniform Crime Report for 2008 (Published Sept, 2009)

    FBI Uniform Crime Report for 2009 (Published Sept, 2010)

    FBI Uniform Crime Report for 2010 (Published Sept, 2011)

    FBI Uniform Crime Report for 2011 (Published Oct, 2012)

    FBI Uniform Crime Report for 2012 (Published Oct, 2013)

    FBI Uniform Crime Report for 2013 (Published Nov, 2014)

    FBI Uniform Crime Report for 2014 (Published Oct, 2015)

    FBI Uniform Crime Report for 2015 (Published Oct, 2016)

    News and Developments - Current Year

    News and Developments - Previous Years


    REGIONAL MURDER RATES, 2001 - 2015 


    MURDER RATES PER 100,000 PEOPLE
     

     

    REGION

    2015 2014

    2013

    2012

    2011

    2010

    2009

    2008

    2007

    2006

    2005

    2004

    2003

    2002

    2001

    EXECUTIONS SINCE 1976

    (As of 07/28/17)

    South

    5.9 5.5

    5.3

    5.5

    5.5

    5.6

    6.1

    6.6

    7.0

    6.8

    6.6

    6.6

    6.9

    6.8

    6.7

    1189

    Midwest

    5.0 4.3

    4.5

    4.7

    4.5

    4.4

    4.6

    4.8

    4.9

    5.0

    4.9

    4.7

    4.9

    5.1

    5.3

    180

    West

    4.2 3.9

    4.0

    4.2

    4.2

    4.2

    4.6

    5.0

    5.3

    5.6

    5.8

    5.7

    5.7

    5.7

    5.5

    85

    Northeast

    3.5 3.3

    3.5

    3.8

    3.9

    4.2

    3.8

    4.2

    4.1

    4.5

    4.4

    4.2

    4.2

    4.1

    4.2

    4

    NATIONAL RATE

    4.9 4.5

    4.5

    4.7

    4.7

    4.8

    5.0

    5.4

    5.6

    5.7

    5.6

    5.5

    5.7

    5.6

    5.6


    NATIONWIDE MURDER RATES, 1996 - 2015 


    ALPHABETICAL BY STATE

    MURDER RATES PER 100,000 PEOPLE

    States marked in yellow have no death penalty statute and murder rates have been highlighted from the year of abolition in that state.

    YEAR

    2015

    2014

    2013

    2012

    2011

    2010

    2009

    2008

    2007

    2006

    2005

    2004

    2003

    2002

    2001

    2000

    1999

    1998

    1997

    1996

    Alabama

    7.2 5.7

    7.2

    7.1

    6.2

    5.7

    6.8

    7.6

    8.9

    8.3

    8.2

    5.6

    6.6

    6.8

    8.5

    7.4

    7.9

    8.1

    9.9

    10.4

    Alaska

    8.0 5.6

    4.6

    4.1

    4.1

    4.3

    3.1

    4.1

    6.4

    5.4

    4.8

    5.6

    6

    5.1

    6.1

    4.3

    8.6

    6.7

    8.9

    7.4

    Arizona

    4.5 4.7

    5.4

    5.5

    6.1

    6.4

    5.8

    6.3

    7.4

    7.5

    7.5

    7.2

    7.9

    Apple Denies Handing Over Source Code to China appeared first on eTeknix.


              What do you mean, "They cut the power"? How could they cut the power, man? They're animals!        
    It was a gorgeous weekend in Rickey’s neck of the woods and he rose to the occasion by making good on his pledge to get working on his garden. Is there anything better than spending a sunny afternoon ferrying to-and-fro from Home Depot and nailing together pieces of wood in the back yard? Rickey suspects not. There’s no way you can help but to feel like an alpha male when doing this sort of thing. Behold, an engineering marvel second only to the Hanging Gardens of Babylon: What you’re looking are several 3’x6’raised beds filled with a mixture of garden soil and manure. (After spending a day watching Rickey handling cow dung, Mrs. Henderson has taken to refer to him as her “shitty husband.”) Rickey fully expects that this rich black dirt, darker than the volcanic ashes of Mt. Vesuvius, will yield a bountiful harvest this year. …Well, that’s assuming the local fauna decide to leave anything for Rickey.

    See, the very first night after Rickey sowed a bed with cucumber and spinach seeds, ravenous animals descended under cover of darkness to root up Rickey’s labors.

    AND SO IT BEGINS.

    Sure, these critters were here well before Rickey moved in, but they don’t pay the taxes, and must therefore be subjugated to the will of man. Was the culprit the rabbit that Mrs. Henderson saw bounding under the shed out back, his hunger undeterred by her foolish Neville Chamberlainesque peace offering of baby carrots? We’re thinking yes, but other potential suspects include chipmunks, possums, and raccoons.

    Rickey was considering arming himself against this menace, but purchasing a gun probably isn’t the best move here. Rickey has already bought a lot of fertilizer and is exploring the possibility of picking up high powered growlights as well. Add a firearm to that list, and well, we’ve got to believe that there’s some sort of FBI watch list that Rickey would be popping up in. So Rickey did the next best thing he could do—he installed chicken wire over the bed. Look at what Rickey hath wrought with his hands!
    Now these babies are on LOCKDOWN. As impenetrable as a Russian gulag. There’s even a power outlet right next to the beds should Rickey feel the inclination to electrify them!

    After this grueling work, Rickey celebrated with a BBQ. We think we’ll just let these pictures speak for themselves.

              THE CASE FOR OBSTRUCTION OF JUSTICEObstruction of justice was...        


    THE CASE FOR OBSTRUCTION OF JUSTICE

    Obstruction of justice was among the articles of impeachment drafted against both Presidents Nixon and Clinton. The parallel between Nixon and Trump is almost exact. White House tapes revealed Nixon giving instructions to pressure the acting FBI director into halting the Watergate investigation.

    Two weeks after Trump told Comey privately “I need loyalty. I expect loyalty,” he had another private meeting with Comey in the Oval Office. After shooing out his advisers – all of whom had top security clearance – Trump said to Comey, according to Comey’s memo written shortly after the meeting, “I hope you can see your way clear to letting this go, to letting Flynn go.”

    Then on May 9, Trump fired Comey. In a subsequent interview with NBC Trump said he planned to fire Comey “regardless of [the] recommendation” of the Attorney and Deputy Attorney General, partly because of “this Russia thing.” Trump also revealed in the interview that he had had several conversations with Comey about the Russia investigation, and had asked Comey if he was under investigation.

    The federal crime of obstruction of justice applies to “[w]hoever corruptly, or by threats or force, or by any threatening letter or communication influences, obstructs, or impedes or endeavors to influence, obstruct, or impede the due and proper administration of the law” in a proceeding or investigation by a government department or agency or Congress.

    As in Nixon’s case, a decision to support an “inquiry of impeachment” resolution in the House—to start an impeachment investigation—doesn’t depend on sufficient evidence to convict a person of obstruction of justice, but simply probable cause to believe a president may have obstructed justice.

    There’s already more than enough evidence of probable cause to begin that impeachment inquiry of Donald Trump.


              Live Video Stream: Senate Confirmation Hearing of New FBI Director        
    Christopher Wray, President Trump’s nominee for FBI Director, faces the Senate Judiciary Committee on Wednesday for his confirmation hearing. Wray would replace James Comey , whom Trump fired in May. Wray served in the Justice Department under President George W. Bush and currently works on white-collar crime at an international law firm. Given Comey's dismissal and ongoing investigations into Russian interference in the U.S. election and potential ties to the Trump campaign, senators are expected to press Wray on his independence and integrity.
              State of the Industry: Looking ahead to 2014        
    Expanding access to FBI database, school security loom large for 2014
    12/18/2013
    Leif Kothe

    IRVING, Texas—The past year on Capitol Hill will be remembered for legislative inaction and partisan rifts so deep they culminated in a 16-day government shutdown. Time will tell if the inertia and division will persist in 2014, but the fact that it’s an election year promises to make things a little hectic for the security industry, John Chwat, director of government relations for ESA, told Security Systems News. 

    So what’s on the agenda in the face of the midterm turbulence? Chwat says the ESA will focus on four main priorities in 2014. 

    FBI Database Access

    It’s no secret that, from a legal standpoint, alarm companies enjoy the fact that a properly written contract produced by a qualified attorney generally ensures they end up on the right side of a court decision. Those in the industry are increasingly becoming aware that it’s in their best interest to avail themselves of an alarm attorney who knows the ins and outs of limiting liability and writing enforceable exculpatory clauses.

    It’s precisely the industry’s wariness of being exposed to litigation that underpins the ESA’s top priority in 2014, which is to get the Senate Judiciary Committee and House Judiciary Committee to pass a bill that would permit security companies in every state to access the FBI federal database. This, Chwat said, helps companies get a criminal background check on prospective employees, thereby limiting the legal risk they might absorb when, unbeknownst to them, they hire a convicted felon. 

    Passage of the bill, Chwat says, will “allow us to begin negotiation with the Justice Department to develop regulations to permit us access.”

    Right now, companies in about half the states do not have access to these federal records. The bill’s provisions were previously intertwined with the far more polarizing issue of gun control legislation, which gained traction after the shootings at the Sandy Hook Elementary School in Newtown, Conn. in Dec. 2012. The industry’s concerns are “distinct” from the gun control measures, Chwat says, and it is his hope that the bill will be passed once the industry’s specific requests for open access are unencumbered by the political baggage of gun control.

    At the ground level, the bill could have a substantial impact for companies in states that currently don’t have access to the database, Chwat says. “Then we can say members have vetted and done due diligence on all employees,” he said. 

    School Security

    Protecting schools is a topic that’s intensified at both the state and federal levels since the Newtown shootings in Dec. 2012. ESA is engaged with SIA in a joint effort to “secure federal support for school districts, through either a grant program or through funding directly,” Chwat said, to help them acquire certain types of security systems for elementary and secondary schools, including “monitoring, panic bars, door hardware, electronic security systems and CCTV.”

    Chwat conceded that limited funds might impede the progress of the initiative, but added that school security is going to remain a charged topic in 2014, and the joint effort with SIA could bear fruit. “We think we’ll be able to achieve something there,” he said. 

    Surveillance and Elder Abuse

    In 2014, Congress is set to vote on a 1,000-page bill, called the Older Americans Act Reauthorization bill. One major provision of that bill, Chwat said, pertains to elder abuse—an issue on which ESA has been on the forefront, and which Chwat himself has sought to amend. The amended provision would give relatives of nursing home patients the option to have CCTV systems installed in rooms. 

    “Surveillance is used in preventing child abuse and crime, so preventing elder abuse and nursing home abuse has become a hot topic,” Chwat said. 

    There’s a fair amount of momentum developing with the issue. In 2013, Oklahoma and Virginia passed laws similar to what ESA is proposing on a national level, Chwat said. Texas, New Mexico, New Jersey and New York all have pending legislation on the matter as well, he added.  

    Fire Legislation

    A pair of more “esoteric” bills concerning sprinkler installation is slated to be introduced in the coming year, Chwat said. Both pieces of tax-based legislation that could impact installers, the bills have garnered the attention of the ESA. 

    The first bill would provide tax expensing for the installation of sprinklers, while the second would offer a tax credit of up to $50,000 for the installation of sprinkler systems in historic landmarks. Chwat said the ESA has been in close interaction with the House tax writing committee, endorsing the organization’s longstanding belief that some semblance of balance between detection and suppression installation should be maintained. “We’ve made our positions known to the tax writing committee that we’re not in favor of these bills unless they have a balanced approach,” Chwat said.

     

              Eclipse 04-05-2015 with DJ Deep Rawk        
    Playlist:

    - voicebreak -
    The Roots- Understand feat Dice Raw Greg Porn - And Then You Shoot Your Cousin
    Beastie Boys- Alive - Beastie Boys Anthology The Sounds Of Science
    Wu Tang All Stars- Soul In The Hole - 12
    Ghostface Killah- Celebrate Instrumental - 12
    Cold Crush Brothers- Fresh Wild Fly And Bold - Fresh Wild Fly And Bold The Complete Studio Recordings
    Biz Markie- Let Me Turn You On - Bizs Baddest Beats The Best Of Biz Markie
    De La Soul Feat Black Sheep And A Tribe Called Quest- What Yo Life Can Truly Be - 12
    Crazy Wisdom Masters- Spittin Wicked Randomness - Black Hoodz Ep
    Public Enemy- Welcome To The Terrordome - Fear Of A Black Planet
    - voicebreak -
    The Roots- Understand feat Dice Raw Greg Porn - And Then You Shoot Your Cousin
    Shabazz Palaces- High Climb To The Gallows - Lese Majesty
    The Baby Namboos- Hard Times - Ancoats2Zambia
    Major Lazer- Aerosol Can - Apocalypse Soon
    Urban Thermo Dynamics- Manifest Destiny - Utd Manifest Destiny
    Poor Righteous Teachers- Shakiyla JRH - 12
    Sly The Family Stone- Family Affair Featuring John Legend And Joss Stone - Different Strokes By Different Folks
    EPMD- Gold Digger - Business As Usual
    Boogie Down Productions- Still No 1 Freestyle Live - Live Hardcore Worldwide
    Donald D- FBI - Notorious
    - voicebreak -
    Zion I- Antenna Instrumental - 12
    Felix Fast 4ward- Soft Hat - 4ward Movements
    Felix Fast 4ward- Wind Chime Love - 4ward Movements
    Felix Fast 4ward- Hee Haw Celebrity - 4ward Movements
    Babah Fly- Innerstate Interstellar - 12
    Fly4Wird- Water - 12
    Babah Fly Mike Wird Ill 7 DJ Cavem- Warp Speed - 12
    Qbala- News - Dark Side Of The Rain EP
    Mother Superia- Most Of All - Only For The Real DJ A Premier Selection Of Hip Hop Inspired By The Boom Bap Sound Vol 3
    Lin Que- Let It Fall - Only For The Real DJ A Premier Selection Of Hip Hop Inspired By The Boom Bap Sound Vol 3
    Bahamadia- Spontaneity - Kollage
    The Lady Of Rage- Afro Puffs - Above The Rim Soundtrack From The Motion Picture
    Kai Ama- Thug Style - Thug Style
    UNeek- Above Water - Above Water
    Brandy- I Wanna Be Down Human Rhythm Hip Hop Remix - Brandy
    DAdore- Flow Like A River - Dadore
    MC Lyte- Cha Cha Cha - Rhino HiFive MC Lyte EP
    Boss- Recipe Of A Hoe - Born Gangstaz
    Missy Elliott- The Rain Supa Dupa Fly - Supa Dupa Fly
    Doomtree- Sadie Hawkins - Dessa
    Queen Latifah- UNITY - Black Reign


    playlist URL: http://www.afterfm.com/index.cfm/fuseaction/playlist.listing/showInstanceID/101/playlistDate/2015-04-05
              Oahu Rail may tax Outer Islands        
    SUBHEAD: Hawaii may seek higher state taxes to cover Honolulu Authority Rapid Transit cost overrun. 

    By Ed Wagner on 9 August 2017 in Island Breath -
    (http://islandbreath.blogspot.com/2017/08/oahu-rail-may-tax-outer-islands.html)


    Image above: HART rail guideway car photo-op over Farrington Highway at Leokane Street near Waipahu Sugar Mill. From Civil Beat article below. Photo by Cory Lum.

    I hope the neighbor island folks reading this message are ready to fight the Legislature to help stop the biggest fraud ever perpetrated upon our people since statehood, the Honolulu rail boondoggle.

    Why should any of you help pay for this fraud? The state uses the argument that it helps other counties with [reasonable and legal] public projects so why not require other counties to help with this illegal and fraudulent one to continue the fleecing of our people and continue to cause irreparable financial harm to the people of Hawaii for another three or more generations, all to protect the profits of the wealthy, power elite?

    When will the people wake the hell up and rebel against our crooked and corrupt city and state government, the most corrupt in the USA, and stop this abuse of power?

    Public testimony will be accepted however, please avoid repetitive and duplicative testimony.

    Testimony must be submitted via email to the Senate Committee on Transportation and Energy at: (TRETestimony@capitol.hawaii.gov)

    http://www.ililani.media/2017/08/hawaii-legislature-seeks-public.html

    Rail Tax Presentation - 52 pages
    http://www.documentcloud.org/documents/3914769-Rail-Tax-Presentation-DRAFT.html#document/p8



    Oahu rail seeks more funds

    SUBHEAD: Lawmakers consider making Outer Islands help pay for Oahu's troubled rail project.

    By Nathan Eagle on 7 August 2017 for Civil -Beat 
    (http://www.civilbeat.org/2017/08/lawmakers-consider-having-neighbor-islands-help-pay-for-oahus-troubled-rail-project/)

    With a special session set for the end of August, the Hawaii Legislature will lay out several funding options for the public at a briefing next week.

    Hawaii lawmakers are weighing five options to provide funding to complete Honolulu’s over-budget rail line from Kapolei to Ala Moana, including a statewide increase in the general excise and hotel taxes, according to a state Senate presentation obtained by Civil Beat.

    The Legislature plans to hold a special session later this month to try again to reach a deal on how to pay for the 20-mile, 21-station project, which is now estimated to cost $10 billion.

    Key House and Senate committees have scheduled a joint public information briefing Monday morning at the Capitol. The new options to fund the project, along with the choices under consideration before the Legislature adjourned in May, are expected to play a central role in the negotiations.

    The draft 52-page presentation, provided by a state senator Monday, lays the groundwork for a case to have Kauai, Maui and Hawaii counties help fund Honolulu’s beleaguered project. It notes that Oahu subsidizes harbors, airports and highways on the neighbor islands.

    The presentation includes options to extend the 0.5 percent general excise tax surcharge for Oahu; increase the GET surcharge for Oahu; extend the GET surcharge for Oahu and increase the hotel tax for Oahu; or establish a statewide GET surcharge and hotel tax increase.

    The Federal Transit Administration is kicking in $1.55 billion for the project. It could withhold some of those funds, particularly if the rail line has to stop short of its plan to go from Kapolei to Ala Moana Center. The project was expected to cost $5.2 billion just a few years ago.

    House Speaker Scott Saiki has said the city’s latest figures project a nearly $1.4 billion shortfall from now to 2024.

    The two chambers ended the session far apart. The Senate left with a bill to extend Oahu’s 0.5 percent general excise tax surcharge for 10 years, until 2037, to help complete the rail project.

    That’s the option Honolulu Mayor Kirk Caldwell and the tourism industry supported.

    The House pushed a bill that would have allowed the GET surcharge to be levied for just one additional year, to 2028, while increasing the state’s 9.25 percent transient accommodations tax for 10 years.

    “In spite of our impasse during the 2017 legislative session, the Legislature understands the importance in crafting a legislative solution that will provide the City and County of Honolulu a dedicated revenue stream,” said Senate President Ron Kouchi in a press release announcing the public briefing.

    The briefing starts at 10 a.m., Monday, in the Capitol auditorium. The special session is set to run from Aug. 28 to Sept. 1.

    See the draft presentation, which a state senator said was created by the Senate Ways and Means Committee at link below.

    (http://www.documentcloud.org/documents/3914769-Rail-Tax-Presentation-DRAFT.html#document/p4)



    Testimony on Failing Rail Project

    SUBHEAD: UH Law Professor says the cost of building the Honolulu Rail is getting out of hand.


    Video above: Retired UH Law Professor Randy Roth sums up rail project in 3 minute video. From (https://youtu.be/ZL9pIrxaA3Q).

    He also described the project as deliberate misrepresentation, deliberate fraud on this 30 minute ThinkTech Hawaii with Kelii Akina, President of Grassroot Institute. From (https://drive.google.com/file/d/0Bw_NDLg6EbbmYlNOSy13a0NKNmM/view?usp=sharing).
    Whether one is Pro-Rail or Anti-Rail, there’s something virtually everyone in the state agrees about – the cost of building the Honolulu Rail is getting out of hand.

    Not only that, serious questions have been raised about how well the funds already invested in this project have been spent.

    Law professor Randy Roth, who has a long history advocating for the public good, appears on E Hana Kakou with Dr. Akina to discuss why it is time to hold our government leaders responsible for the progress of the Rail.

    ThinkTech Hawaii streams live on the Internet from 11:00 am to 5:00 pm every weekday afternoon, Hawaii Time, then streaming earlier shows through the night. Check us out any time for great content and great community.

    Our vision is to be a leader in shaping a more vital and thriving Hawaii as the foundation for future generations.

    Our mission is to be the leading digital media platform raising pubic awareness and promoting civic engagement in Hawaii.


    Rail Cost Spirals Out of Control

    SUBHEAD: Watch short video and sign the petition here to require a forensic audit of the rail.

     By Staff on 22 July 2017 for Grassroots Institute of Hawaii
    (https://drive.google.com/file/d/0Bw_NDLg6EbbmRE8yWU9qZFRBUWc/view)


    Video above: Group seeks to audit the Honolulu rail project with "Where is our Money Going?" From (https://youtu.be/X8Fa2qr2djg).
     Longtime journalist Mark Coleman talked recently with ThinkTech Hawaii host Tim Apicella about his recent Grassroot Institute of Hawaii article titled “Honolulu rail clearly a fiasco,”and suggested that now would be a ideal time to subject the over-budget, behind-schedule project to an independent forensic audit.

    In particular, Coleman suggested that the state legislators use their upcoming special session to order such an audit, which would allow them to avoid extending or raising any state taxes until they have better information about why the city’s rail project has veered so far off track — while yet so much of it remains tobe built.

    The timing is apt, he told Apicella, because the City Council just approved selling bonds to fund construction of the rail through to next year, thus taking pressure off the Legislature to consider anything before it starts its regular session in January 2018.

    Coleman said transportation experts warned city officials years before the rail project was even started that it would be a “gigantic white elephant,” and by now it’s clear that just about everything that could have gone wrong with the project has — though nobody has a definite explanation as to why.



    Has HART committed federal crimes?

    SUBHEAD: Is falsification of federal documents, lying to officials to get $1.55B HART a crime?

    By Ed Wagner on 9 August 2017 on Google Drive -
    (https://drive.google.com/drive/folders/0Bw_NDLg6EbbmNnI2bnJlV0o3TGM?usp=sharing)

    The people of Hawaii seek Congressional, DOJ, & FBI investigations into the following allegations against Mayor Caldwell, City Council, HART, Developer DR Horton, construction unions, Pacific Resources Partnership (PRP), DLNR, regarding the Honolulu rail project:

    Systemic fraud, waste, and abuse of power, violations of public procurement codes, violations of the Hawaii State Constitution's Public Trust Doctrine, violations of basic ethical and moral principles, perjury, deliberate falsification of Federal documents / lying to Federal officials, deliberate misrepresentation of facts, deliberate fraud, bribery, racketeering, malfeasance, graft, conspiracy to defraud, and criminal offenses directly related to obtaining $1.55B in federal funds for the Honolulu rail project.

    Those advocating for a forensic audit & investigations include former Hawaii Gov. Ben Cayetano, retired UH Law Professor Randy Roth, UH Civil Engineering Professor, Panos Prevedouros, President of Grassroot Institute and OHA Trustee, Dr. Keli’i Akina, former Army War College faculty instructor, retired Col Al Frenzel, retired businessmen, 2 attorneys, an accountant, and concerned citizens.

    Dr. Keli’i Akina submitted testimony to the House Committee on Transportation & Infrastructure, Subcommittee on Railroads regarding these issues.

    All major newspapers and TV networks around the country have been notified about the dire situation in Hawaii.

    It is argued that the City is jeopardizing its credit rating and solvency over this project and someone has to stop the bleeding, stop the irreparable hard this rail project is causing our people today, and for the next 3 generations, and folks in Washington seem to be turning a blind eye to this matter.

    In lieu of reviewing rail-related documents online, I request a formal meeting with a Honolulu FBI agent to discuss this urgent matter, a meeting to include those advocating for these investigations.

    Others have written to FTA, OIG, GAO, and Congress, and spoke to some officials. One high ranking official stated to one individual that perjury to obtain federal funds for rail appears to be involved.

    The Honolulu rail is likely a massive government cover up similar to Watergate, but called HARTgate.

    Please help us. This dire situation is reaching critical mass.

    Messages sent to Washington and FBI. The city deliberately falsified federal documents, lied to federal officials, and lied to the public. I encourage everyone to submit a request to the FBI to conduct an investigation.

    https://tips.fbi.gov/

    https://drive.google.com/drive/folders/0Bw_NDLg6EbbmeTdFazZNQW4zYkk?usp=sharing

    Please give these messages widest possible distribution.


    .

              Sinclair Broadcasting is Trump TV        
    SUBHEAD: The owner of  the most TV stations dumps Fox News to become Trump's mouthpiece.

    By Staff on 30 July 2017 for Common Dreams -
    (https://www.commondreams.org/news/2017/07/30/classic-propaganda-sinclair-broadcasting-pushes-aside-fox-news-become-trump-tv)


    Image above: The Sinclair Broadcasting cut a biased deal with Jared Kushner and the Trump campaign. Now the Trump FCC is paying back the favor. From original article.

    “It’s unheard of to have one company pushing one specific agenda reaching so many people and doing it in a way designed to evade local input”

    During the 2016 Presidential campaign, the Sinclair Broadcasting group cut a deal
    with Jared Kushner for “good” coverage of the Trump Administration, which seems to have paid off.


    Politico reported last December:

    Sinclair would broadcast their Trump interviews across the country without commentary, Kushner said. Kushner highlighted that Sinclair, in states like Ohio, reaches a much wider audience — around 250,000 viewers[sic]— than networks like CNN, which reach somewhere around 30,000.

    With Fox News suffering several major setbacks in the past year, Sinclair Broadcasting is making moves to become the new giant of right-wing media. Many are now calling Sinclair 'Trump TV.'
    David D. Smith built Sinclair Broadcast Group Inc. into the largest owner of television stations in the U.S. after taking over his father's television company (with his brothers) in the late 1980's.

    With David as president and CEO, the Sinclair Broadcast Group blossomed to 59 stations in less than a decade. By 2014, that number had nearly tripled to 162. Smith stepped down earlier this year and became executive chairman.

    The Smith family has heavily funded conservative Republican candidates. David Smith's Cape Elizabeth, Maine summer home, just 5 miles down the coast from Common Dreams' Portland office, regularly serves as a meeting place for right-wing politicians like Trump's HUD Secretary Ben Carson and conservative commentator Armstrong Williams.

    Journalist David Zurawik, who has covered local television for roughly thirty years, is speaking out against Sinclair Broadcasting Group. In a recent segment on CNN on Sunday, Zurawik said:
    “They come as close to classic propaganda as I think I’ve seen in thirty years of covering local television or national television. They’re outrageous! Whatever the White House says, you know, President Trump believes there was voter fraud and he sets up this commission to get data from the states and the states rightfully push back because it’s very intrusive data — Boris Ephsteyn’s piece on it ends with, the states should cooperate with President Trump.”
    And John Oliver took aim at the Sinclair Broadcasting group earlier this month, examining the far right station’s ownership of many local TV news stations:
    “National cable news gets a lot of attention with their big budgets and their fancy graphics packages. Meanwhile, local news often has to do a lot more with a lot less.”
    The Sinclair Broadcasting group has close ties to the Trump administration and is forcing local stations to air pro-Trump news segments. Trump’s FCC chairman, Ajit Pai rolled back a key Obama administration regulation that had prevented Sinclair from further expansion. The green light from the Trump administration allowed Sinclair to purchase 42 more local stations from the Tribune Media company, extending its reach to 72 percent of American households.

    Oliver went on to show clips of broadcaster Mark Hyman railing against “political correctness and multiculturalism”.
    “Hyman is a commentator and former executive at Sinclair Broadcast Group, and Sinclair may be the most influential media company you’ve never heard of. Not only are they the largest owner of local TV stations in the country, they could soon get even bigger.”

    “If the opinions were confined to just the commentary or the ad breaks, that would be one thing. But Sinclair can sometimes dictate the content of your local newscasts as well, and in contrast to Fox News, a conservative outlet where you basically know what you’re getting, with Sinclair, they’re injecting Fox-worthy content into the mouths of your local news anchors, the two people who you know, and who you trust, and whose on-screen chemistry can usually best be described as two people.

    “You may not realize it’s happening because Sinclair and its digital news subsidiary Circa not only produce and send packages to their stations; they even write scripts that local anchors use to introduce the pieces. For example, this Tuesday night, anchors at Sinclair stations all over the country introduced a story about Michael Flynn like this.”
    Oliver's footage then showed multiple Sinclair broadcasters in different locales introduce a report about Michael Flynn, Trump’s former national security adviser, by downplaying the investigation as just a “personal vendetta” against Flynn.

    They are called “must-runs,” and they are sent every day to all the local stations owned by Sinclair Broadcasting — video reports that are centrally produced by the company. Station managers around the country must work them into the broadcast over a period of 24 or 48 hours.


    Today, the Portland Press Herald (Maine) reported:
    Marc McCutcheon of South Portland was watching WGME’s evening newscast as he has for half a century when something came on that shocked him.

    In the midst of the local news, a taped commentary from President Trump’s former special assistant Boris Epshteyn appeared on the screen, trumpeting the administration’s position with what he thought selective use and abuse of facts.

    McCutcheon, a small-business owner and political independent, describes the experience as “surreal,” “extremely jarring” and “so out of place with the friendly, local broadcast from news people I’ve come to trust over the years.” There was no rebuttal, no context, no alternate point of view – a situation he found concerning.

    WGME-TV (Channel 13) and WPFO-TV (Channel 23) each carry the segments nine times a week on orders from their owner, the Maryland-based Sinclair Broadcasting Group, the nation’s largest owner of local television stations and an aggressive, unabashed disseminator of conservative commentary supporting the Trump wing of the Republican Party.

    “It’s unheard of to have one company pushing one specific agenda reaching so many people and doing it in a way designed to evade local input,” says Craig Aaron, president and CEO of Free Press, a Washington-based group that opposes media consolidation. “The idea of having local stations offer an array of viewpoints is great, but what we get with Sinclair is one set of political leanings being broadcast everywhere.”

    Epshteyn, a 34-year-old Russia-born investment banker, is a friend and former Georgetown University classmate of the president’s son Eric Trump who ascended rapidly within Trump’s campaign.

    “Bottom Line With Boris” commentaries echo the White House’s own talking points. After former FBI director James Comey said in televised congressional testimony that the president had pressured him to let go of parts of his investigation of Russian interference in the 2016 election, Epshteyn asserted to Sinclair viewers that Comey’s appearance had been more damaging to Hillary Clinton than the president.
    .

              A Modest Proposal *        
    Government-sponsored homophobia in this country has now officially jumped the shark.

    SHE WASN'T ASKED AND DIDN'T TELL.... Amy Brian, as a Kansas Army National Guard lieutenant, served honorably in Iraq. She was part of a convoy that was hit by an IED; she worked 12-hour shifts at Camp Anaconda; and her superiors asked her to narrate award ceremonies.

    By all appearances, Amy Brian is the type of proud, patriotic American we would all want to wear the uniform. Upon returning home after a tour of duty, Brian was given a job reorganizing the Kansas Army National Guard's government purchase card program. Except now she's been discharged -- because someone found out Brian is gay.

    SNIP

    She joins nearly 12,500 other lesbian, gay and bisexual service members who have been discharged by the Pentagon from 1994 through 2007.

    And in the New York Times, a Marine who served two tours in Iraq explains why he has changed his mind about DADT and now opposes it.

    In addition, six years of war have clarified priorities. The battlefield has its own values, starting with courage. Sexual orientation falls somewhere below musical taste. What a person chooses to do back stateside, off-duty, in his own apartment is irrelevant in a fight. For months I lived with 12 other American advisers on an Iraqi outpost. There was a single pipe shower next to a hole that masqueraded as a sewer. But the reality of combat dominated personality quirks — nobody wondered about sexual orientation.

    A 2006 poll of Iraq and Afghanistan war veterans showed that 72 percent were personally comfortable interacting with gays. Bonnie Moradi, a University of Florida psychologist, and Laura Miller, a sociologist at the Rand Corporation, summarized the study this way: "The data indicated no associations between knowing a lesbian or gay unit member and ratings of perceived unit cohesion or readiness. Instead, findings pointed to the importance of leadership and instrumental quality in shaping perceptions of unit cohesion and readiness."

    The other readiness argument concerns recruiting. To fill its swelling ranks, the military now grants one in five recruits waivers for disqualifications that run the gamut from attention-deficit disorder to obesity to armed robbery convictions. In a press conference last fall, Maj. Gen. Thomas Bostick, the head of Army recruiting, said the relevant question in considering such applicants was, "Does that person deserve an opportunity to serve their country?" That's exactly right. And to choose a felon over a combat-proven veteran on the basis of sexuality is defeatist. Ask any squad leader.

    In the end, however, there is one factor that outweighs public opinion, troop morale and recruiting combined. The military is a dictatorship, not a republic. It is built to win in combat. Its strict codes of conduct ensure good order and discipline.

    If "don't ask, don't tell" is rescinded, military leaders will ensure smooth compliance, as the chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, Adm. Mike Mullen, has said. Cohesion depends on leadership. Our troops will follow the lead of our combat-tested professionals who base their opinions on what a soldier brings to the fight, and little else.

    So here's my proposal: reinstate the draft, expanding it to include both men and women, age 18 to 50, but restricting military service to homosexuals. Only homosexuals. No more heterosexuals in the Army, Navy, Marines, Air Force, Coast Guard, National Guard or Reserves. Bonus: no more inconvenient pregnancies in the all-gay Armed Forces!

    Why stop at the military? Let's ban heterosexuals from the government benefits of marriage, too. Seriously, they've had it to themselves for 5,000 years and have completely fucked it up. Gay-only marriage can't possibly make it any worse, and might even improve it.

    Gay-Only Adoption. No more subjecting orphans to the twisted values of so-called straights.

    And I can't imagine someone barred from serving in the military, from state-sanctioned marriage, from adopting, passing an FBI background check for a federal job.

    Think of the political campaigns! Spying on candidates, trying to get pictures of them embracing someone of the opposite sex, the interviews with tearful gay spouses, the denials of heterosexual perversions.

    Certainly no more ridiculous than the self-defeating anti-gay idiocy we've got now.

    * With apologies to Jonathan Swift.

    Cross-posted at They Gave Us A Republic.

              The Miami Mess        

    When I first heard about the Yahoo! Sports report that a Miami booster provided cash, cars, jewelry, use of mansions and a yacht, prostitutes, bounties for taking out the opposition, and an abortion for Miami football players, I had three immediate thoughts: 1) Holy balls, Miami knows how to party, 2) This wouldn’t even be that big of a deal if the NCAA weren’t an unprecedented and corrupt cockblock that gets away with a  multibillion dollar scam year after year, and 3) Having said that, the rules are the rules and – if the allegations are true – I’m not sure there has ever been such a flagrant breaking of NCAA rules in the history of both the NCAA and their explicit rules against soliciting prostitution and boosters paying for abortions.

    Let’s start with what’s really important – the partying.  Now, thanks to depictions of Miami in all sorts of TV shows and movies (and at least one music video), I’ve always thought that I had a relatively good idea of just how much the city likes to party.  I mean, anyone who has seen Will Smith rocking a wifebeater while hollering at hoochies, Tony Montana burying his face in a heaping mound of blow, Ace Ventura talking out of his butthole, Horatio Caine smoothly putting on his sunglasses after pausing midsentence, and Dexter Morgan saran wrapping criminals to a table and driving a knife through their chest before dismembering their bodies, putting the remains in a bunch of garbage bags, and dumping the bags in the Atlantic Ocean should fully understand that the city of Miami is all about having a good time.  But even with all of these depictions of Miami being a zoo fully packed with party animals, I was still pretty surprised when the Yahoo! report came out and revealed that the average Miami football player apparently breaks the BYU Honor Code 14 times before they even eat breakfast.

    What made the report so surprising to me is that even though the fact that this all took place in Miami shouldn’t make it all that shocking, we’re still talking about 18-22 year old kids here.  Sure it seems like “18-22 year old kids” and “partying” are synonymous, but if you really think back on your days in college, I’m guessing “partying” just meant drinking a bunch of cheap beer, listening to music that was turned up way too loudly only because whoever was hosting the party wanted to show off their sound system, crossing your fingers that the girls you were hitting on were too drunk to notice how ugly you were, and drawing penises on the foreheads of your friends who passed out before you did.  Every now and then maybe there were people passing around a joint or two, but for the most part that is what a typical college party entails. 

    Nowhere in that description did I mention yachts, mansions, cash, jewelry, or – most importantly – prostitutes, which is why the Miami allegations are shockingly awesome to me.  According to US census data taken in 2010, less than 1% of American citizens have ever partied on a yacht or with prostitutes, so for a bunch of Miami football players to allegedly have done both before they were even old enough to legally rent a car  is truly a remarkable thing and is something I won’t hesitate to admit makes me jealous (hell, I’m sure a lot of them went to these parties before they were even old enough to legally drink).  Then again, I guess all of this shouldn’t have been much of a surprise considering the ESPN 30 for 30 documentary about Miami emphasized how wild the Hurricanes were back in the 80s and 90s, and the 7th Floor Crew song in 2004 (very NSFW language) revealed that dorm room gangbangs are apparently as much of a current Miami football tradition as pissing and moaning about a pass interference call from almost a decade ago.

    Anyway, now that we got the important and fun part out of the way, let’s discuss what is rapidly becoming the bane of my existence – the NCAA’s steadfast refusal to let athletes profit from their own abilities even though those same athletes’ abilities are the reason the NCAA and the schools the athletes represent rake in billions every year.  As a guy who had to wear the NCAA handcuffs for four straight years (although, let’s be honest, since I was a walk-on my handcuffs weren’t that tight) and couldn’t even accept a free sandwich if I was offered one, I think it’s nothing short of ridiculous that the NCAA continues to cockblock their athletes. 

    As far as I’m concerned, the Miami football players getting cash, jewelry, cars, access to yachts, etc. shouldn’t even be an issue, just like the Ohio State football scandal should have never been an issue, because there’s no logical argument as to why the athletes shouldn’t be entitled to all those things (the OSU scandal especially shouldn’t have been a big deal since I’m of the opinion that the players technically earned the things they sold).  Now, the prostitutes and the bounties that were allegedly paid to Miami players to take out opposing players are obviously a big deal, but I’m focusing on the free cash and gifts right now.  As shady and corrupt as college sports may seem, at the end of the day the superstar athletes that generate millions for their schools have every right to accept all the cash and gifts they want because they aren’t anywhere close to being as fully compensated as they deserve to be.  That’s right, I said it – it’s criminally unfair that college athletes (read: football and men’s basketball players) aren’t paid.

    The prevalent argument against paying players is that the players are already getting paid in the form of a free education and a monthly stipend, but I have two issues with this argument. First, from experience I can tell you that the stipend is basically just enough money to survive on and typically isn’t a large enough sum of money to result in very much discretionary income for the players, so really it isn’t even worth mentioning (as I’m sure you all remember me infamously discussing in a certain earlier blog post). In all honesty, when you think about all the hours the players put into their respective sports, the stipend is probably just a little bit higher than minimum wage. Obviously there are many people in America who are living off of minimum wage (or in this economy, no income at all), but these people also aren’t bringing in millions upon millions of dollars for their schools and conferences like the star athletes are, so it’s not exactly fair to just say “if other people can make it work, college athletes should be able to also.”

    Secondly, while you and I might place a high value on a college education, many superstar athletes are in college solely because they want to prepare for the pros, so a free education doesn’t really mean much to them. I mean, if you really think about it, the fundamental purpose of college is to gather all the knowledge and skills needed to enter the workforce in your desired field. Keeping that in mind, for a lot of these guys the sport they play is essentially their major and taking classes and graduating is really just their form of an extracurricular activity.  Much like how you wanted to be an accountant so you went to college and majored in accounting, these guys want to be NFL linebackers so they go to college to major in breaking spines and ripping the heads off of timid receivers coming across the middle.

    This notion is obviously a stereotype and doesn’t apply to everyone who is a shoo-in to make it to the NBA or NFL, but for the most part the All-American college athletes really only care about their education to a certain extent.  At the end of the day, their primary focus is making it to the big leagues, so while a free education would mean a great deal to people like you and me, for the superstar athletes who are likely going to leave college early anyway, a scholarship is the equivalent of being a paraplegic and being given a brand new motorcycle.

    People who are against paying college athletes and have a hard-on for protecting the concept of amateurism also often cite the fact that NCAA athletes know what they’re getting into because they sign all sorts of forms that explain how the system works, so they have no right to complain about anything.  But having gone through this form-signing process four times, I can assure you that it’s not nearly as simple as signing a contract with, say, a cable or gas company might be.

    When I was at OSU, we would have compliance meetings at the start of every academic year where we would be given a stack of papers to sign.  I specifically remember a handful of times when our compliance person would explain what the form we were about to sign meant and I would consequently think, “This is BS. I don’t want to sign this.”  On one occasion, I actually said this out loud to the compliance person and his response was, “Well, then you’ll be ineligible.”  So really, my hands were tied because my choices were to either sign the forms or essentially quit the team and miss out on the plethora of poon that comes with being an Ohio State athlete.  Negotiating was not an option so I had no choice but to sign the forms as they were.

    Now, I wasn’t really all that worked up and was mostly just trying to be a pain in the ass with the compliance people to screw with them a little bit because I knew that giving Ohio State and the NCAA the right to use my image and whatnot wasn’t really that big of a deal since, well, frankly I knew that they would never actually use my image to promote anything.  But at the same time I couldn’t help but think how pissed I’d be if I were someone who was a big time Ohio State athlete like, say, Terrelle Pryor.  Pryor was essentially forced to sign the same forms I had to, only when he was signing them, he was signing away thousands if not millions of dollars in potential earnings. 

    So for someone like him, the choices are either to not play or to let the school and NCAA profit boatloads of money off him while he gets essentially nothing in return.  In other words, for all intents and purposes, all college athletes are pretty much forced to sign these papers, especially since the fact that the NBA and NFL both require draft entrants to be a certain age leaves these guys with no viable alternative to playing in the NCAA (football in particular since high school kids can at least play professional basketball overseas instead of going to college while foreign football leagues versus big time college football is as laughable of a comparison as Qdoba versus Chipotle).  So the “they have no right to complain because they know what they’re getting into” argument holds no water from my perspective.

    I guess we could argue about whether or not college athletes should be paid until we’re blue in the face, but in the end it won’t really mean much because the NCAA isn’t going to change their ways anytime soon. The fact of the matter is that the only real way to get the rules changed seems to be for the players to essentially just go on strike and cause a lockout. But this will never happen because the players simply aren’t around long enough to make it happen.

    It can be assumed that the upperclassmen and the superstar freshmen and sophomores are the ones who are missing out on the most money (simply from the fact that they’re the ones who put butts in the seats at the games and would likely be the ones getting endorsements and whatnot), but by the time they realize that they’re getting screwed and they actually get upset enough to take action to stop the exploitation, they are already gone to the pros or have graduated and moved on to more important things in their lives. After those guys leave, the carousel continues to spin as a new crop of college athletes comes in and goes through the same cycle of sitting on the bench for a couple of years, finally playing toward the tail end of their careers, and not realizing that they’re getting exploited until it’s too late and they’ve got other things to worry about (and most importantly no longer have any motivation to see that college athletes are justly compensated).

    Because the athletes can never get enough traction to seriously challenge the NCAA, nothing gets changed and the exploitation continues. The NCAA knows that they will always have this advantage over the players, which is why I’m fairly certain they all sit in their offices and just cackle, rub their hands together with malevolent glee, and twirl their mustaches all day. I can’t decide if I think everyone involved with such a corrupt organization should be thrown in prison for eternity or if they should be congratulated and given some sort of award for successfully pulling off a multibillion dollar scam on unsuspecting kids year after year (the real irony here is that the NCAA – an organization that profits from screwing people out of money – is most likely going to punish the Miami kids for hanging out with a guy who screwed people out of money).

    But I digress.  The bottom line is that, if the allegations are true (it’s more fun to just assume they are, isn’t it?), the Miami players knew exactly what they were doing and knew that what they were doing was a blatant violation of NCAA rules, so it’s impossible to feel all that bad for them (especially if the stuff about the hookers and bounties is true – that really is indefensible).  Sure the rules are archaic and unjust, but ultimately they’re the rules and until they change, it’s probably best to just abide by them and not choose to break them in the most ridiculous and flagrant ways imaginable.  In the meantime, until the rules change, all us fans can really do is just sit back and hope that someday we can all look back on this era of college sports like we now look back on Prohibition (and will most likely look back on the illegality of marijuana and the concept of age of consent) and wonder, “What the hell were the people in charge thinking?”

    The world is a better place when yacht parties featuring hookers are plentiful and that is a fact.  The sooner the NCAA realizes this, the better off we’ll all be.


    It’s inevitable that at least one of you will think my hatred for the NCAA stems from the fact that I was forced to donate all the money from my shirt sales to charity when I was playing at Ohio State, so I thought I’d address that real quick.  First of all, let me say that the money went to a remarkable charity and was no doubt put to great use and I couldn’t be happier to have been somewhat responsible for that (I know it’s cliché to say that and you probably don’t believe me, but screw it – it’s the God honest truth).  At the same time, though, of course the selfish side of me would have loved to have had that $50,000 to spend on whatever I wanted.  You’re lying to yourself if you think for one second that some part of you wouldn’t feel the same way.  Who in their right mind wouldn’t want $50,ooo just handed to them while they were in college?

    But the reason I wasn’t all that upset that I couldn’t get that money and the reason I’m not necessarily pissed at the NCAA for that is because I knew that I wasn’t being exploited since I was a walk-on benchwarmer.  It’s not like Ohio State or the NCAA was making tons of money off of me, so I really didn’t have that big of a problem with me not being able to make money off of me either (I still thought it was dumb, but I wouldn’t say I was ever “pissed” about it). 

    No, my hatred for the NCAA comes from the fact that they use their athletes to gain a profit (which is completely understandable and fine) but won’t allow the athletes to use themselves to gain a profit (which is complete horseshit).  It sucks that I couldn’t make money from selling my shirts, sure, but the idea that Jared Sullinger won’t be paid a single dime for singlehandedly selling a bunch of tickets and jerseys this upcoming season is pretty disgusting to me.  I know this kind of thing goes on with corporations all over the world, but since I played college basketball and was around the NCAA’s exploitation on a daily basis, this particular instance is the one that I really get fired up over.  Pair my anger with the breaking story about Miami and the fact that I really don’t have anything better to do with my time and it explains my motivation behind this blog post.


    This is your last reminder that I’m writing a mailbag post on Friday, so don’t be a doucher and send me an email.

    Also, we’ve got a few more additions to my list of things that make people lame if they aren’t good but complete badass if they are good.  Here are a few more of my favorites that the Trillion Man March sent in:

    Drinking Beer

    From Laine:

    “Shotgunning a beer – if you've never done it before or if you're bad at it, it can squirt all over you (that's what she said) and make you soggy and smell like beer all night. If you're a pro, you take it down in one gulp and game over (again, that's what she said.)”

    From Evan:

    How is drinking in college not the gold standard for novices sucking and experts being amazing? Everyone wants to be like Frank the Tank and hammer that beer bong all night at the party. Depending on the size of your wood, you may or may not want to go streaking through the quad, but that's only a problem for those who can survive a night long of heavy chugging first anyway. But the kid who just got to the party, shotgunned 2 cold ones, and is already passed out puking in the bathroom? He's the biggest loser douche at the party and is going to wake up to shame and a lot of Sharpie dicks drawn all over his body.

    A related subject, beer pong. The guy at the party who always lets his partner shoot first because he never misses and will hit any cup is pretty awesome and can definitely keep that hot streak going all night right into some hot mama's bed. But the guy who can't hit a cup and then is running around the house naked showing off his tiny schlong because his team got shut out? Not so cool to be him.”

    Criminals (specifically thieves)

    From Trevor:

    “In real life, its fairly common to hear about people who try to rob a convenience store and end up getting held at gunpoint by the guy at the counter while the cops come. This is lame, even I could do better than that. On the other hand, real (ok, mostly fictional) hard core criminals are incredibly badass. Kaiser Soze? His nickname is the devil, pretty hardcore. Then there are all the other bankrobbing movies, The Oceans (11 through 13) Inside Job, etc. Then in real life you used to have Jesse James and all the wild west types. There just aren't cool robberies anymore really, its almost a pity.”

    I also thought about this one when I heard about the Miami football story and Nevin Shapiro’s Ponzi scheme and couldn’t help but think, “Even though that guy screwed a bunch of people out of a ton of money and should no doubt be locked up for a very long time, a small part of me is kind of impressed.”  I feel the same way about guys like Pablo Escobar, D.B. Cooper, Al Capone, etc.

    Cops

    Also from Trevor:

    “Now on the other side of the spectrum, we have cops. There's the stereotypical cop, drinking coffee and eating donuts, kinda pathetic. Then you have supercops, like in the movies. I assume that the CIA and FBI are pretty intense in real life too, but I don't really know what they actually do.”


    Proud to Be An American But Even Prouder To Be A Buckeye,

    Mark Titus

    Club Trillion Founder


              In A Rare Act Of Bipartisan Speed, Senate Passes VA Reforms        
    Copyright 2014 NPR. To see more, visit http://www.npr.org/.

    Transcript

    AUDIE CORNISH, HOST:

    Tens of thousands of veterans have been waiting months to get medical appointments, all while VA hospital staff claimed patients were being seen in 14 days or less. The FBI is now involved in a VA inspector general's investigation into the problem.

              Shooting Highlights Role Of Capitol Police         
    Updated at 1:20 p.m. ET Members of the protective detail for Rep. Steve Scalise, R-La., are being hailed as heroes Wednesday, shining a spotlight on the little-known police force that guards the Capitol and prominent members of Congress. If not for the presence of the U.S. Capitol Police officers, authorities say, the toll could have been much worse when a heavily armed gunman opened fire at a congressional baseball practice just outside Washington early Wednesday. "Had they not been there, it would have been a massacre," Sen. Rand Paul, R-Ky., told MSNBC . Although the practice was taking place in Alexandria, Va., across the Potomac River from the Capitol, police were on hand to protect Rep. Scalise, the majority whip and No. 3 Republican in the House of Representatives. "I'm sure it made a significant difference," said Tim Slater, the FBI agent overseeing the investigation. Authorities say two members of the Capitol Police force, Special Agent Crystal Griner and Special Agent David
              Trump's Lawyer Fires Back After Comey Testimony        
    https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mjDNe9A0QfI Updated at 3:35 p.m ET President Trump's outside lawyer flatly denied that the president ever asked former FBI Director James Comey for a pledge of loyalty, and he accused Comey of disclosing privileged communications with the president to the news media, without authorization. Trump's attorney, Marc Kasowitz, went on the offensive only a couple of hours after Comey concluded his testimony before the Senate Intelligence Committee — a highly anticipated performance that was broadcast live on national television. Kasowitz highlighted Comey's most favorable point for the president: that Trump was not personally the target of an FBI investigation. But he challenged Comey's account of a private dinner he had with the president on Jan. 27, during Trump's first full week in the White House. The president "never told Comey, 'I need loyalty, I expect loyalty,' in form or substance," Kasowitz said in a statement, rebutting Comey's testimony that Trump
              Crime Doesn’t Pay (as much as it used to) – FBI Cracks Down on Trade of Looted Syrian and Iraqi Cultural Artifacts        
    In support of the international crackdown on the black market trade of looted cultural artifacts, the FBI recently announced that art dealers may be prosecuted for engaging in the trade of stolen Iraqi and Syrian antiquities. Terrorist organizations such as Islamic State in Iraq and the Levant (“ISIL”) have pillaged these countries of their cultural...… Continue Reading
              Legendary’s ‘Skyscraper’ Adds Byron Mann & Hannah Quinlivan        
    EXCLUSIVE: Byron Mann (Arrow) and Hannah Quinlivan have been cast in Rawson Marshall Thurber’s Skyscraper, joining Dwayne Johnson, Neve Campbell and Chin Han in the 3D action thriller from Legendary, which Universal will distribute July 13. Written by Thurber, the film follows Will, a former FBI Hostage Rescue Team leader, now assessing security for skyscrapers, who becomes a wanted man when he finds the tallest, safest building in the world suddenly ablaze. Will must…
              Pablo Schreiber Joins Dwayne Johnson In ‘Skyscraper’        
    EXCLUSIVE: American Gods star Pablo Schreiber has come aboard writer-director Rawson Marshall Thurber’s 3D actioner Skyscraper, the Legendary/Universal pic starring Dwayne Johnson. Co-starring Neve Campbell and Chin Han, the film hits theaters July 13, 2018. Skyscraper follows former FBI Hostage Rescue Team leader Will (Johnson), who now assesses security for skyscrapers. During an assignment in Hong Kong, he finds the tallest, safest building in the world suddenly…
              Neve Campbell Joins Dwayne Johnson In ‘Skyscraper’        
    EXCLUSIVE: Neve Campbell has signed on to star opposite Dwayne Johnson in Skyscraper, Legendary’s 3D action thriller written and to be directed by Rawson Marshall Thurber. Universal already has staked out a July 13, 2018, release date. Production starts in August. Johnson stars as a former FBI Hostage Rescue Team leader and war veteran who now assesses security for skyscrapers. On assignment in China he finds the tallest, safest building in the world suddenly ablaze, and…
              Dwayne Johnson’s ‘Skyscraper’ To Rise Up During Summer 2018        
    Skyscraper, the Universal/Legendary film written and directed by Rawson Marshall Thurber, will open on July 13, 2018. Pic marks the second time the director and global star Dwayne Johnson will work together after last summer’s hit comedy Central Intelligence ($217M global B.O.). Johnson plays former FBI Hostage Rescue Team leader and U.S. war veteran Will Ford, who now assesses security for skyscrapers. On assignment in China he finds the tallest, safest building in the…
              Keynote Lineup for GEOINT 2017        
    Don’t miss a great lineup of nearly 100 defense and intelligence speakers in keynotes, panels, and presentations. Confirmed Keynotes Include: Robert Cardillo, Director, NGA James Comey, Director, FBI Dr. Stacey Dixon, Deputy Director, IARPA Shel Israel, Author, “The Fourth Transformation” Dr. Todd Lowery, Acting Under Secretary of Defense for Intelligence (USDI) Gen. Darren W. McDew, […]
              Seminar Topics(100)        
    Excellent Seminar/Paper Presentation Topics for Students


    Put the desired topic name in search bar to get detail search about the topic.

    1. 4G Wireless Systems
    2. A BASIC TOUCH-SENSOR SCREEN SYSTEM
    3. Artificial Eye
    4. Animatronics
    5. Automatic Teller Machine
    6. Aircars
    7. Adding interlligence to ineternet using satellite
    8. ADSL
    9. Aeronautical Communications
    10. Agent oriented programing
    11. Animatronics
    12. Augmented reality
    13. Autonomic Computing
    14. Bicmos technology
    15. BIOCHIPS
    16. Biomagnetism
    17. Biometric technology
    18. BLUE RAY
    19. Boiler Instrumentation
    20. Brain-Computer Interface
    21. Bluetooth Based Smart Sensor Networks
    22. BIBS
    23. CDMA Wireless Data Transmitter
    24. Cellonics Technology
    25. Cellular Positioning
    26. Cruise Control Devices
    27. Crusoe Processor
    28. Cyberterrorism
    29. Code division duplexing
    30. Cellular Digital Packet Data
    31. Computer clothing
    32. Cordect WLL
    33. CARBIN NANO TUBE ELECTRONICS
    34. CARNIVORE AN FBI PACKET SNIFFER
    35. CDMA
    36. CELLONICSTM TECHNOLOGY
    37. CELLULAR NEURAL NETWORKS
    38. CELLULAR DIGITAL PACKET DATA
    39. CIRCUIT AND SAFETY ANALYSIS SYSTEM
    40. CISCO IOS FIREWALL
    41. CLUSTER COMPUTING
    42. COLD FUSION
    43. COMPACT PCI
    44. COMPUTER AIDED PROCESS PLANNING (CAPP)
    45. COMPUTER CLOTHING
    46. COMPUTER MEMORY BASED ON THE PROTEIN BACTERIO
    47. CONCEPTUAL GRAPHICS
    48. CORDECT
    49. CORDECT WLL
    50. CRUISE CONTROL DEVICES
    51. CRUSOE PROCESSOR
    52. CRYOGENIC GRINDING
    53. CRYPTOVIROLOGY
    54. CT SCANNING
    55. CVT
    56. Delay-Tolerant Networks
    57. DEVELOPMENT OF WEARABLE BIOSENSOR
    58. DiffServ-Differentiated Services
    59. DWDM
    60. Digital Audio Broadcasting
    61. Digital Visual Interface
    62. Direct to home television (DTH)
    63. DOUBLE BASE NUMBER SYSTEM
    64. DATA COMPRESSION TECHNIQUES
    65. DELAY-TOLERANT NETWORKS
    66. DENSE WAVELENGTH DIVISION MULTIPLEXING
    67. DESIGN, ANALYSIS, FABRICATION AND TESTING OF A COMPOSITE LEAF SPRING
    68. DEVELOPMENT OF WEARABLE BIOSENSOR
    69. DGI SCENT
    70. DIFFFSERVER
    71. DIGITAL AUDIO BROADCASTING
    72. DIGITAL CONVERGENCE
    73. DIGITAL HUBBUB
    74. DIGITAL SILHOUETTES
    75. DIGITAL THEATRE SYSTEM
    76. DIGITAL WATER MARKING
    77. DIRECT TO HOME
    78. DISKLESS LINUX TERMINAL
    79. DISTRIBUTED FIREWALL
    80. DSL
    81. DTM
    82. DWDM
    83. DYNAMIC LOADABLE MODULES
    84. DYNAMICALLY RECONFIGURABLE COMPUTING
    85. ELECTROMAGNETIC INTERFERENCE
    86. Embedded system in automobiles
    87. Extreme Programming
    88. EDGE
    89. ELECTROMAGNETIC LAUNCHING SYSYEM
    90. E BOMB
    91. E INTELLIGENCE
    92. E PAPER TECHNOLOGY
    93. ELECTRONIC DATA INTERCHANGE
    94. ELECTRONIC NOSE
    95. ELECTRONIC NOSE & ITS APPLICATION
    96. ELECTRONICS MEET ANIMALS BRAIN
    97. EMBEDDED
    98. EMBEDDED DRAM
    99. EMBEDDED LINUX
    100. EMBRYONICS APPROACH TOWARDS INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
              Will Kennedy Survive This Deadly Obsession? (Indie Author Interview + Giveaway!)        

    Purchase on Amazon.com: Paperback | Kindle ebook

    Today I have the pleasure of introducing you to a blogging friend (Just Your Average Reviews) and fellow indie author, Caitlyn Santi! She recently released a brand-new novella. :) Learn all about it in this fun interview, and enter for a chance to win an ebook copy at the end of the post!

    * * *

    Amber: Welcome to Seasons of Humility, Caitlyn! Your new release is a young-adult Christian suspense novella titled Deadly Obsession. Could you share a little about the star character, Kennedy? What makes her shine—and what are some of the challenges she faces?

    Caitlyn: Thank you so much for having me, Amber! :)

    Well, Kennedy is a 17-year-old girl and an FBI agent, and I think she may be the most fascinating and complex character I've written so far. She was a lot of fun to write because she is definitely a teenager personality-wise, but there are also many times when she displays a maturity beyond her years.

    Kennedy is very passionate and determined in her mission to do whatever she can to get predators who target teens off the streets. When the book opens Kennedy has just set up a sting operation to catch an online predator, and she appears a bit cocky and overly sure of herself, but we soon discover that because of a tragedy in her past, Kennedy has a large amount of anger simmering beneath the surface. That anger has led her to become an FBI agent and turn her back on God. Kennedy also struggles to balance life as a teenager with that of an FBI agent, and things only get more complicated when someone begins stalking her.

    Amber: One of the big themes of this story has to do with the love between siblings. What made you decide to focus on this sort of relationship? What makes such a relationship truly special?

    Caitlyn: My brother and I have a bond that I truly treasure, and I've always wanted to write a story about siblings. But honestly, the fact that it became a part of this book was a total God thing because when I started writing this story I had no idea that it would be about siblings until all of a sudden Kennedy's older brother, Wyatt, appeared on the page, and just like that the story changed for the better.

    Kennedy and Wyatt are best friends, they are always there for each other, and truly love and respect each other, but of course no sibling relationship would be complete without a lot of back-and-forth banter and good-natured teasing, which was an absolute joy to write. Wyatt is also intensely overprotective of his baby sis and Kennedy tends to be quite independent, so that makes for a super fun dynamic.

    I also want to let readers know that this is not a romance, and neither Kennedy nor Wyatt has a love interest. I personally find Wyatt to be a very dashing and swoon-worthy character and I hope to write two romance stories in the future featuring Kennedy's and Wyatt's love stories.

    Amber: That's really neat to know you also share a close relationship with your brother, as your heroine does! And I think that's a neat take on a young adult story, to focus on a familial relationship over a romantic relationship.

    Now, this isn’t the first story you’ve published. :) Was there something different or unique about the writing and publishing process for Deadly Obsession, as compared to your earlier releases?

    Purchase Surrender Falls: Paperback | Kindle ebook
    Purchase True Equitation: Kindle ebook

    Caitlyn: I published my previous books just a few months after writing them, so probably the biggest difference is the fact that it took me nearly three years to publish Deadly Obsession after I finished the initial writing process. I was able to glean a lot of insights from the constructive criticism that was mentioned by several readers of my previous stories, so I spent a lot of extra time editing, revising, and rewriting Deadly Obsession, trying to make use of those suggestions. Self-doubt is something I struggle with every day as a writer, and while working on Deadly Obsession the fear of never being "Good Enough" rose to the point that it nearly stopped me from proceeding.

    It definitely wasn't easy but I guess eventually it just got to the point where I had to accept that even though I'm always trying to improve, my writing will never be perfect and I had to trust that it was good enough to put out there for people to read. I have to say that even though there were many times where I really started to wonder if this story would ever be ready for publication (and I don't doubt that there are probably still things I have missed that could have been done better or differently), Deadly Obsession is a story that not only strengthened me as a writer but also drew me closer to God. I wouldn't change a thing, except if I had it to do over I would turn my fear over to God way earlier, before it could paralyze me!

    Amber: It sounds like you've been learning some really meaningful lessons! What do you enjoy most about being an indie author, and what are some dreams/goals you have as a writer?

    Caitlyn: I truly love everything about being an indie author. I love that I have total control of my stories, and that being an indie author has led me to learn skills such as editing, formatting, et cetera, that I probably wouldn't have ever learned otherwise. But, by far my favorite part is getting to share my stories with the world and having the opportunity to support all my fellow indie authors!

    I know it sounds cliche but I really just want to keep writing stories that honor God. If just one person is brought closer to God through my stories, that makes it all worth it!

    As far as dreams go, I would love to someday have the opportunity to write a book with one of my favorite authors, such as Dani Pettrey or Lynette Eason.

    Amber: That's great, Caitlyn! Before we end the interview, do you have a fun behind-the-scenes story you can share with us?

    Caitlyn: I mentioned earlier that Wyatt's entry into the story was totally God's idea, not mine. Well, God did the same thing when it came to Kennedy's faith story.

    In the original draft Kennedy was very strong in her faith and not much could shake her, but I kind of got the feeling that she was just going through the motions, that her faith had never been tested—in other words, she was a bit too perfect and the story was boring! So I began trying to come up with some way to really send her on a faith journey, but all my efforts amounted to nothing...until one night I was on my way home not even thinking about the story and the name Brooklyn popped into my mind followed by the knowledge that she was Kennedy's sister who had passed away tragically prior to the start of the story. From that point on everything fell into place, and I feel like the story is now a hundred times stronger than my original version. I truly believe that God gave me this story to write and I am so glad I listened to his nudges of my soul!

    And a fun tidbit that I learned while researching this story was that there have supposedly been scientific experiments that have led to the discovery that when certain chemicals (I think boron was one of them) are applied to a fabric such as cotton they can combine to create a bulletproof fabric. This knowledge really came in handy when I put Kennedy in a situation where there was a good chance she could get shot but yet it would be too conspicuous for her to wear a typical Kevlar vest.

    Amber: Thanks so much for sharing with us about your writing journey and new novella! It's been a pleasure to have you as a guest. :)

    * * *

    Friends, Caitlyn has generously offered to give away an ebook copy of Deadly Obsession to one of you! You can enter for a chance to win using the form below. The giveaway is open internationally and ends at midnight on September 13, 2016. The winner can choose their preferred ebook format (PDF, .mobi for Kindle, or .epub).

    [Giveaway Has Ended]
              Police Want Help Identifying Wellington Bank Robbery        
    Larimer County sheriff’s investigators and the FBI want the public's help to identify a bank robbery suspect.
              S.W.A.T. Under Siege: Michael Jai White Throws Down        
    Supposedly, this is the second straight-to-DVD sequel to the 2003 feature reboot of Robert Hamner’s 1975 TV show S.W.A.T., but none of the characters are the same (not even from the prior DVD sequel) and the action moves from LA to exurban Seattle. It seems like strangely unnecessary branding, as if every movie about the FBI had to credit the Efren Zimbalist, Jr. show. In this case, it obscures what is important about this film: Michael Jai White being a badass. Quite conveniently, the villains will come to the good guys, Die Hard-style in Tony Giglio’s S.W.A.T.: Under Siege, which releases today on DVD.

    Even on the Fourth of July, there will be no rest for Travis Hall’s S.W.A.T. team. They have been mobilized to back-up a DEA agent supposedly intercepting a massive drug shipment. Of course, there are way more cartel thugs at the remote warehouse than they had been told to expect. Instead of drugs, they find a seriously cut dude with a scorpion tattoo chained up in the shipping container.

    Since they lost their sketchy DEA dude in the firefight, they will have to interrogate Scorpion as they call him (and indeed it turns out to be his handle) on their own. Basically, Scorpion tells Hall there will be a bunch of really bad cats coming your way, but if you uncuff me, I’ll help kill as many as I can, or words to that effect. It is a pretty fair deal, even if the S.W.A.T. officers do not fully trust Scorpion. Regardless, the shadowy international kingpin will show up with a small army of mercs, just like Scorpion predicted.

    Without New York and Los Angeles theatrical releases, S.W.A.T.: Under Siege will sadly be ineligible for Oscar consideration. However, you can do far worse if you just want to see some testosterone on screen. As Hall, Sam Jaeger is likably clean-cut and shows off some solid action chops, but White really takes ownership of the film, unleashing his inner Bane as Scorpion. Among the bad guys, Monique Ganderton (Charlize Theron’s stunt person in Atomic Blonde) totally outshines the dudes as Simone, the chief enforcer-bodyguard.

    Under Siege has no pretentions regarding its place in the universe, but it offers up some nifty fight scenes and it does not give viewers much time to contemplate its limitations. White and Ganderton show why they are such reliable professionals and Adrianne Palicki (the almost Wonder Woman) has her moments as Hall’s civilian boss. Recommended as a bit of old school meathead unrepentantly B-movie fun, S.W.A.T.: Under Siege releases today (8/1) on DVD.
              United States v. Brown        

    Threat Type: 

    Criminal Charge

    Party Receiving Legal Threat: 

    Barrett Brown

    Type of Party: 

    Government

    Date: 

    09/12/2012

    Type of Party: 

    Individual

    Status: 

    Pending

    Location of Party: 

    • United States

    Location: 

    Texas

    Location of Party: 

    • Texas

    Jurisdiction: 

    • Texas

    Source of Law: 

    • United States

    Verdict or Settlement Amount: 

    N/A

    Legal Counsel: 

    Douglas A Morris (Federal Public Defender - Dallas); Ahmed Ghappour (University of Texas Law School), Charles D. Swift (Swift & McDonald, PC), Marlo P Cadeddu (Law Office of Marlo P Cadeddu)

    Court Name: 

    United States District Court for the Northern District of Texas: Dallas Division

    Court Type: 

    Federal
    The U.S. government filed three indictments, consisting of seventeen charges, against Barrett Brown, an independent journalist. The charges arose out of Brown's online publication of a link to data obtained by hacktivist collective Anonymous and his alleged subsequent conduct. Anonymous hacked Stratfor,... read full description

    Case Number: 

    3:12-cr-00317-L; 3:12-CR-413-L; 3:13-CR-030-L

    Relevant Documents: 

    Content Type: 

    • Text

    Publication Medium: 

    Forum
    Social Network

    The U.S. government filed three indictments, consisting of seventeen charges, against Barrett Brown, an independent journalist. The charges arose out of Brown's online publication of a link to data obtained by hacktivist collective Anonymous and his alleged subsequent conduct.

    Anonymous hacked Stratfor, a global intelligence firm, in December 2011, obtaining millions of e-mails, some of which included credit card and personal identity data. WikiLeaks published a large collection of these emails in February 2012, and Brown linked to a zip file of the leaked data on his IRC (Internet Relay Chat) channel, #ProjectPM. In response to these events, in March and September 2012, the FBI raided Brown and his mother's residences. Brown responded with YouTube videos, including one entitled "Why I'm Going to Destory FBI Agent [RS]," and similar commentary on Twitter. 

    The federal government filed a complaint against Brown in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Texas on September 12, 2012. According to the docket, the complaint alleged that Brown "knowingly counseled, commanded, and induced other individuals to make restricted personal information about a Special Agent (SA) of the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) publically available with the intent to threaten, intimidate, and incite the commission of a crime of violence against that SA, in violation of 18 U.S.C. §§ 2 and 119." (The full text of this complaint is not available.) The first indictment included counts related to Brown's responses to the FBI raids on his social media accounts (on Twitter and YouTube), which the government alleged to be threatening the FBI Agent and exposing private information. Specifically, the three counts were: Internet threats under 18 U.S.C. § 875(c); conspiracy to make publically available restricted personal information of an employee of the United States under 18 U.S.C. § 371; and retaliation against a federal law enforcement officer under 18 U.S.C. §§ 115(a)(1)(B) and (b)(4). Brown pled not guilty to all three counts on November 15, 2012. 

    The government filed a second indictment, case number 3:12-cr-00413-B, on December 4, 2012, arising out of the hyperlink to the leaked Stratfor data that Brown posted on his IRC channel. The government asserted that sharing this link constituted a transfer the credit card account information contained therein; accordingly, Brown was charged with: traffic in stolen authentication features under 18 U.S.C. §§ 1028(a)(2), (b)(1)(B), and (c)(3)(A); access device fraud under 18 U.S.C. §§ 1029(a)(3) and (c)(1)(A)(i); and ten counts of aggravated identity theft under 18 U.S.C. § 1028A(a)(1). On December 17, 2012, Brown made a plea of not guilty to all of these charges. This second indictment was replaced by a superseding indictment on July 2, 2013, which made no substantive changes to the charges. 

    During the 2012 FBI raids, Brown denied the presence of any laptops at his or his mother's residences, though two were later found. For this, he was charged with obstruction of justice in a third indictment on January 23, 2013 (case number 3:13-cr-00030-B). The indictment included two counts: concealment of evidence under 18 U.S.C. § 1519; and corruptly concealing evidence under 18 U.S.C. § 1512(c)(1). According to the case docket, Brown entered a not guilty plea on January 30, 2013. 

    On January 30, 2013, the court held a hearing to determine Brown's competency to stand trial in his criminal cases, focusing on his mental health. In an order filed February 4, 2013, the court declared Brown competent to stand trial in all three pending cases.

    On August 7, 2013, in the course of opposing a motion by Brown for a continuance of his trial date, the government asserted that Brown had repeatedly solicited "the services of the media or media-types to discuss his cases," and thereby demonstrated an "intent to continue to manipulate the public through press and social media comments, in defiance of the admonishment by the United States Magistrate Judge." Asserting that such "extrajudicial commentary" would undermine a fair trial, the government asked the court "to instruct the parties to refrain from making "any statement to members of any television, radio, newspaper, magazine, internet (including, but not limited to, bloggers), or other media organization about this case, other than matters of public record."

    Brown opposed the government's request for a gag order in pleadings filed on August 9 and September 4, 2013, arguing that the government had not established a need for a gag order or that less restrictive measures were not available to responf to pretrial publicity. The defense pointed out that since appointment of counsel on his behalf, Brown had made no statements to the press, his counsel had made no statements except with respect to matters in the public record, and any statements made by associates of Brown could not be attributed to Brown himself. The defense further argued that cases supporting gag orders required evidence of statements by the defendant, and not merely a claim that the defense had condoned or attempted to coordinate media coverage. The defense also objected to the government's attempt to rely, as a basis for a gag order, on Brown's own journalistic work product unrelated to the pending charges against him. 

    On September 4, 2013, the court entered an "Agreed Order Re: Extrajudicial Statements" signed by the judge and by counsel for Brown and the government. The order prohibits Brown and all attorneys for the government and the defense from making

    any statement to members of any television, radio, newspaper, magazine, internet (including, but not limited to, bloggers), or other media organization about this case, other than matters of public record, that could interfere witha fair trial or otherwise prejudice Defendant, the Government, or the administration of justice, except that counsel for the Defendant may consult with Mr. Kevin Gallagher regarding the finances needed for Mr. Barrett Brown's defense.

    The parties are further prohibited by the order from avoiding its effect through indirect, but deliberate, means. The order states that Brown is permitted continue to make statements and publish on topics not related to the counts on which he was indicted.

    Two trials are set in the case. The first trial, relating to the threats allegedly made by Brown, is set to begin on April 28, 2014. The second trial, relating to the charges regarding hyperlinking to stolen data and obstruction of justice, was set to begin on May 19, 2014; however, on March 5, 2014, the Department of Justice voluntarily moved to dismiss the hyperlinking charges.  It is not clear whether this will affect the schedule of the second trial.

    Subject Area: 

    • Linking
    • Computer Fraud and Abuse Act

              Agri-Food and Biosciences Institute (AFBI) Northern Ireland Civil Service: Head of Business Development & Science Support - Belfast        
    £47,749 - £52,334: Agri-Food and Biosciences Institute (AFBI) Northern Ireland Civil Service: Further appointments may be made from this competition should AFBI positions become vacant which have similar duties and... Belfast
              Agri-Food and Biosciences Institute (AFBI) Northern Ireland Civil Service: Science & Business Support Manager - Deputy Principal - Belfast        
    £36,448 - £40,072: Agri-Food and Biosciences Institute (AFBI) Northern Ireland Civil Service: Further appointments may be made from this competition should AFBI positions become vacant which have similar duties and responsibilities... Belfast
              Agri-Food and Biosciences Institute (AFBI) Northern Ireland Civil Service: Higher/Senior Scientific officer - Animal Welfare Research Scientist - Belfast        
    £29,317 - £40,072 : Agri-Food and Biosciences Institute (AFBI) Northern Ireland Civil Service: AFBI is seeking to recruit a motivated and enthusiastic post doctoral research scientist to investigate best welfare practices for the... Belfast
              | Introducing Kieth Byers FBI Agent El Paso Tx. Terrorist Or Just A Tyrant?        

    0 views
              Famosas teorias da conspiração        

    Teoria da conspiração é qualquer teoria que explica um evento histórico ou atual como sendo resultado de um plano secreto levado a efeito geralmente por conspiradores maquiavélicos e poderosos, tais como uma "sociedade secreta" ou "governo sombra".

    A arma Ebola


    Para alguns, a última epidemia de Ebola teria sido causada, na verdade, pelo lançamento acidental de uma arma biológica ... Pesquisadores militares teriam desenvolvido até um vírus ainda mais mortal do que o Ebola. Os teóricos da conspiração acusam o governo americano de disseminar o medo na tentativa de impor uma espécie de tirania médica.

    Bin Laden está vivo



    Esta teoria da conspiração se baseia no fato de que não há imagens do corpo de Osama bin Laden. O governo americano teria mentido para melhorar sua imagem pública? Outros acusam o governo americano de ter matado Bin Laden há muito tempo e mantê-lo congelado. Esses teóricos não podem simplesmente concordar?




    A origem da AIDS



    O HIV teria sido criado por ninguém menos do que o Departamento de Defesa dos EUA a fim de tornar a indústria farmacêutica mais rica e reduzir a população global, de acordo com teóricos da conspiração. Outros acusam a OMS de ter criado o vírus em 1974. Alguns até acreditam que a AIDS é causada pelas próprias drogas que são destinadas a tratá-la.




    Quem matou JFK?


    O assassinato do presidente norte-americano John Fitzgerald Kennedy em Dallas, em novembro de 1963, deu muito pano para manga para os teóricos da conspiração. A amante do presidente, extremistas de direita americanos, executivos do petróleo, a máfia de Chicago, KGB ou Fidel Castro, todos poderiam ser perfeitamente culpados. Na verdade, e você? O que estava fazendo no dia 22 de Novembro de 1963?

    O 11 de setembro



    O governo de George W. Bush sabia tudo sobre os ataques que atingiram os EUA em 11 de setembro de 2001, mas não fez nada para impedi-los, de acordo com a teoria conspiratória. Alguns até acusam os EUA de ter organizado os próprios ataques, para posteriormente poder invadir o Afeganistão e o Iraque.




    O Triângulo das Bermudas


    Uma área triangular no mar, ligando Flórida, Bermudas e Puerto Rico, é conhecida por ser o ponto mais perigoso para aviões e navios do mundo. Em 1974, um jornalista do Los Angeles Times afirmou que 190 barcos e 80 aviões tinham desaparecido ao longo de um século. O motivo? Alienígenas ou um campo magnético sobrenatural, de acordo com teóricos da conspiração. Na verdade, um relatório publicado em 2013 indicou que este triângulo nem sequer está no top 10 das áreas marítimas mais perigosas do mundo.


    Marilyn foi assassinada


    Marilyn Monroe não teria se matado tomando uma overdose de remédios no verão de 1962. O FBI ou a CIA teria a matado, segundo a teoria. Um livro intitulado “A estranha morte de Marilyn Monroe” lançou a primeira sombra de dúvida sobre a morte da atriz em 1964, além de divulgar os primeiros rumores sobre uma possível relação entre a estrela americana e os irmãos Kennedy.

    Os Illuminati


    Uma sociedade alemã do século 18 formada por pensadores independentes tem, ao longo dos séculos, tentado conquistar o mundo. Hoje, o grupo se esconde sob a aparência de uma sociedade estudantil da Universidade Yale, exercendo sua influência sobre o governo americano. O FMI e a União Europeia também estariam completamente sob o controle dos Illuminati, de acordo com os teóricos da conspiração.



    Elvis não está morto

    Adorado por milhões, Elvis Presley teria encenado sua própria morte para escapar de seus fãs. Até mesmo seu empresário declarou depois de sua morte: "Elvis não morreu (...) Nós estamos mantendo ele vivo." Então, se você encontrar Elvis na rua, não se assuste.
    Paul está morto

    Os teóricos da conspiração insistem que Paul McCartney está morto há 49 anos. A prova? 

    Os Beatles não produziram nenhum álbum entre os verões de 1966 e 1967. O sucesso do grupo teria sido impossível se a morte do músico britânico tivesse sido anunciada, então ele teria sido substituído por um sósia ...

    A morte de Lady Di


    Quem causou o acidente de carro que custou a vida de Lady Di em Paris em 1997? De acordo com os teóricos da conspiração, a rainha da Inglaterra, é claro! Tudo porque a princesa de Gales estava pretendendo tornar oficial sua relação com o bilionário egípcio, Dodi Al-Fayed, que também morreu no acidente. Os responsáveis por essa teoria, entretanto, não deixam claro se foi a própria Elizabeth II que teria sabotado os freios do carro.

    Aterrissagem na Lua



    Os americanos não pisaram na Lua em 1969, de acordo com algumas pessoas. As imagens da missão lunar teriam sido filmadas na Terra – talvez em um estúdio de Hollywood? – para ganhar a corrida espacial contra os soviéticos. Será que agora estão preparando uma nova teoria da conspiração para lidar com futuras missões a Marte?




    Fonte: G1 Notícias Fotos:Photo Getty Images

    Pesquisa/Montagem/Edição: JF Hyppólito

              Marilyn Monroe: os mistérios da sua morte        


    Na manhã de 5 de agosto de 1962, aos 36 anos, Marilyn Monroe faleceu enquanto dormia em sua casa em Brentwood, na Califórnia.

    A notícia foi um choque, propagada pela mídia, explorando sobretudo o caráter misterioso em que o fato se deu, prevalecendo a versão oficial de overdose pela ingestão de barbitúricos. O brilho e a beleza de Marilyn faziam parecer impossível que ela tivesse deixado a todos.

    Ninguém sabe de fato o que aconteceu naquela noite. Ouviu-se o barulho de um helicóptero.

    Uma ambulância foi vista esperando fora da casa dela antes que a empregada desse o alarme. As gravações de seus telefonemas e outras evidências desapareceram. O relatório da autópsia foi perdido. Toda a documentação do FBI sobre sua morte foi suprimida e os amigos de Marilyn que tentaram investigar o que acontecera receberam ameaças de morte. No dia 8 de agosto de 1962, o corpo de Marilyn foi velado no Corridor of Memories, nº 24, no Westwood Memorial Park em Los Angeles. Se estivesse viva, estaria com 85 anos.

    Suicídio? Morte acidental? Assassinato? 

    Afinal, quem ou o quê matou Marilyn Monroe?

    Após anos de incansável trabalho, o detetive Milo Speriglio revela a trágica e aterrorizante verdade por trás da morte sinistra da inesquecível deusa do amor do cinema - uma mulher que amara homens poderosos e perigosos, que sabia de segredos escandalosos e que morreu quando jurou contar tudo.


    Marilyn Monroe teve sim um caso com o Presidente dos Estados Unidos John F. Kennedy (JFK) e posteriormente com seu irmão Robert F. Kennedy (RFK). Porém é importante ressaltar que o romance de Marilyn com JFK teve uma duração relativamente curta. Como ela não poderia ficar com ele, ter um relacionamento com o irmão seria uma forma de estar sempre perto do seu verdadeiro amor.

    Durante o envolvimento entre Marilyn e Bob Kennedy, ele contava à ela tudo o que se passava no governo, ou seja, ela sabia de todos os "podres" do governo JFK. A princípio, não tinha noção da gravidade do e passara a saber. Os assuntos comentados por Kennedy eram segredos de estado e caso viessem à tona as consequências seriam tão catastróficas sendo que as mais "sutis" seria o afastamento imediato de John Kennedy da presidência e a descoberta de que a Casa Branca mantinha relações com a máfia e com gângsters. Sem mencionar o fato de que a CIA e o FBI sabiam desse envolvimento, e que de uma forma ou outra também estavam envolvidos com o submundo.

    Em 5/08/1962, por volta das 4:35h da manhã, o Sargento Jack Clemmons do Distrito Policial De West Los Angeles recebeu uma chamada do Dr. Engelberg (médico particular de Marilyn) informando que ela estava morta. Imediatamente Clemmons foi à casa da atriz. Chegando lá, a governanta, Eunice Murray o conduziu até o quarto da estrela. No caminho, ela comentou que encontrou o corpo pouco depois da meia-noite, após ver luz saindo por debaixo da porta do quarto de dormir. Ao entrar no quarto, estavam lá Dr. Engelberg (médico particular dela) e o Dr. Greenson (psiquiatra particular).


    A expressão de Engelberg era de remorso e Greenson tinha um "sorriso amarelo e não parecia natural", segundo a descrição de Clemmons. O corpo de Marilyn estava nú, caído em diagonal sobre a cama, de barriga para baixo, com os pés enrolados num acolchoado e com o braço direito esticado segurando o telefone.



    Nenhum dos dois médicos falou uma palavra sequer, um deles (Dr. Greenson) apenas apontou para a mesinha de cabeceira, a qual continha 15 vidros de remédios, sendo que um deles estava destampado, tombado e vazio. Esse gesto do Dr. Greenson significava que Marilyn tinha tomado todos os comprimidos do vidro que estava vazio.

    Clemmons era famoso pela sua competência e experiência em casos de suicido. No momento em que ele pisou no quarto e observou a cena logo desconfiou que algo estava "errado". Ao contrário do que se pensa, quando há uma overdose por ingestão de pílulas como aquelas que Marilyn teria supostamente ingerido, a pessoa debate-se, cai, levanta, tem falta de ar, entra em colapso e esbarra nos móveis antes de morrer. Sendo assim o mínimo que se podia esperar era que a cama estivesse bagunçada, os vidros caídos pelo chão e pelo menos "um", um único comprimido tinha que estar caído pelo chão próximo à mesa de cabeceira. Haviam roupas meticulosamente dobradas, bolsas empilhadas na parede e o banheiro também se mostrava muito bem organizado com seus objetos de uso pessoal da atriz.

    Ao examinar o corpo, Clemmons, percebeu que este estava já bastante rígido e apresentando uma coloração característica de um cadáver que há muitas horas estivesse morto. A superfície dorsal do corpo dela (lado das costas) estava bem mais escura que a superfície ventral (lado da barriga), isto significa que ela se manteve durante muitas de barriga para cima e não de barriga para baixo como foi "encontrada". Segundo ele e segundo à própria ciência, se uma pessoa morta permanece deitada de barriga para cima, o sangue desce (concentra-se na parte mais baixa do corpo) devido à gravidade, concentrando-se na parte das costas. Mais tarde, os agentes funerários confirmaram a suspeita de Clemmons. Segundo eles, a morte ocorreu por volta das 8:30h da noite de 04/08, e não por volta da meia noite como afirmou a governanta.


    Outro fato é que não havia nenhum copo no quarto dela, então como ela teria tomado as 50 cápsulas do Nembutal (remédio que a matou)? O Dr. Engelberg afirmou que com certeza ela tinha tomado os 50 comprimidos e que mesmo que não houvesse um copo no quarto ela poderia tranquilamente ter ido ao banheiro e tomado água diretamente da torneira. Esse fato poderia ser possível, só que o detalhe é que estavam sendo feitas pequenas reformas na casa e por esse motivo não havia água no encanamento do banheiro. Então essa hipótese pode ser descartada.

    Ainda se não bastasse, em plena madrugada a máquina de lavar e a secadora estavam ligadas e a governanta Murray andava de um lado para outro carregando caixas de papelão e levando-as até o carro. Aquela não era hora de "arrumar" a casa e muito menos lavar e secar roupas. Era evidente que a governanta estava escondendo alguns objetos e dando fim em provas de suma importância. Vinte anos depois do crime, Otash, um subordinado de Peter Lawford, ator e amigo íntimo de Marilyn, testemunhou dizendo que naquela noite havia recebido um telefonema de Lawford pedindo para que ele fizesse uma "limpeza" na casa da atriz para que fosse destruído qualquer objeto ou coisa suspeita que estivesse lá. Otash disse que não poderia se expor indo até a casa, mas nada o impedia de pedir a governanta que fizesse o serviço.

    Tempos depois descobriu-se que a governanta era uma amiga de "longa data" do psiquiatra de Marilyn. Peter Lawford era cunhado dos Kennedy, a assessora de Marilyn era também muito chegada à família do psiquiatra. Entre outros fatos chega-se à conclusão de que Marilyn estava "cercada" por funcionários e amigos que no fundo apenas a vigiavam de uma forma ou de outra.


    Devido ao envolvimento dos Kennedy com gângsteres, a rivalidade e o "acerto de contas" entre eles, explicaria o fato de todos os cômodos da casa de Marilyn possuírem gravadores escondidos, inclusive e principalmente o seu quarto e o seu banheiro. As linhas telefônicas também estavam grampeadas. Resumindo, Marilyn era monitorada 24 horas por dia. Qual o motivo de todo esse grampeamento? Segundo toda a investigação feita por Milo, os gângsteres fizeram esse grampeamento com o intuito de gravar alguma conversa entre Marilyn e Bob Kennedy que o incriminasse.

    No dia da morte de Marilyn, por volta das 4 da tarde algumas senhoras que estavam jogando cartas numa casa bem próxima à de Marilyn viram Robert Kennedy e "um homem com uma maleta de médico" entrar na casa dela. Esse homem só podia ser o médico particular ou o psiquiatra particular dela...

    Naquela tarde Robert e Marilyn discutiram muito, brigaram, pois Robert que havia prometido se casar com ela de repente diz que tudo está acabado.... Ela entra em desespero, grita e perde o controle. Sabe-se muito pouco sobre o que se passou, no entanto, algumas gravações foram conseguidas (lembre-se que a casa de Marilyn estava toda grampeada, cada cômodo, cada local...


    Outro fato também é que na autópsia encontraram hematomas no corpo de Marilyn. Na casa estavam Robert, o psiquiatra, o médico e a governanta. Juntando esse fato com o que Milo Speriglio cita logo no início do livro de que quando ele chegou à casa, logo depois de ser chamado, encontrou o médico e o psiquiatra sentados em frente a cama da atriz e que a expressão do psiquiatra naquele momento era de CULPA. Pode-se dizer que foi ele quem aplicou a injeção de Nembutal líquido. Vale lembrar que naquele dia, naquele momento, foi a chance de calar Marilyn. Ela havia marcado uma coletiva com a imprensa dizendo que iria "contar tudo". Alguém acha que a maravilhosa família Kennedy, um exemplo de honestidade deixaria o mundo desmoronar e emergir todos as conexões com a máfia e a podridão da Casa Branca?


    O Legista responsável pela autopsia de Marilyn, Dr. Naguchi, reconhece que a autópsia foi "incompleta". Segundo ele antes mesmo do corpo chegar ao necrotério todos já haviam fixado como causa mortis suicídio. Então todos os procedimentos da autópsia foram direcionados levando em conta suicídio. Isso, porém não impediu que o Dr. Noguchi, mesmo contrariando ordens superiores, examinasse e reconhecesse que se ela tivesse se suicidado ingerindo os comprimidos oralmente, todo o trato digestivo estaria amarelo devido aos corantes que são adicionados nesse tipo de remédio. Além do que o estômago e o intestino estavam vazios e de acordo com o exame de sangue e com a análise de pedaços do fígado, o nível da substância se encontrava altíssimo no sangue e no fígado. Isso prova que a substância foi injetada diretamente na corrente sanguínea. Se ela tivesse ingerido os comprimidos a alta concentração da substância se daria em outros órgãos.

    Em 1975, revelações feitas pelo Senado chocaram muitos americanos. O comitê acendeu o pavio da maior bomba ao descobrir nos arquivos da CIA o nome de uma mulher que fora simultaneamente amante do Presidente Kennedy e do chefe da Máfia, Giancana. Quando seu nome foi revelado, ela convocou entrevista coletiva com a imprensa e confirmou tudo. Admitiu ter visitado o Presidente na Casa Branca aproximadamente duas dúzias de vezes, ao tempo em que era amante de Giancana. Disse que ela e o Presidente foram apresentados em Las Vegas por Frank Sinatra e que este posteriormente a apresentara a Giancana, que, por sua vez, apresentara-a a Johnny Roselli.


    Os nomes de Giancana e Roselli surgiram nas audiências, quando se descobriu um espantoso complô da CIA e da máfia para derrubar Fidel Castro. Em 1961, agentes do governo contataram Johnny Roselli, que trouxe para o negócio, Giancana, associado do chefe da máfia nos dias de Havana antes de Castro. Os Kenedy queriam derrubar o governo comunista e os gângsteres queriam recuperar o controle do vício. Um negócio foi fechado. A CIA recrutou Giancana e Roselli para matarem o líder cubano.

    Fonte: Baú do Edu
    Pesquisas, Montagem e Edição: JF Hyppólito

              Tracking Russian Propaganda In Real Time ... Kevin Rothrock for Meduza        
    NEWS
    Tracking Russian propaganda in real time The trouble with a new automated effort to expose Moscow's ‘active measures’ against Americans
     Meduza  04:31, 03 августа 2017 
    Pixabay edited by Meduza
    On August 2, The German Marshall Fund of the United States unveiled a new online tool — a “dashboard” — designed to “provide a near real-time look at Russian propaganda and disinformation efforts” on Twitter. The organization describes the project as a direct response to Russia’s alleged interference in the 2016 U.S. presidential election, noting that “many have warned Putin will be back in 2018 and 2020.” In an opinion piece for Meduza, Kevin Rothrock reviews the recent history of American efforts to unmask Russian propaganda, and takes a critical look at potential flaws in this latest online resource.

    What was PropOrNot?

    Last November, The Washington Post published a remarkable article about how a “Russian propaganda effort helped spread ‘fake news’” during the 2016 U.S. presidential election, citing a report by “experts” at an anonymous website called PropOrNot.
    After initial excitement about the story, the newspaper came under fire for promoting unverified allegations against alternative American news outlets. Critics called PropOrNot a “McCarthyite blacklist.” To PropOrNot, merely “exhibiting a pattern of beliefs outside the political mainstream” was “enough to risk being labelled a Russian propagandist,” Adrian Chen wrote in The New Yorker.
    Simply put, PropOrNot bungled its mission completely. On the one hand, the anonymity of the website’s managers invited suspicions about their expertise and agenda. On the other hand, PropOrNot was so transparent about its methodology (talking openly about “red-flagging Russian propaganda outlets” and of course naming specific websites) that it was easy to dispute and dismiss the blacklist. Add to this PropOrNot’s childish, sometimes obscene behavior on Twitter, and it’s no mystery how this project ended up a humiliating dumpster fire.

    What is the Hamilton 68 dashboard?

    Hamilton 68: A Dashboard Tracking Russian Propaganda on Twitter
    The Alliance for Securing Democracy / The German Marshall Fund of the United States
    Researchers at The Alliance for Securing Democracy, an initiative housed at The German Marshall Fund of the United States, say they’ve been observing and monitoring â€œRussian online influence” for three years, so it’s a good bet that they took notice of PropOrNot’s spectacular failure, while developing the “Hamilton 68 Dashboard,” released on August 2.
    According to The German Marshall Fund, the “dashboard” is designed to “shed light on Russian propaganda efforts on Twitter in near-real time.” The “Hamilton 68” website offers a dozen automatically-updated columns tracking “trending hashtags,” “trending topics,” “top domains,” “top URLs,” and so on.
    “Our analysis is based on 600 Twitter accounts linked to Russian influence activities online,” Laura Rosenberger (a senior fellow at the alliance) and J.M. Berger (a non-resident fellow) wrote in a blog post on August 2.

    How does Hamilton 68 differ from PropOrNot?

    Hamilton 68’s propaganda list is a secret. Unlike PropOrNot, Hamilton 68 does not disclose the identities of the 600 Twitter accounts. All we know of the project’s methodology is that its researchers selected 600 Twitter accounts according to three types (whether there are 200 accounts for each type is unclear): “accounts that clearly state they are pro-Russian or affiliated with the Russian government”; â€œaccounts (including both bots and humans) that are run by troll factories in Russia and elsewhere”; and “accounts run by people around the world who amplify pro-Russian themes either knowingly or unknowingly, after being influenced by the efforts described above.”
    The German Marshall Fund says it refuses to reveal the specific accounts in its dataset because it “prefers to focus on the behavior of the overall network rather than get dragged into hundreds of individual debates over which troll fits which role.”
    The lack of methodological clarity (for the sake of avoiding “debates”) has already led to some misleading coverage in the media, with outlets like Business Insider reporting that “Hamilton 68 is now working to expose those trolls — as well as automated bots and human accounts — whose main use for Twitter appears to be an amplification of pro-Russia themes,” despite the fact that the website doesn’t actually reveal the names of any Twitter accounts.
    For people unimpressed by talk of “600 Twitter accounts,” J.M. Berger told Ars Technica that his team could have expanded the dashboard to “6,000 almost as easily, but the analysis would be less close to real-time.” If that doesn’t sound scientific enough, Berger also emphasized that the 600 selected accounts were identified with a “98-percent confidence rate.”
    The German Marshall Fund is no ragtag bunch. Unlike the anonymous potty mouths who launched PropOrNot, Hamilton 68 sports some impressive talent. The project is reportedly the brainchild of Clint Watts, a “former FBI special agent-turned disinformation expert,” who worked alongside J.M. Berger, a fellow with the International Center for Counterterrorism studying extremism and propaganda on social media; Andrew Weisburd, a fellow at the Center for Cyber and Homeland Security; Jonathon Morgan, the CEO of New Knowledge AI and head of Data for Democracy; and Laura Rosenberger, the director of the German Marshall Fund's ‎Alliance for Securing Democracy.
    The Alliance for Securing Democracy has a hell of a mission statement. It begins simply, “In 2016, American democracy came under unprecedented attack,” before outlining the organization’s commitment to “documenting and exposing Vladimir Putin’s ongoing efforts to subvert democracy in the United States and Europe.” Putin’s name appear six times in the text.
    The Alliance for Securing Democracy also boasts an all-star Advisory Council that includes members like former U.S. Homeland Security Secretary Michael Chertoff, former Estonian President Toomas Ilves, journalist and conservative pundit Bill Kristol, former U.S. Ambassador to Russia Michael McFaul, and former Supreme Allied Commander in Europe Admiral James Stavridis, just to name a few.
    With figures like these backing Hamilton 68, it’s no surprise that the project is enjoying a lot of favorable attention from prominent people on Twitter.

    What are the problems with Hamilton 68?

    The researchers say “the accounts tracked by the dashboard include a mix of such users and is the fruit of more than three years of observation and monitoring,” citing a November 2016 article by Weisburd, Watts, and Berger, titled, “Trolling for Trump: How Russia Is Trying to Destroy Our Democracy.” The text outlines a wide array of Russian “active measures” designed to erode Americans’ faith in their democracy, including efforts as serious as military-orchestrated hacker attacks. Hamilton 68, however, doesn’t claim to track secret Russian hackers, and what we (supposedly) get is relatively underwhelming.
    “Attributed government or pro-Russian accounts.” We actually have some idea which accounts Hamilton 68 is tracking, when it talks about this group of Twitter accounts. At the top of the dashboard, there is a widget called “Top Tweets of the Last 24 Hours” featuring a repeating rotation of “top tweets” by Russian state Twitter accounts. At the time of this writing, the accounts displayed belong to the Russian Foreign Ministry, RT America, RT.com, Sputnik International, and RT UK News.
    The Alliance for Securing Democracy says its goal with this project is to “spread awareness of what bad actors are doing online” and to help journalists “appropriately identify Russian-sponsored information campaigns.” But what journalist needs a “dashboard” to know that the Russian Foreign Ministry’s Twitter account belongs to “Russian-sponsored information campaigns”? And what is the use of singling out that RT America tweeted about a school explosion in Minneapolis on August 2? Perhaps Russian “active measures” aim to “erode trust between citizens and elected officials and democratic institutions,” and maybe reporting on tragedies or infrastructure failures in America furthers this aim, but characterizing such tweets as “what bad actors are doing” comes eerily close to branding such journalism a Russian propaganda effort.
    “Bots and human accounts run by troll factories.” All we know about this category in Hamilton 68’s methodology is that researchers periodically have to “replace accounts that are suspended,” meaning that the dashboard possibly doesn’t monitor a full 600 Twitter accounts at all times, if the deleted bots on the list aren’t replaced automatically. According to Weisburd, Watts, and Berger, bots are a “key tool for moving misinformation and disinformation from primarily Russian-influenced circles into the general social media population,” citing fake reports about a second military coup in Turkey and a gunman at JFK airport.
    These incidents stand out, however, because they’re so rare and extreme, and Hamilton 68’s focus on bots risks overlooking the typically futile background noise these accounts produce online. Because the accounts aren’t identified, moreover, there’s no way of knowing if the bots reflected in the dashboard weren’t temporarily hired to promote pro-Russian content before some other client — a shoe company or a vitamin manufacturer, for instance — ordered the latest campaign. This may be a wild, silly hypothetical, but we don’t know any better, with the raw data hidden from us.
    “Accounts run by people who amplify pro-Russian themes after being influenced by Russian propaganda efforts.” This is far and away the trickiest, most problematic aspect of The Alliance for Securing Democracy’s new project, and it’s also presumably where researchers wanted most to avoid “debate” about their selection criteria. How do you identify “pro-Russian amplifiers” if Russian propaganda’s themes dovetail with alternative American political views? One of the problems with PropOrNot, in Adrian Chen’s words, was that it unfairly targeted media outlets that “exhibited a pattern of beliefs outside the political mainstream.”
    Hamilton 68 tries to dodge this issue by concealing the people it says are “pro-Russian amplifiers.”
    J.M. Berger says the project’s selection process has a “98-percent confidence rate,” but that’s an easy claim to defend, when you won’t tell anyone who's on the list.
    Kevin Rothrock

              Debbie Wasserman Schultz: just WTF ... by gimleteye        
    Debbie Wasserman Schultz, in recent years, has been a controversial figure within the Democratic Party and, formerly, a key ally of Hillary Clinton. Still, the congresswoman retains a loyal following in her Broward County district.

    Now a bizarre story emerges of an untrustworthy staffer who is alleged to have committed financial crime and computer fraud. Imran Awan was employed by Wasserman Schultz although she had knowledge that he was potentially a threat to national security.

    The Miami Herald and National Review reported that a Pakistani national, on Wasserman Schultz' payroll until last week, was arrested for a financial crime. Awan also had computer access to classified information in the House Intelligence Committee.

    ... take this to the bank: The case of Imran Awan, Debbie Wasserman Schultz’s mysterious Pakistani IT guy, is not about bank fraud. Yet bank fraud was the stated charge on which Awan was arrested at Dulles Airport this week, just as he was trying to flee the United States for Pakistan, via Qatar. ... As you let all that sink in, consider this: Awan and his family cabal of fraudsters had access for years to the e-mails and other electronic files of members of the House’s Intelligence and Foreign Affairs Committees. It turns out they were accessing members’ computers without their knowledge, transferring files to remote servers, and stealing computer equipment — including hard drives that Awan & Co. smashed to bits of bytes before making tracks.

    The question, of course, is what else did Awan steal.

    This is a big deal because Wasserman Schultz was head of the Democratic National Committee at a time when crippling security breaches were known to have occurred. These breaches, alleged to have been Russian incursions into unsecured computer servers and social media databases, may have cost Hillary Clinton the presidency.

    If 2016 told American voters anything, it is that incompetence in computer security is a cardinal political offense. So what the hell is Wasserman Schultz doing, continuing to employ a computer hacker and fraudster in her own office, with access to national security information and, possibly, computer files of other government and political officials?

    One has to hope that the FBI was tracking Mr. Awan's online movements, and that Wasserman Schultz was not covering for Awan -- she has publicly stated her concern for racial profiling in this case -- but instead was allowing a robust investigation to proceed.

    In the meantime, while Republicans wipe their brow that for a brief minute attention swerves from President Trump, it is still the case that leading Democrats should question how much goodwill is left in the Broward congresswoman's account. And for God's sakes, lock down the computers and servers!

              Marketing to Extremists: Waging War in Cyberspace        


    04/08/2017 Andrew Byers Social Media

    This article was originally published by the Small Wars Journal on 9 July 2017.

    Online, the Islamic State is a technologically savvy, sophisticated, and nimble organization that learns from its mistakes and from the actions of the Western intelligence services and NGOs that have sought to counter it. It is no secret that past and current efforts to reach potential terrorists before they can become radicalized and committed to a path of jihad and terrorism have proved inadequate. To use the language of online marketers, countering ISIS’s online activities will require quality content disseminated on a massive scale, with careful product placement. Placing counter-messaging products into platforms and forums that extremists frequent will increase the chances of potential terrorist recruits coming into contact with narratives outside of ISIS’ control.

    ISIS’s cyber efforts have paid off; the FBI told Congress in July 2016 that “the message of radicalization spreads faster than we imagined just a few years ago.”[i] The number of foreigners who have been inspired by the Islamic State’s online propaganda to travel to Syria and Iraq (or elsewhere) and participate in the fighting is unclear, but most estimates place the tally at more than 20,000. Others have been set on the path of radicalization by ISIS’s online propaganda and have become “lone wolf” attackers in the United States or in Europe.[ii] Demographically speaking, the people who ISIS is most interested in targeting for recruitment came of age in the twenty-first century as “digital natives”; they have lived their entire lives surrounded by ubiquitous online communications and have embraced it in technologically sophisticated ways.[iii] ISIS knows how to appeal to these potential jihadis. Reaching them with counter-messages will require a sophisticated and multi-faceted approach.

    America’s public and private sectors must commit the resources needed to carry out this counter-messaging, though we must understand that such an information war cannot be won in a short period of time, but rather, must be carried out resolutely and patiently, even in the absence of quantitative metrics of success. For example, how will we assess our effectiveness, when one measure of success is how many potential jihadis did not decide to carry out lone wolf attacks or travel to Syria? This is an entirely new and different kind of fight from any we have been engaged previously. Even without quantitative measures of effectiveness fully fleshed out, we can use scale, quality content, and product placement to improve current efforts to shape–and hopefully win–the online propaganda wars to come.

    Understanding Our Options

    In terms of quality counter-messaging content, the State Department–the lead U.S. agency in this fight—has already acknowledged its past failures in content production. Notably, it has acknowledged that it may not be the voice best-suited to convince Middle Eastern or Muslim recruits to turn away from the path of terrorism. The State Department’s Global Engagement Center has pivoted away from producing content, and instead now supports the efforts of localized “proxies,” thereby supporting other voices that understand the context, culture, and push/pull factors that resonate within Muslim communities.[iv] It is not only government entities involved in this struggle; various NGOs also participate in counter-jihad content creation, drawing upon former extremists, notable academics, and a multitude of languages.[v]

    The West’s efforts to date have mostly created a series of reactive, ineffective counter-narratives that potential jihadis dismiss. We advocate for precision messaging; for example, past efforts by State Department entities have mined public social media data to identify individuals who may be susceptible to extremism and then pay for YouTube ads that counter extremist messaging. But we don’t need to mine public data to put counter messaging into the world of potential recruits. The United States must become aggressive and proactive in its anti-Islamic State online activities: it must immediately move to hijack the group’s own narratives and create alternatives.

    When it comes to scale, the current efforts by the United States and its allies are merely a drop in the ocean of ISIS’s material. If ISIS posts nearly 100,000 messages each day, as the British House of Commons Defence Committee stated in 2015,[vi] then countering their content will take a significant amount of internet traffic or else we risk being drowned out. This component cannot be ignored or understated. Current counter-messaging efforts are not achieving enough volume to warrant a response by would-be extremists, let alone to spark an actual conversation or debate among extremists. If we have quality content and we know where to put it to reach potential recruits, we still cannot reach enough people without massively increasing the current volume of counter-messaging efforts.

    When it comes to proper product placement for the counter-messaging, the best way to decide where and how to reach recruits is by watching ISIS itself. ISIS has had to transition from various platforms throughout its years of recruitment, including Tumblr, Facebook, Twitter, and Telegram. ISIS’s supporters take an active role in finding new platforms, spreading propaganda, and shepherding others along to new sites and procedures. It is not uncommon for followers to post specific instructions on where to post or how to manipulate different platforms’ terms of service to remain undetected or prevent accounts from being shut down. As they communicate best practices to each other, they create a trail for analysts to follow and instructions for counter-messaging units in order to put counter content where recruits will see it, even if this sometimes results in informational “misfires.”

    The opportunities afforded by focusing our efforts on these approaches are manifold. If we are able to effectively erode the Islamic State’s ability to use propaganda to inspire self-directed attacks in the West, it would be forced to expend its resources and personnel on directed attacks in the West if it wishes to continue such operations. Sending Islamic State operatives into the West to carry out attacks there is a much more difficult and costly proposition, and one that is vulnerable to the West’s traditional strengths in intelligence and counterterrorism.

    A Starting Point

    We have compiled a list of some of ISIS’s known recruitment practices, along with specific recommendations for ways that counter-messaging organizations could take advantage of them. This list is not meant to be comprehensive or static, but rather to serve as a starting point that could be executed immediately and without excessive cost or effort.

    Keeping Followers as Twitter/Telegram Accounts are Shut Down: As Twitter has improved its process of shutting down Islamic State accounts, its supporters have devised strategies to maintain their network of followers from one account to their next. The most popular method is to simply add a number to their Twitter username and then to increase that number each time they are shut down and begin a new account. Thus, for example, followers of @Muslimah6 could find her on her new account @Muslimah7 after Twitter shut down her account. This method of maintaining followers has been adapted for Telegram as well. The Islamic State’s unofficial news channel “Khilafah News” is left public, meaning that new users can always find it. But this also allows Telegram to shut it down at any time. The administrators of Khilafah News add a number to the end of their channel’s invitation link and increase this number every time the previous channel is shut down by Telegram. It is important to remember that Islamic State recruiters want to be found in order to effectively recruit new members. This nomenclature pattern allows them to do just that. But more importantly, it creates an opportunity for those creating alternative narratives to put their content on a Telegram channel or a Twitter account that they know Islamic State supporters will follow. New iterations of the Khilafah News channel could be created, knowing that once Telegram shuts down the last Khilafah News channel Islamic State supporters would follow the new fake channel, believing it to be authentic Islamic State channels and increasing the likelihood that a recruit would be exposed to counter-messaging.

    The Islamic State’s Hashtags: Since it began disseminating propaganda on social media, the Islamic State has embraced the power of hashtags. In 2014 it famously hijacked World Cup hashtags in English and Arabic in order to spread its propaganda and shock social media users who may not have been previously exposed to such messages. The group has also advertised hashtags for supporters to use when tagging and finding new propaganda. Just as the Islamic State hijacks popular hashtags, counter-messaging teams can utilize the group’s own hashtags when posting content on social media. This will put alternative narratives in the same social media conversation as the Islamic State’s propaganda and will increase the chances that a recruit would receive facts about the group. The U.S. government has begun to take tentative steps in this direction, but such efforts could be vastly expanded.

    Promotion and Marketing: The Islamic State disseminates small propaganda pieces daily, but its larger propaganda pieces take more time. In order to build hype, the Islamic State typically advertises with multi-lingual “trailers” for large upcoming pieces. Dissemination of the pieces generally occur days later, but there is no set schedule. Upon dissemination, the group posts its videos on YouTube, social media, and various self-publishing sites. Teams that produce content to counter the Islamic State must have videos ready for dissemination at all times. Then as new Islamic State’s trailers begin to appear on social media, the counter-content can be disseminated first under the same name as the propaganda that the Islamic State is advertising and it must be placed on all of the sites that the group uses. Recruits will be checking frequently for the release and the Islamic State will actually be advertising and promoting pieces that could pull recruits away. This would effectively drown out the Islamic State’s content while increasing the likelihood that recruits see alternative narratives.

    Take Advantage of Platform Restrictions and Features:Not all of the Islamic State’s content is violent and grotesque; it produces some content that does not show any violent images or videos whatsoever. This allows the content to be played on news programs and for it be posted on YouTube. Knowing that the Islamic State works to keep its content available on major publishing sites, counter-narrative agencies must do the same. If a recruit searches for the name of a popular propaganda video on YouTube or an equivalent site, counter-content should appear with the same name. Video creators can even pay to promote their content so that it tops a search list. A greater understanding for how various platforms choose the order of their search results would help counter content receive just as many hits, if not more, than Islamic State propaganda.

    Maintaining YouTube Channels: The Islamic State has a carefully structured propaganda structure. It has central marketing agencies that run video content, radio broadcasts, and written publications. These “federal” programs are represented within each wilayat, or province, as well. Each wilayat produces its own multilingual videos and publications that are often featured in publications from the central agencies. Islamic State supporters have advanced this model even further. There are several known propaganda groups that support the Islamic State but are not run by official Islamic State employees. Supporters make their own content and publish it on YouTube, Twitter, Telegram, and various other social and self-publishing sites. Like the Islamic State’s agencies, they have their own calligraphic logos and follow predictable but evolving patterns. “Al-Haqq” is one such Islamic State-affiliated group that runs its own Telegram channels and YouTube accounts. It would be simple to create a YouTube account called “Al-Haqq,” utilizing the group’s logo and publishing content that appears to be Islamic State videos. In reality, these videos could contain counter-messaging content with the same names as known extremist productions.

    In adopting these methods, even potential jihadis who are adept at hiding their identities or degree of radicalization would come into contact with alternative narratives that may cause them to question the narratives ISIS feeds to its supporters.  It is important for analysts who study ISIS’s dissemination of propaganda to remain in constant contact with those working to counter ISIS’s messaging, helping the latter to evolve along with ISIS and other extremist groups. While we are currently scrambling to combat ISIS’s propaganda campaigns in the cyber domain, learning to develop the necessary approaches now will allow us to excel in future cyber wars with other extremist groups. Without a new strategy for winning the information war, the West will always be reactive and on the defensive as it struggles to compete with the Islamic State for the hearts and minds of Muslims around the world. Most importantly, if we can create an adaptive and empowered cyber effort now, we will be better equipped for the terrorist groups that will learn from and advance the work that the Islamic State is doing now. Future jihadi organizations that come after the Islamic State can be expected to be even savvier users of social media and similar communications venues. Unless the West learns to use social media with the same level of sophistication, it will continue to lose the information war and fall further behind.

    End Notes

    [i] Michael Steinbach, executive assistant director for the FBI’s National Security Branch, testimony before the Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs Permanent Subcommittee on Investigations, United States Senate, July 6, 2016, https://www.hsgac.senate.gov/subcommittees/investigations/hearings/isis-online-countering-terrorist-radicalization-and-recruitment-on-the-internet_social-media.

    [ii] Daniel Byman, “How to Hunt a Lone Wolf: Countering Terrorists Who Act on Their Own,” Foreign Affairs, Vol. 96, No. 2 (March/April 2017): 96-105.

    [iii] Marc Prensky,” Digital Natives, Digital Immigrants,” On the Horizon vol. 9, no. 5 (October 2001): 1-6.

    [iv] Joby Warrick, “How a U.S. team uses Facebook, guerrilla marketing to peel off potential ISIS recruits,” Washington Post, February 6, 2017,https://www.washingtonpost.com/world/national-security/bait-and-flip-us-team-uses-facebook-guerrilla-marketing-to-peel-off-potential-isis-recruits/2017/02/03/431e19ba-e4e4-11e6-a547-5fb9411d332c_story.html.

    [v] Representative NGOs include the Counter Extremism Project, Families Against Terrorism and Extremism, and the Institute for Strategic Dialogue. For examples of their work, see “Counter Extremism Project Unveils Technology to Combat Online Extremism,” Counter Extremism Project, June 17, 2016,https://www.counterextremism.com/press/counter-extremism-project-unveils-technology-combat-online-extremism; “Watch & Share,” FATE, http://www.findfate.org/en/watch-share/; Jonathan Russell, “Helping Families to Safeguard from Extremism,” FATE, http://www.findfate.org/en/helping-families-to-safeguard-from-extremism/; “One to One Online Interventions: A Pilot CVE Methodology,” Institute for Strategic Dialogue, April 2016, http://www.strategicdialogue.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/04/One2One_Web_v9.pdf.

    [vi] UK Parliament, “The Situation in Iraq and Syria and the Response to al-Dawla al-Islamiya fi al-Iraq al-Sham (DAESH),” February 5, 2015,https://www.publications.parliament.uk/pa/cm201415/cmselect/cmdfence/690/69008.htm.

    About the Authors

    Andrew Byers is a visiting assistant professor of history at Duke University who has served as an intelligence and counterterrorism analyst and is a co-founder of the Counter Extremism Network.

    Tara Mooney is a counter-violent-extremism analyst and co-founder of Talon Intelligence. She is also a co-founder of the Counter Extremism Network


              Connect Your Summer With Scary Movies        

    Love scary movies? Use one to earn your eLectrified badge this summer! These horror flicks are available on DVD at the library or streaming through Hoopla. 

    Animal Lover

    A friendly St. Bernard named "Cujo" contracts rabies and conducts a reign of terror on a small American town. --imdb.com.

    A group of people unite in a fight against a great white shark that has come to terrorize the residents of a formerly peaceful summer community on the New York coast.

    College students visit a friend's remote cabin on a lake, unaware that locals have imported sharks in hopes of filming their attacks.

    Be Creative

    Young Dorian Gray arrives fresh on the London social scene and is taken under the wing of corrupt, devilish Lord Henry Wotton who introduces him to the seedy pleasures of London life. Desperate to protect the youth and beauty captured in his portrait, Dorian swears he would give anything to stay as he is-- even his soul. Slipping deeper and deeper into a world of sin, sex and celebrity, his deeds grow ever more evil in an attempt to hide his secret.

    Jean-Baptiste Grenouille is born under his mother's table at the fish market, onto a pile of muddy fish guts, establishing from the beginning his repulsion for putrid scents. A childhood of neglect and, later, a job at a tannery, encourage Jean-Baptiste to develop his olfactory sense rather than his verbal skills. When an opportunity to prove his worth to Parisian perfumist, Giuseppe Baldini, it results in his immediate hire into a promising new career. His successes in perfume mixing are negated by a blinding obsession for capturing the sublime beauty of human soul, which in his twisted logic requires the killing of young women to reduce their body fats to essential oils for the ultimate perfume.

    Late one night on a country road, Tun and Jane accidentally run down a mysterious pedestrian. Fleeing the scene, they return to their lives in Bangkok, but soon discover things have changed. Nightmares haunt Jane's dreams while Tun, a photographer, begins to see odd spectral figures at work. Returning to investigate the site of the accident, they find neither rumor nor report of the victim. When one by one, Tun's closest friends begin to die, he and Jane know they must unravel this mystery before it unravels their very lives.

    Chow Down

    A celebrity chef turns the tables on his harshest critic. Peter Grey (James Le Gros), an overly zealous television chef kidnaps J.T. Franks (Joshua Leonard), an influential and notoriously snarky food blogger after a particularly nasty review deals the final blow to Grey's already plummeting career. Grey keeps Franks chained up in a basement, presenting him with a series of deceptively simple cooking challenges - from preparing a perfect egg over easy, to grilling a steak precisely medium rare & accepting nothing less than total perfection. BITTER FEAST is a tense thrill-ride served up with wicked wit and culinary flair.

    A young female FBI agent is sent to interview notorious killer, Dr. Hannibal Lecter, in hope of obtaining information that will help the Bureau catch another killer.

    Returning to London after being wrongfully imprisoned, a barber seeking revenge upon those who sent him away provides a local baker with meat for her pies.

    When the patriarch of a secretive cannibalistic family dies, his daughters are forced to hunt for food as a storm closes in and the local law enforcement officers investigate the family.

    Explore History

    During the Spanish Civil War, young Carlos is abandoned at a completely isolated orphanage. The tensions therein have been building for years, exacerbated by the unexploded bomb resting menacingly in the courtyard. Bullies scheme, tempers flare, and a ghost that visits Carlos's bed seems to be the key to it all.

    The five Bennet sisters cope with the pressure to marry while fighting an increasing zombie presence in the English countryside.

    "Greatest horror film of the year."--Entertainment Weekly.

    While on business in Yorkshire, young lawyer and single father Arthur Kipps encounters the malevolent spirit of a woman.

    Game On

    Based on true events, The Ouija Experiment tells the story of five friends who decide to record their experiments with a Ouija board. This found footage film follows the five friends as they reach out to the spirits, but when they break the first rule of Ouija boards and leave without saying goodbye, they inadvertently invite the spirits into their lives. As the spirits hunt down them one by one, the remaining friends must uncover the truth behind the spirits' deaths and destroy the board before it destroys them.

    Alice, joining forces with a group of survivors trying to get to a safe haven known as Arcadia, continues in her quest to destroy the Umbrella Corporation, fighting zombie hordes along the way.

    Geek Out

    When ghosts go on a rampage, only three men can save the world. Soon every spook in the city is loose and our heroes face the supreme challenge If you want your spirits raised, who you gonna call? Ghostbusters!.

    A scientist, obsessed with perfecting a virtual reality computer, experiments on a slow-witted gardener, turning him into a superhuman, whom members of "The Shop" want to capture to create a war machine.

    A group of young friends are rocked by the sudden suicide of one of their own and his subsequent ghostly reappearance in grainy computer and video images. More deaths follow as the world is slowly being drained of life.

    A group of online chat room friends find themselves haunted by a mysterious, supernatural force using the account of their dead friend.

    Great Outdoors

    Five college friends head for cabin in a remote forest and through a tattered diary left behind by a former inhabitant, begin to discover the deadly truth behind their lodging.

    On an annual extreme outdoor adventure, six women friends meet in a remote part of the Appalachians to explore a cave hidden deep in the woods. Far below the surface of the earth, disaster strikes when a rock fall blocks their exit and there is no way out. The women push on, praying for another exit, but there is something else lurking under the earth. The friends are now prey, forced to unleash their most primal instincts in an all-out war against an unspeakable horror that attacks without warning.

    Susan and Daniel are a happily married couple who are taking a much needed vacation to the islands. They are hoping for a memorable trip. However, their vacation turns tragic when their scuba diving party leaves them in the middle of the ocean by the careless diving boat crew. As the reality of isolation sets in, they turn to one another for support. Unable to flag down passing boats, they begin to panic as encircling sharks begin to appear.

    Jeff and Amy are an American couples who goes to Mexico for a vacation. They find themselves in the most brutal struggle when, on an archaeological dig into the jungle, they are ambushed by hostile Mayans and forced to the top of an ancient temple. There, a monstrous and diabolically clever entity awaits them among the ruins.

    Hit The Road

    Christine is an auto possessed by an evil vengeance that will destroy anyone in her way. She demands the unquestioned devotion of Arnie and attacks outsiders who try to interfere.

    A deranged stuntman stalks his victims from the safety of his killer car, but when he picks on the wrong group of babes, all bets are off. He becomes involved in an automotive duel of epic proportions.

    A tire named Robert, who has destructive telekinetic powers. becomes obsessed with a woman living in a desert town.

    After zombies have overrun the world, a mismatched group of two men and two sisters head for an amusement park that is reportedly safe.

    Keep It Real

    Three student filmmakers set out into the forest to film a documentary on a legend known as The Blair Witch. As they become lost in the woods, an unseen evil begins to stalk and harass them. They soon realize that what they are filming is not a legend, but their own descent into a horrifying encounter with the supernatural.

    A hard hitting docu-drama about two ex-cons who ruthlessly murder a Kansas family in 1959 in order to steal their non-existent stash of money.

    From Rodney Ascher, the director of ROOM 237, comes a documentary-horror film exploring the phenomenon of 'Sleep Paralysis' through the eyes of eight very different people. These people (and a surprisingly large number of others) often find themselves trapped between the sleeping and waking worlds, totally unable to move but aware of their surroundings while being subject to frequently disturbing sights and sounds. A strange element to these visions is that despite the fact that they know nothing of one another, (and had never heard of sleep paralysis before it happened to them), many see similar ghostly 'shadow men.' This is one of many reasons many people insist this is more than just a sleep disorder. THE NIGHTMARE digs deep into not only the particulars of these eight people's uncanny experiences (through elaborate, sometimes surreal dramatizations), but it also explores their search to understand what they've gone through and how it's changed their lives.

    In 1980 Stanley Kubrick released his masterpiece of modern horror, The Shining. Over 30 years later we're still struggling to understand its hidden meanings. Rodney Ascher's wry and provocative documentary fuses fact and fiction through interviews with both fanatics and scholars, creating a kaleidoscopic deconstruction of Kubrick's still-controversial classic.

    Laugh It Up

    It all starts with a meteorite falling to earth near Glen Canyon, Arizona. The next day, biology teacher Dr. Ira Kane and geology teacher Harry Block from Glen Canyon Community College go to investigate. While taking a sample, they discover a slimy blue fluid ozzing from the meteorite. Kane finds myriad single-celled life-forms in the fluid, evolving at an incredible rate, even while he's watching. What seemed like a sure ticket to Sweden for the Nobel Prize soon develops into a nightmare: by evolving and adapting at an unbelievably fast rate, the aliens start spreading out, and the military comes in. Will humanity save the day?.

    "When flesh-eating zombies go on the hunt for a bite to eat, it's up to slacker Shaun (Simon Pegg) and his best pal Ed (Nick Frost) to save their friends and family from becoming the next entree"--Container label.

    Sci-fi comedy about two country handymen who are about to leave their desolate Nevada town when they discover the town is infested with gigantic man-eating creatures that live below the ground.

    Vulvus, Viago, and Deacon are vampires who live here, among us. They are real vampires; undead, immortal creatures who stalk the night and search for human blood, preferably virgins. Witness the many horrid, abominable aspects of vampire life, such as hunting and feeding, vampire rivalry and fighting with werewolves, as well as normal night to night aspects that make them not so different from us like keeping the flat clean, jobs, shopping, meeting people and trying to fit in.

    My Mitten

    In the much-anticipated remake of the 1981 cult-hit horror film, five twenty-something friends become holed up in a remote cabin. When they discover a Book of the Dead, they unwittingly summon up dormant demons living in the nearby woods, which possess the youngsters in succession until only one is left intact to fight for survival.

    For nineteen-year-old Jay, the fall should be about school, boys and weekends at the lake. Yet, after a seemingly innocent sexual encounter she suddenly finds herself plagued by nightmarish visions; she can't shake the sensation that someone, or something, is following her. As the threat closes in, Jay and her friends must somehow escape the horrors that are only a few steps behind.

    You Choose (Staff Picks)

    "...squirm-inducing stuff."--Hollywood Reporter.

    House Congressional Republicans are taking their stand with Special counsel Robert Mueller, who is leading the investigation of Trump-Russia investigation. According to the Donald Trump friend, Trump is considering firing Robert Mueller, and once again stopping the investigation.

    Republicans are not asking the president not to entertain such thoughts as it will send a bad signal across Washington and the country.

                         

     Rep. Adam Kinzinger said "That would obviously be a bad move. I don’t think he’s really pondering it, My thought is more it’s somebody like Newt Gingrich floating it because he’s got a book coming out."

    Donald Trump friend is Christopher Ruddy,  CEO of Newsmax Media while speaking to PBS on Monday and CNN on Tuesday says that Trump is considering Mueller, as he finds him “illegitimate, ” another Trump's supporter, Newt Gingrich who floated the idea, calling for Mueller's removal.

    White House did not corroborate on Ruddy's statement, but instead distanced itself from the statement.

    Congressional Republicans are now asking that the President allows Mueller to do this job, and some of the Republicans that have supported Mueller includes House speaker Paul Ryan.

    At a press conference, Paul Ryan said;

    I know Bob Mueller and I have confidence in Bob Mueller,I think the best thing to do is to let Robert Mueller do his job. I think the best vindication for the president is to let this investigation go on independently and thoroughly.

    Though President Trump can't fire Mueller, he can only be fired by AG Sessions, but since Sessions already recused himself from the investigations, Trump can ask Deputy Attorney General Rod Rosenstein, who was also the one that asked him to come aboard, and also is behind Mueller.

    Though if Rosenstein refuses to fire Mueller, Trump could asks for his resignation letter or fire him, and ask Roseintein successor to let Mueller dissolve the investigation, or it gets better, Trump could ask that the Justice Department amend the regulation that will allow him fire Mueller from the investigation.

    It will also be a dramatic turn of events of Trump decides to fire Mueller, because of the outrage and bad new coverage he got when the fired former FBI director, James Comey.

     

    Categories:


              Bombshell In President Trump Administration As James Comey Release Opening Statement Of His Testimony        

    In few hours to his testimony in the US senate, James Comey has opening statement has been posted online.

    Read the former FBI director, James Comey statement here;

    Statement for the Record

    Senate Select Committee on Intelligence

    James B. Comey

    June 8, 2017

    Chairman Burr, Ranking Member Warner, Members of the Committee.

    Thank you for inviting me to appear before you today. I was asked to testify today to describe for you my interactions with President-Elect and President Trump on subjects that I understand are of interest to you. I have not included every detail from my conversations with the President, but, to the best of my recollection, I have tried to include information that may be relevant to the Committee.

                        

    January 6 Briefing

    I first met then-President-Elect Trump on Friday, January 6 in a conference room at Trump Tower in New York. I was there with other Intelligence Community (IC) leaders to brief him and his new national security team on the findings of an IC assessment concerning Russian efforts to interfere in the election. At the conclusion of that briefing, I remained alone with the President Elect to brief him on some personally sensitive aspects of the information assembled during the assessment.

    The IC leadership thought it important, for a variety of reasons, to alert the incoming President to the existence of this material, even though it was salacious and unverified. Among those reasons were: (1) we knew the media was about to publicly report the material and we believed the IC should not keep knowledge of the material and its imminent release from the President-Elect; and (2) to the extent there was some effort to compromise an incoming President, we could blunt any such effort with a defensive briefing.

    The Director of National Intelligence asked that I personally do this portion of the briefing because I was staying in my position and because the material implicated the FBI's counter-intelligence responsibilities. We also agreed I would do it alone to minimize potential embarrassment to the President-Elect. Although we agreed it made sense for me to do the briefing, the FBI's leadership and I were concerned that the briefing might create a situation where a new President came into office uncertain about whether the FBI was conducting a counter-intelligence investigation of his personal conduct.

    It is important to understand that FBI counter-intelligence investigations are different than the more-commonly known criminal investigative work. The Bureau's goal in a counter-intelligence investigation is to understand the technical and human methods that hostile foreign powers are using to influence the United States or to steal our secrets. The FBI uses that understanding to disrupt those efforts. Sometimes disruption takes the form of alerting a person who is targeted for recruitment or influence by the foreign power. Sometimes it involves hardening a computer system that is being attacked. Sometimes it involves "turning" the recruited person into a double-agent, or publicly calling out the behavior with sanctions or expulsions of embassy-based intelligence officers. On occasion, criminal prosecution is used to disrupt intelligence activities.

    Because the nature of the hostile foreign nation is well known, counterintelligence investigations tend to be centered on individuals the FBI suspects to be witting or unwitting agents of that foreign power. When the FBI develops reason to believe an American has been targeted for recruitment by a foreign power or is covertly acting as an agent of the foreign power, the FBI will "open an investigation" on that American and use legal authorities to try to learn more about the nature of any relationship with the foreign power so it can be disrupted.

    In that context, prior to the January 6 meeting, I discussed with the FBI's leadership team whether I should be prepared to assure President-Elect Trump that we were not investigating him personally. That was true; we did not have an open counter-intelligence case on him. We agreed I should do so if circumstances warranted. During our one-on-one meeting at Trump Tower, based on President Elect Trump's reaction to the briefing and without him directly asking the question, I offered that assurance.

    I felt compelled to document my first conversation with the President-Elect in a memo. To ensure accuracy, I began to type it on a laptop in an FBI vehicle outside Trump Tower the moment I walked out of the meeting. Creating written records immediately after one-on-one conversations with Mr. Trump was my practice from that point forward. This had not been my practice in the past. I spoke alone with President Obama twice in person (and never on the phone) -- once in 2015 to discuss law enforcement policy issues and a second time, briefly, for him to say goodbye in late 2016. In neither of those circumstances did I memorialize the discussions. I can recall nine one-on-one conversations with President Trump in four months -- three in person and six on the phone.

    January 27 Dinner

    The President and I had dinner on Friday, January 27 at 6:30 pm in the Green Room at the White House. He had called me at lunchtime that day and invited me to dinner that night, saying he was going to invite my whole family, but decided to have just me this time, with the whole family coming the next time. It was unclear from the conversation who else would be at the dinner, although I assumed there would be others.

    It turned out to be just the two of us, seated at a small oval table in the center of the Green Room. Two Navy stewards waited on us, only entering the room to serve food and drinks.

    The President began by asking me whether I wanted to stay on as FBI Director, which I found strange because he had already told me twice in earlier conversations that he hoped I would stay, and I had assured him that I intended to. He said that lots of people wanted my job and, given the abuse I had taken during the previous year, he would understand if I wanted to walk away.

    My instincts told me that the one-on-one setting, and the pretense that this was our first discussion about my position, meant the dinner was, at least in part, an effort to have me ask for my job and create some sort of patronage relationship. That concerned me greatly, given the FBI's traditionally independent status in the executive branch.

    I replied that I loved my work and intended to stay and serve out my ten-year term as Director. And then, because the set-up made me uneasy, I added that I was not "reliable" in the way politicians use that word, but he could always count on me to tell him the truth. I added that I was not on anybody's side politically and could not be counted on in the traditional political sense, a stance I said was in his best interest as the President.

    A few moments later, the President said, "I need loyalty, I expect loyalty." I didn't move, speak, or change my facial expression in any way during the awkward silence that followed. We simply looked at each other in silence. The conversation then moved on, but he returned to the subject near the end of our dinner. At one point, I explained why it was so important that the FBI and the Department of Justice be independent of the White House. I said it was a paradox: Throughout history, some Presidents have decided that because "problems" come from Justice, they should try to hold the Department close. But blurring those boundaries ultimately makes the problems worse by undermining public trust in the institutions and their work.

    Near the end of our dinner, the President returned to the subject of my job, saying he was very glad I wanted to stay, adding that he had heard great things about me from Jim Mattis, Jeff Sessions, and many others. He then said, "I need loyalty." I replied, "You will always get honesty from me." He paused and then said, "That's what I want, honest loyalty." I paused, and then said, "You will get that from me." As I wrote in the memo I created immediately after the dinner, it is possible we understood the phrase "honest loyalty" differently, but I decided it wouldn't be productive to push it further. The term -- honest loyalty -- had helped end a very awkward conversation and my explanations had made clear what he should expect.

    During the dinner, the President returned to the salacious material I had briefed him about on January 6, and, as he had done previously, expressed his disgust for the allegations and strongly denied them. He said he was considering ordering me to investigate the alleged incident to prove it didn't happen. I replied that he should give that careful thought because it might create a narrative that we were investigating him personally, which we weren't, and because it was very difficult to prove a negative. He said he would think about it and asked me to think about it.

    As was my practice for conversations with President Trump, I wrote a detailed memo about the dinner immediately afterwards and shared it with the senior leadership team of the FBI.

    February 14 Oval Office Meeting

    On February 14, I went to the Oval Office for a scheduled counterterrorism briefing of the President. He sat behind the desk and a group of us sat in a semi-circle of about six chairs facing him on the other side of the desk. The Vice President, Deputy Director of the CIA, Director of the National CounterTerrorism Center, Secretary of Homeland Security, the Attorney General, and I were in the semi-circle of chairs. I was directly facing the President, sitting between the Deputy CIA Director and the Director of NCTC. There were quite a few others in the room, sitting behind us on couches and chairs.

    The President signaled the end of the briefing by thanking the group and telling them all that he wanted to speak to me alone. I stayed in my chair. As the participants started to leave the Oval Office, the Attorney General lingered by my chair, but the President thanked him and said he wanted to speak only with me. The last person to leave was Jared Kushner, who also stood by my chair and exchanged pleasantries with me. The President then excused him, saying he wanted to speak with me.

    When the door by the grandfather clock closed, and we were alone, the President began by saying, "I want to talk about Mike Flynn." Flynn had resigned the previous day. The President began by saying Flynn hadn't done anything wrong in speaking with the Russians, but he had to let him go because he had misled the Vice President. He added that he had other concerns about Flynn, which he did not then specify.

    The President then made a long series of comments about the problem with leaks of classified information -- a concern I shared and still share. After he had spoken for a few minutes about leaks, Reince Priebus leaned in through the door by the grandfather clock and I could see a group of people waiting behind him. The President waved at him to close the door, saying he would be done shortly. The door closed.

    The President then returned to the topic of Mike Flynn, saying, "He is a good guy and has been through a lot." He repeated that Flynn hadn't done anything wrong on his calls with the Russians, but had misled the Vice President. He then said, "I hope you can see your way clear to letting this go, to letting Flynn go. He is a good guy. I hope you can let this go." I replied only that "he is a good guy." (In fact, I had a positive experience dealing with Mike Flynn when he was a colleague as Director of the Defense Intelligence Agency at the beginning of my term at FBI.) I did not say I would "let this go."

    The President returned briefly to the problem of leaks. I then got up and left out the door by the grandfather clock, making my way through the large group of people waiting there, including Mr. Priebus and the Vice President.

    I immediately prepared an unclassified memo of the conversation about Flynn and discussed the matter with FBI senior leadership. I had understood the President to be requesting that we drop any investigation of Flynn in connection with false statements about his conversations with the Russian ambassador in December. I did not understand the President to be talking about the broader investigation into Russia or possible links to his campaign. I could be wrong, but I took him to be focusing on what had just happened with Flynn's departure and the controversy around his account of his phone calls. Regardless, it was very concerning, given the FBI's role as an independent investigative agency.

    The FBI leadership team agreed with me that it was important not to infect the investigative team with the President's request, which we did not intend to abide. We also concluded that, given that it was a one-on-one conversation, there was nothing available to corroborate my account. We concluded it made little sense to report it to Attorney General Sessions, who we expected would likely recuse himself from involvement in Russia-related investigations. (He did so two weeks later.) The Deputy Attorney General's role was then filled in an acting capacity by a United States Attorney, who would also not be long in the role. After discussing the matter, we decided to keep it very closely held, resolving to figure out what to do with it down the road as our investigation progressed. The investigation moved ahead at full speed, with none of the investigative team members -- or the Department of Justice lawyers supporting them -- aware of the President's request.

    Shortly afterwards, I spoke with Attorney General Sessions in person to pass along the President's concerns about leaks. I took the opportunity to implore the Attorney General to prevent any future direct communication between the President and me. I told the AG that what had just happened -- him being asked to leave while the FBI Director, who reports to the AG, remained behind -- was inappropriate and should never happen. He did not reply. For the reasons discussed above, I did not mention that the President broached the FBI's potential investigation of General Flynn.

    March 30 Phone Call

    On the morning of March 30, the President called me at the FBI. He described the Russia investigation as "a cloud" that was impairing his ability to act on behalf of the country. He said he had nothing to do with Russia, had not been involved with hookers in Russia, and had always assumed he was being recorded when in Russia. He asked what we could do to "lift the cloud." I responded that we were investigating the matter as quickly as we could, and that there would be great benefit, if we didn't find anything, to our having done the work well. He agreed, but then re-emphasized the problems this was causing him.

    Then the President asked why there had been a congressional hearing about Russia the previous week -- at which I had, as the Department of Justice directed, confirmed the investigation into possible coordination between Russia and the Trump campaign. I explained the demands from the leadership of both parties in Congress for more information, and that Senator Grassley had even held up the confirmation of the Deputy Attorney General until we briefed him in detail on the investigation. I explained that we had briefed the leadership of Congress on exactly which individuals we were investigating and that we had told those Congressional leaders that we were not personally investigating President Trump. I reminded him I had previously told him that. He repeatedly told me, "We need to get that fact out." (I did not tell the President that the FBI and the Department of Justice had been reluctant to make public statements that we did not have an open case on President Trump for a number of reasons, most importantly because it would create a duty to correct, should that change.)

    The President went on to say that if there were some "satellite" associates of his who did something wrong, it would be good to find that out, but that he hadn't done anything wrong and hoped I would find a way to get it out that we weren't investigating him.

    In an abrupt shift, he turned the conversation to FBI Deputy Director Andrew McCabe, saying he hadn't brought up "the McCabe thing" because I had said McCabe was honorable, although McAuliffe was close to the Clintons and had given him (I think he meant Deputy Director McCabe's wife) campaign money. Although I didn't understand why the President was bringing this up, I repeated that Mr. McCabe was an honorable person.

    He finished by stressing "the cloud" that was interfering with his ability to make deals for the country and said he hoped I could find a way to get out that he wasn't being investigated. I told him I would see what we could do, and that we would do our investigative work well and as quickly as we could.

    Immediately after that conversation, I called Acting Deputy Attorney General Dana Boente (AG Sessions had by then recused himself on all Russia-related matters), to report the substance of the call from the President, and said I would await his guidance. I did not hear back from him before the President called me again two weeks later.

    April 11 Phone Call

    On the morning of April 11, the President called me and asked what I had done about his request that I "get out" that he is not personally under investigation. I replied that I had passed his request to the Acting Deputy Attorney General, but I had not heard back. He replied that "the cloud" was getting in the way of his ability to do his job. He said that perhaps he would have his people reach out to the Acting Deputy Attorney General. I said that was the way his request should be handled. I said the White House Counsel should contact the leadership of DOJ to make the request, which was the traditional channel.

    He said he would do that and added, "Because I have been very loyal to you, very loyal; we had that thing you know." I did not reply or ask him what he meant by "that thing." I said only that the way to handle it was to have the White House Counsel call the Acting Deputy Attorney General. He said that was what he would do and the call ended.

    That was the last time I spoke with President Trump.

    ###

    Categories:


              President Trump To Nominate Christopher Wray for FBI director        

    Just few hours for the former FBI director, James Comey to testify in congress, President Trump in his latest tweet announced that he is nominating former Justice Department official Christopher Wray for FBI director to replace James Comey.

                   

    Christopher Wray served under the George Bush administration, and was the former chief of the Justice Department's Criminal Division from 2003 to 2005. He oversaw the fraud prosecutions of former executives at Enron Corp, and was a member of the administration Corporate Fraud Task Force.

    He is now in private practice, and a partner at King & Spalding, representing companies and individuals in white-collar criminal and regulatory enforcement matters. He is a major supporter of President Trump, and he represented New Jersey Gov. Chris Christie in his George Washington Bridge lane-closure scandal.

    Wray will get support from both Republicans and Democrats in the Senate as he did when he was in the Bush adminIstration, but the new director will face new investigation at the Bureau, and this investigation will be the investigation to whether the Trump associates coordinated with the Russians to disrupt the 2016 elections.

     

    Categories:


              AmeriÅ¡ki diplomati na Kubi nepojasnjeno ogluÅ¡eli        
    Ameriški mediji te dni pišejo o bizarnem dogajanju med Kubo in ZDA. FBI in služba za diplomatsko varnost State Departmenta preiskujeta primere izgube sluha najmanj petih ameriških diplomatov v Havani.
              El Caso de Kenneth Arnold o del primer platillo volante.        
    Junio de 1947

    Hasta ese momento cuando se hablaba de naves extraterrestres, no se tenía forma definida de ellas. (Recordemos a los inventores de los extraterrestres Lowell, inventando vida en Marte, H.G.Wells, trayendola en una invasión y O. Welles, creando psicosis al radiarla, todo un experimento sociologico, y ninguno habló de platillos) Desde este momento que vamos a analizar, se habló de "Platillos volantes", cosa que Arnold ni dijo ni dibujó nunca. (¿Alguien esperaba que se pudiera ver platos y se forzó la aseveración de platos?) Platillos o platos solo lo dijo el que entrevistó a Arnold. Desde ese mismo instante, hablar de platillos volantes era (no se por que ciencia infusa) hablar de extraterrestres.

    Es según algunos autollamados ufologos, el primer caso "limpio", sin influencias de militares y con un testigo "altamente cualificado". Es el caso con el que se abre la ufología. Para muchos defenderlo como irresoluble es defender la existencia de extraterrestres.

    Es un caso que la ufologia no ha sido capaz de investigar en condiciones hasta despues de 50 años. ( a los 50 años se levanta el secreto solo de algunos informes que no atenten a la seguridad nacional) Burlando a todos los ufologos, es ahora cuando al liberarse informes se puede saber algo con claridad.

    Hace 60 años, concretamente el 24 de Junio de 1947, un vendedor de extintores, llamado Kenneth Arnold, volaba en su avioneta, sobre el estado de Washington (al Noroeste de los EE.UU.) cuando por radio escucho un mensaje que indicaba que un aeroplano de la US Navy se había accidentado cerca del monte Rainier.




    Decidio variar un poco su rumbo para investigar, cuando algo le llamó la atención. Se trataba de la visión de nueve aeronaves que se desplazaban a increible velocidad, con movimientos poco usuales.



    Pero veamos como lo describió el propio Kenneth Arnold (Del proyecto Libro Azul de Brad Steiger) :

    "Nací el 29 de marzo de 1915 en Subeka (Minnesota).

    Viví en aquelEstado hasta que, a la edad de seis años, mi familia se trasladó a Scobey, Montana, en donde establecieron el hogar.

    Mi abuelo también se estableció en Scobey y alcanzó bastante prominencia en los círculos políticos junto con Burton K. Wheeler, el famoso senador de Montana.

    Asistí a la escuela y al instituto de Minot, Dakota del Norte. Me hice explorador a los doce años y conseguí el grado de Águila antes de los catorce.

    Mi antiguo jefe fue H. H. Prescott, ahora comisionado regional de los Boy Scouts en Kansas City, Kansas. De joven me interesé por los deportes y fui seleccionado como extremo libre en 1932 y 1933 en el Estado de Dakota del Norte.

    En 1932 participé en los Juegos Olímpicos de Estados Unidos en buceo (salto de trampolín); fui inspector de salvavidas de la Cruz Roja en 1932, 1933 y 1934. Enseñaba a nadar y bucear en un campo de exploradores y en la piscina municipal de Minot, Dakota del Norte.


    Asistí a la universidad de Minnesota, en donde nadé y buceé con Neils Thorpe, y también jugué al fútbol con Bernie Bierman. Pero al entrar al college no pude continuar con el fútbol a causa de una rodilla herida. Mi entrenador de fútbol en el instituto fue Glenn L. Jarrett, que es ahora primer entrenador de la universidad de Dakota del Norte.

    Tenía escasísimos ingresos, por lo que mi ambición por mejorar mi educación en la universidad la realicé gracias a los deportes. De joven, en Minot, Dakota del Norte, entré el primero en las carreras de trineo con perros, en el Lions Club Dog Derby.

    En 1938 comencé a trabajar para Red Comet, Inc. de Littieton, Colorado, fabricante de aparatos automáticos contra incendios. En 1939 me nombraron gerente de distrito para una parte de los estados del oeste y en 1940 establecí mi propio abastecimiento de controladores de fuego, llamado Gret Western Fire Control Suppiy.

    He trabajado desde entonces como ingeniero independiente de control de fuegos, por lo que he manejado, distribuido, vendido e instalado toda clase de equipos automáticos y manuales contra el fuego en las zonas rurales de cinco estados del oeste.

    Mi primera experiencia en vuelo comenzó en Minot, Dakota del Norte, en donde me dio la primera lección EarI T. Vanee, originario de Great Falls, Montana.

    Debido al elevado precio de las lecciones en aquella época, no pude continuar y no hice ningún progreso importante hasta 1943. El certificado de piloto me lo dio Ed Leach, un antiguo inspector de CAÁ, de Portiand, Oregón, y desde hace tres años tengo mi propio aeroplano, con el que cubro todo mi territorio, volando desde entonces entre cuarenta y cien horas mensuales.

    Como en mi trabajo siempre utilizo una avioneta, en enero de este año me compré una Callair nueva, diseñada para despegues a gran altitud y utilización en terrenos escasos y accidentados. En el tipo de vuelo que hago se requiere mucha práctica y conocimientos, pues casi siempre hay que aterrizar y despegar en prados de vacas sin dañar el aparato; en algunos de los lugares a los que debo ir por cuestiones de trabajo los caminos son escasos y la altitud es elevada. Hasta el momento he aterrizado en 283 prados y he volado durante más de mil horas, pero mi mayor accidente ha sido un neumático deshinchado.

    La historia de lo que observé en los montes de Cascade, por increíble que pueda parecer, es positivamente cierta. Nunca he pedido ni he querido la menor notoriedad por haber estado en el lugar apropiado en el momento adecuado. Informé sobre algo que, con toda certeza, cualquier piloto habría informado. No creo de ningún modo que mi observación se debiera a una sensibilidad de la vista distinta a la normal en cualquier piloto.

    El martes 24 de junio de 1947 había terminado mi trabajo para la Central Air Service de Chehalis, Washington, y a las dos de la tarde despegué de ese aeropuerto con la intención de dirigirme a Yakima, Washington. Mi viaje se retrasó durante una hora con el fin de buscar un gran transporte de la Marina que se suponía había caído en el lado sudoeste de Mount Rainier o en sus alrededores, en el Estado de Washington, y que no se ha encontrado hasta el momento.

    Volé directamente hacia Mount Rainier, tras haber alcanzado una altitud de 9.500 pies, que es aproximadamente la elevación de la alta meseta de la que surge Mount Rainier. Hice un vuelo de rastreo por el lado oeste de la elevada altiplanicie buscando el aparato en las diversas crestas y luego descendí hasta la vertiente lateral del cañón, en donde se encuentra Ashford, Washington.

    Como no pude ver nada que se pareciera a la nave perdida, di un giro de 300 grados a la derecha por encima de la pequeña ciudad de Mineral, y me dirigí nuevamente a Mount Rainier. Me elevé a una altitud de 9.200 pies. El aire estaba tan tranquiló ese día que el volar se convertía en un auténtico placer y, como hacen casi todos los pilotos cuando están a gran altitud y se encuentran con esas condiciones atmosféricas, puse mi avión en dirección a Yakima, Washington, que estaba casi al este de mi posición, y me senté a observar el cielo y la tierra. A mi izquierda, a unas quince millas de distancia y creo que a 14.000 pies de altitud, había un DC-4. El cielo y el aire eran tan límpidos como el cristal.

    Apenas llevaba dos o tres minutos con ese curso cuando observé sobre mi avión el reflejo de un fulgor brillante. Me sorprendió, pues creí que se debía a que me encontraba muy cerca de algún otro aparato. Escudriñé el cielo en todas direcciones, pero no pude encontrar el origen del reflejo hasta que miré hacia la parte septentrional izquierda de Mount Rainier, en donde observé una cadena de nueve aparatos de extraño aspecto que volaban de norte a sur a una altitud aproximada de 9.500 pies, con una dirección definida de unos 170 grados. Se aproximaban rápidamente a Mount Rainier, por lo que supuse se trataba de aviones con propulsión a chorro. De cualquier manera, el caso es que descubrí que el reflejó procedía de ellos, pues cada pocos segundos dos o tres descendían o cambiaban ligeramente de posición, de forma que el sol incidía en ellos en un ángulo que permitía el reflejo directo en mi avión.

    Como los objetos estaban muy lejos, durante varios segundos no pude darme cuenta de cuál era su forma o su formación. En seguida se acercaron a Mount Rainier y pude ver sus perfiles contra la nieve con mucha claridad. Me resultó extraño no verles las colas, pero supuse que se trataba de algún tipo de aviones de propulsión a chorro. Decidí medir su velocidad, pues tenía dos puntos definidos que me permitían hacerlo; el aire estaba tan claro que era fácil ver los objetos y determinar su forma y tamaño a casi cincuenta millas de distancia. Recuerdo bien que en el reloj colocado en el panel de conducción faltaba un minuto para las tres cuando el primer objeto de la formación pasó al borde sur de Mount Rainier.

    Observé los objetos con gran interés, pues nunca había visto antes aviones que volasen tan cerca de las cimas de las montañas; volaban en dirección sur-sudeste, descendiendo por la parte trasera de una cadena de montañas. Creo que su altitud podía variar en mil pies hacia arriba o hacia abajo, pero desde mi punto de observación se mantenían en el horizonte, lo que indicaba que mantenían la misma altitud que yo. Volaban de la misma forma que he visto hacerlo a los gansos, como si estuvieran unidos en una formación diagonal. Parecían mantener una dirección definida, pero aparecían y desaparecían tras las cimas de las más altas montañas.

    En aquel momento su velocidad no me impresionó, pues sabía que nuestro ejército y fuerzas aéreas tenían aviones muy rápidos. Lo que me asombraba al verlos seguir su camino bajo el sol era que no podía ver sus colas, y estoy seguro de que cualquier piloto sentiría que vale la pena observar con detenimiento esos aviones. Los miré detenidamente y estimé que la distancia que me separaba de ellos sería de veinte o veinticinco millas. Sabía que tenían que ser muy grandes para ver su forma desde tan lejos, incluso en un día tan claro como ése. Comparé con ellos un sujetador del carenaje que tenía en mi bolsillo, manteniéndolo primero sobre ellos y luego sobre el DC-4; pero creo que su envergadura era tan grande como los motores complementarios de cada lado del fuselaje del DC-4. Cuanto más los miraba más aumentaba mi asombro, pues estoy familiarizado con la mayor parte de los objetos que vuelan cerca de la tierra o a gran altitud.

    Observé que aquella cadena de objetos pasaba por una cresta cubierta de nieve situada entre los montes Rainier y Adams, y que cuando el primero rebasaba el lado sur de la cresta el último entraba por el norte. Como yo volaba en la misma dirección de la cresta, la medí y concluí que sería de unas cinco millas, lo que me permitió suponer que ésa era la extensión de la formación de los objetos. Pude determinar su rumbo con gran precisión gracias a que había unas altas cimas a un lado de ellos, mientras que las más altas se encontraban al otro lado del rumbo que mantenían. Cuando la última unidad de la formación pasó por la alta cima meridional cubierta de nieve de Mount Adams, miré el segundero y comprobé que habían recorrido la distancia en un minuto cuarenta y dos segundos. En aquel momento ni siquiera esa velocidad me sorprendió, pues estaba seguro de que al aterrizar obtendría alguna explicación de lo que vi.

    Algunos periodistas y expertos sugirieron que había estado viendo reflejos o incluso un espejismo. Estotalmente falso, pues no sólo observé los objetos a través de los cristales de mi avioneta, sino que abrí las ventanillas laterales y pude hacerlo sin que nada se interpusiera entre ellos y mi vista. (Sin gafas de sol.) Aunque a alguien que esté en tierra dos minutos le resultan un tiempo muy breve, un piloto que esté en el aire puede mirar gran número de cosas, y a cualquiera de ellas que se halle dentro de su campo de visión la verá probablemente unas cinco o seis veces.

    Continué la búsqueda del avión perdido durante otros quince o veinte minutos, pero lo que acababa de observar comenzó a ocupar mi mente. Me encontré desasosegado, por lo que, tras una última ojeada a Tieton Reservoir, me dirigí hacia Yakima.

    Debo añadir que mi observación completa de esos objetos, a los que incluso pude seguir parcialmente mientras cruzaban Mount Adams, osciló entre dos minutos y medio y tres minutos, aunque cuando alzanzaron Mount Adams estaban ya fuera de mi campo de visión para poder determinar sus formas. Como es de suponer, cuando el sol se reflejaba en alguna de sus unidades, éstas parecían totalmente redondas; estoy haciendo un dibujo de la forma que observé en ellos en el momento en que pasaban por las crestas nevadas y por Mount Rainier. Cuando volaban rectos sólo eran una delgada línea negra, pero cuando dieron un salto fue la única ocasión en la que pude obtener alguna indicación de sus tamaños. Mantenían una altitud casi constante; no parecían subir o bajar, como hubiera ocurrido de haber sido cohetes o proyectiles de artillería. Estoy convencido de que se trataba de algún tipo de avión, aunque en muchos aspectos no se ajustaban a los tipos convencionales que conocía.

    Aunque son muchos los observadores que han informado sobre estos objetos en los Estados Unidos, son seis o siete los casos en que puedo decir con pleno convencimiento que observaron lo mismo que yo;particularmente los empleados de las tres Western Air Unes (Cedar, City, Utah), el caballero (piloto) en Okiahoma City y el mecánico de locomotora de Illinois, además del capitán __xxx____ y del copiloto __xxx____ de la United Air Unes.

    Algunas descripciones hechas desde tierra no pueden ser muy precisas a menos que esos discos semejantes a platillos estuvieran a gran altura, por lo que es posible que todos los que han observado objetos extraños hayan visto lo mismo que yo. Desde tierra hubiera sido muy difícil observarlos durante más de cuatro o cinco segundos, sin contar con la posibilidad de que la humedad atmosférica y el polvo estropeen la visión.

    Tengo cartas de los Estados Unidos y de gente que afirma que estos objetos han sido visto en otras partes del mundo, principalmente en Suecia, las Bermudas y California.

    Hubiera dado cualquier cosa ese día por haber llevado conmigo una cámara de cine con una lente de telefoto, y desde entonces no voy nunca sin una.

    Continuaré con mi historia: cuando aterricé en el aeropuerto de Yakima, Washington, conté lo que había visto a un buen amigo, Al Baxter, quien me escuchó pacientemente y se mostró cortés aunque bromista, pero no me creyó. No medí con precisión la distancia entre las dos montañas hasta que aterricé en Pendlenton, Oregón, el mismo 24 de junio, en donde conté lo que había observado a varios pilotos amigos míos. No se rieron ni burlaron, pero sugirieron que debía tratarse de misiles o de algo nuevo. Algunos ex pilotos del ejército me dijeron que antes de entrar en combate sobre el mar les habían advertido la posibilidad de ver objetos de forma similar a la por mí descrita y me aseguraron que no estaba soñando ni enloqueciendo. Cito las palabras de __xxx____, antiguo piloto de la Fuerza Aérea de la Armada, quien realiza ahora operaciones de fumigación en Pendleton, Oregón: «Estoy convencido de que lo que observó es un tipo de nave impulsada por cohetes a chorro que está en proceso de comprobación por parte de nuestro gobierno o incluso de algún gobierno extranjero».

    De cualquier forma, las noticias de lo que había observado se esparcieron bien pronto, y antes de terminar la noche estaba recibiendo llamadas telefónicas de todas las partes del mundo; hasta la fecha no recibí una sola llamada de burla o escepticismo. El único escepticismo que conozco es el impreso en los periódicos. Para mí todo esto no es, como para mucha gente, algo divertido. Lo considero absolutamente serio, pues el hecho de que haya observado algo de lo que ni Mr. John Doe en la esquina de la calle ni Pete Andrews en su rancho no hayan oído hablar no significa que no exista.

    Aunque he invitado al Ejército y al FBI para que investiguen la autenticidad de mi historia y examinen mi capacidad mental o física, no he recibido ninguna muestra de interés por parte de esas dos importantes fuerzas protectoras de nuestro país; supongo que, tras los informes que di a la United and Associated Press, y en dos ocasiones por radio, recorriendo toda la nación, si nuestra Inteligencia Militar no conociera lo que observé hubieran sido los primeros en venir a visitarme.

    He recibido cartas de gente que me pide que haga suposiciones. Para lo que he escrito en este artículo me basé en hechos positivos y, por lo que se refiere a sospechas de lo que he observado, sigue siendo tan misterioroso para mí como para el resto del mundo.

    Mi licencia de piloto es 333487. Vuelo con un Callair, un tres plazas monomotor diseñado y fabricado en Afton, Wyoming, como avioneta de gran rendimiento y para gran altitud, ideada para el trabajo en montañas.

    El certificado nacional de mi avión es 33355. Kenneth Arnold Boise, Idaho


    Bastante completa la información que dió Kenneth Arnold, a sus amigos, compañeros y a la prensa, que lo publicó así:

    PENDLETON, Ore. -- (AP) -- Nueve objetos brillantes en forma de "plato" volando a increíble velocidad a una altura de 3000 metros (10.000 pies) fueron reportados ayer (junio 24, 1947) por el piloto Kenneth Arnold en Boise, Idaho, quien desestimó especular acerca del origen de los mismos. Arnold, empleado del Servicio Forestal de los EEUU., se encontraba abocado a la búsqueda de un aeroplano perdido cuando observó los misteriosos objetos el jueves a las 15:00 h. Los objetos volaban entre el Monte Rainier y el Monte Adams en el estado de Washington, según afirmó, y parecían hacerlo en formación. Arnold, indicó haber cronometrado su vuelo y estimó que se desplazaban a una velocidad de cercana a los 2000 kilómetros (1200 millas) por hora. Interrogado en Yakima (Washington) acerca del suceso, manifestó estar perplejo pero añadió haber conversado con una persona que no identificó procedente de Ukiah (California) quien le aseguró haber visto objetos similares el 22 de junio sobre las montañas de Ukiah. "Parece imposible, añadió Arnold, pero así es". Associated Press---

    A partir de ahí, de ese momento, se desató toda una fiebre de avistamientos de "Platillos volantes", una verdadera oleada, una verdadera fiebre extraterrestrista recorrio el país, como se puede ver en estas notas de prensa:

    Oregon Journal - Junio 26, 1947 Carpenter Reports 'Discs' in Midwest --Associated Press reproduce las declaraciones de un testigo en Kansas City que informa haber avistado pocas horas después de los sucesos de Monte Rainier nueve objetos similares a los descriptos por Arnold. Los nuevos testimonios amplifican la inicial trascendencia del avistaje de Monte Rainier y ganan la atención del público que comienza a requerir una explicación sobre el suceso. Entretanto la posibilidad de desacreditar a Arnold comienza comienza a tomar cuerpo en círculos aeronaúticos al adjudicar su visión a reflejos producidos por el sol en su propio aeroplano.

    Boise, Idaho Statesman - Junio 27, 1947 Harassed Saucer-Sighter Would Like to Escape Fuss-- A pocas horas de empezar a trascender a nivel nacional el avistaje de Monte Rainier su repercusión comienza a tener efectos indeseados para Arnold quien es acosado por la prensa en busca de nueva información y por personas que creen ver en el suceso presagios apocalípticos o evidencias de extraterrestres.

    The Oregonian - Junio 28, 1947 Flying Saucer Story Grows - Reports Pour In From Wide Area-- Algunos cuestionamientos publicados en el períodico Oregonian sobre el propio Arnold llegan a adjudicarle problemas visuales, lo cual lo obliga a un desmentido formal sobre el particular. La imposibilidad de aportar un fotografía del avistaje ha sido la principal contrariedad de Arnold, sin embargo un testigo de Eugene logra una toma fotográfica con una máquina de bajo costo de un nuevo avistaje en la zona de Oregón. El revelado muestra sólo pequeños puntos de una supuesta formación aérea que el laboratorio desestimará adjudicándolos a defectos del negativo.

    Esta reacción del publico y de la prensa, tan extensa motivó cierta respuesta de las autoridades militares:

    WASHINGTON, 3 de Julio (AP) -- una investigación preliminar de los informes de los "discos voladores extraños " desplazandose a 1.200 millas por hora sobre los Estados Unidos occidentales" no ha producido bastante conmoción como para autorizar la investigación adicional", un portavoz de las fuerzas aéreas del ejército a dicho: "no tenemos una cosa real" respecto a un informe hecho la semana pasada por un hombre de vuelos de negocios de Boise (Idaho). Él dijo, que vio nueve objetos misteriosos (grandes como aeroplanos) sobrevolando el estado de Washington. Varias personas en lugares extensamente dispersados, dijeron más adelante que habían avistado objetos similares. El portavoz de las fuerzas aéreas dijo que el ejército no tiene nuevas aeronaves experimentales o misiles dirigidos que cupieran en tal descripción. Él dijo que el personal de las fuerzas aéreas está inclinado a creer que cualquiera de los observadores imaginaron que vieron algo, o que existe una cierta explicación meteorológica para el fenómeno. Sin embargo, los funcionarios de las relaciones públicas de la base aerea de Wright (Dayton, Ohio) dijeron que el comando del aire está haciendo una investigación con misiles "platillo" probandolos recientemente en el Pacífico, el noroeste y Tejas. Describiendo las conversaciones con "un meteorologo" del campo de Langley, y portavoz de las fuerzas aéreas de Washington a dicho de estos "fenómenos meteorológicos ": Que las reflexiones solares en las nubes bajas produjeron los "flashes espectrales" que pudieron haber aparecido como objetos móviles. Que un meteorito pequeño pudo haber caido. Que las condiciones de helada en nubes altas produjeron "granizos grandes que pudieron haber producido un alud en el que partes de polvo volaran con el viento."

    Como podemos comprobar, las fuerzas armadas armadas niegan el hecho de que fueran pruebas militares secretas, pero a un funcionario se le esacpa el detalle de negarlo y afirma incluso los lugares donde estan probandolos. Añaden la información de un metereologo implicado en las USAF, para dar versiones de lo mas peregrinas. Toda esta fiebre "platillesca" surgió de la extrañeza de la narración de Kenneth Arnold, las formas de los objetos, su formación en vuelo, su velocidad, etc. Pero...¿realmente era así? Analicemos todo lo sucedido por pasos:

    RESUMEN DEL INFORME DE ARNOLD

    Despega a las 14:00 de Chehalis, Washington. Se dirige hacia Yakima, Washington, pero retrasa su vuelo para encontrar un avión perdido, de modo que emprende el vuelo hacia el Monte Rainier.

    Sobrevuela el lado oeste del monte y desciende hasta el lateral, donde está Ashford, Washington. Gira 300º a la derecha sobrevolando Mineral y vuelve a tomar rumbo hacia Mount Rainier. Se dirige hacia Yakima, al Este.

    A su izquierda y a 15 millas había un DC-4.

    En un momento dado debido a un destello, mira a la parte Norte del Monte Rainer donde ve 9 objetos que viajaban de NORTE a SUR a unos 9.500 pies de altura (2.896m) aproximándose al Monte Rainer. Estaban entonces a 50 millas de distancia.

    Son las 14:59 cuando el primer objeto de la formación pasa al borde Sur del Monte Rainier mientras el primero está ya al final de la zona de crestas.

    Estima la distancia entre él y los objetos en 20 o 25 millas, y la de la cresta en 5 millas por lo cual esta última era la extensión de la formación de los aparatos.

    Pero encontramos serias contradicciones.


    CÁLCULO DE LA VELOCIDAD

    Dice Arnold que eran las 14:59 cuando el PRIMER objeto de la formación pasa junto al lado SUR del Monte Rainer. Es de suponer que ésta es una de las dos referencias que le ayudó a calcular su velocidad.

    La segunda es el Monte Adams, por cuyo Sur salió el ÚLTIMO objeto 1:42 minutos después.

    Como la extensión de la formación era de 5 millas (8km), y la distancia entre ambos puntos Sur de los montes es de 66 km, la distancia recorrida por los objetos fue de 66-8=58 km.

    Por lo que su velocidad, era de 2.047 km/h.

    Sin embargo, Arnold dice también que la observación completa duró entre 2:30 y 3:00 minutos, desde que los vió ACERCÁNDOSE al Monte Rainier hasta que el último de ellos alcanzó el extremo Sur del Adams.

    Para el cálculo de esa distancia hay que tener en cuenta la posición inicial de Arnold tras sobrevolar Mineral y encarar hacia Yakima. En el mapa adjunto vemos su ubicación aproximada.




    La distancia entonces entre Arnold y los objetos en formación era de unas 50 millas, es decir 80,5 kms.

    Con el medidor de distancias de la Enciclopedia Encarta se practica una sencilla triangulación que saca a relucir que los objetos recorrieron un total de 135 kms entre el punto inicial donde los observó Arnold, y el lado Sur del Monte Adams.

    Como el piloto da dos tiempos posibles, es decir 2:30 y 3 minutos, la velocidad de los aparatos oscilaba entre 3.240 km/h y 2.700 km/h respectivamente.

    Pero toda la observación duró entre 2:30 minutos y 3 minutos.

    Como el trayecto de los misteriosos objetos entre la cresta sur del Rainier y el Monte Adams duró 1:42, éstos tuvieron entre 48 segundos y 1:18 segundos para cubrir el trayecto entre el momento de la observación de Arnold y la mencionada cresta.

    La distancia es de 60 kms aproximadamente, con lo cual su velocidad hasta ese punto debió ser de entre 4.500 km/h y 2.770 km/h.

    Así, de la versión de Arnold se desprenden 5 velocidades: 2.047 km/h, 2.700 km/h, 2770 kmh, 3.240 km/h y 4.500 km/h.

    Sensiblemente distintas para pertenecer a un observador cualificado.

    Parece que Arnold tampoco lo tenía demasiado claro.

    Y a todo esto: ¿dónde estaba el demoledor bramido supersónico que debía haber percibido Arnold?. Porque a cualquiera de estas velocidades, debería haberlo escuchado puesto que son supersónicas, al menos en un radio mínimo de 50 km suponiendo que los objetos viajasen a un mínimo de 1.230 km/h. Y Arnold estaba a poco más de 30 km.


    EL PROBLEMA DE LA DISTANCIA

    El tamaño de los objetos según Arnold era de unos 15 metros de envergadura.

    De ese modo, y dado que el tamaño aparente se reduce con el cuadrado de la distancia, es imposible que los viese a más de 30 kilómetros.

    Por lo tanto si Arnold equivocó la distancia, los objetos le habrían parecido más rápidos ya que se estarían desplazando más cerca de lo que él creyó. En el relato afirmó que casi no podía verlos cuando pasaron sobre el Monte Rainer, de modo que podemos suponer que en realidad estaban a esos 30 km de distancia y Arnold sufrió de mala perspectiva. Muchas horas de vuelo, sí, pero ya dio mal ejemplo con el asunto de la velocidad, ¿por qué creerle con esto?.

    Si se hace una triangulación manteniendo esta distancia de 30 km, todo el trayecto recorrido por los objetos habría sido de tan sólo 45 kilómetros en los 2:30 o 3 minutos que mencionó Arnold.

    Así, sus velocidades oscilarían entre los 1.080 km/h y los 900 km/h, cifras bastante más razonables para un día de Junio a tan sólo 4 meses de que se rompiese oficialmente la barrera del sonido (1.230 km/h aprox).

    Los bombarderos de la época alcanzaban casi esa velocidad.

    Eso podría explicar por qué no oyó Arnold estampido sónico alguno.

    (Hans Guido Mutke afirmaba haber atravesado la barrera del sonido el 9 de abril de 1945 en un Messerschmitt Me 262, aunque no existen pruebas científicas de este logro. El famoso "chuck" Yaeger, rompio "oficialmente" la barrera del sonido el dia 14 de Octubre de 1947. Claro que nadie publica los resultados de las pruebas delante de la prensa, sin haber probado primero los resultados con anterioridad.)


    EL PROBLEMA DE LA ALTITUD

    Igualmente, ¿cómo pudo observar a los objetos a más de 80 kms de distancia?.

    En el monte Rainier hay tres picos que superan los 4.300 metros de altitud y la misma meseta, en palabras del propio Arnold, está a 2.900 metros de altitud (9.500 pies), aunque hay partes a 2.100 e incluso menos.

    Se supone que el lado que encaraba Arnold estaba a 2.900m ya que aporta el dato en su relato.

    En aquellas zonas por debajo de los 2.000 metros hay frondosos bosques, con árboles altísimos como el denominado Abeto Douglas, que llega a medir hasta 60 metros. Un paisaje difícil para tan clara observación.

    Arnold volaba pues a 2.900 metros de altitud, y tal y como se desprende de su relato nunca subió a la meseta, sino que se dedicó a buscar el aparato perdido por el lado oeste.

    Dado que los objetos también volaban a 2.900 metros de altitud, de haber cruzado la meseta del Rainier lo habrían hecho a ras de suelo. Y de hecho, para mantener un rumbo “de norte a sur” a 170º con la meta en el Monte Adams, no tuvieron más remedio que pasar sobre ella.

    Aunque bien podrían estar sorteando cimas, tal y como dijo Arnold “con bruscas maniobras”, lo cierto es que deberían haber volado a al menos 3 km de altura sobre la meseta, dados los picos que tiene.

    Así, la altitud que estimó el piloto de 2.900 metros deberían haber sido al menos 6.000.

    Un error imperdonable.

    Si los aparatos no hubiesen cruzado por la meseta, Arnold no habría podido contrastar “sus perfiles contra las copas nevadas”, ni habrían estado a una distancia de 20-25 millas de la posición del piloto, cerca de Mineral.

    Una vez más, Arnold se equivocó y ya van tres, distancia, velocidad y altura.

    Con todos estos errores, ¿quién cree que el relato de Arnold no se vió alterado por su imaginación?.

    De hecho, son dos tipos muy diferentes de objetos los descritos por el piloto primero en su informe, y otro algunos años después. Pero es que el propio Kenneth Arnold, se dió cuenta de su error, como describe en sus memorias, según cuenta, que nada mas aterrizar, despues del avistamiento:

    "Esta formación de aviónes me fascinó. No volaban como ningún avión que hubiera visto siempre antes. En el primer lugar, su formación completamente distinta de la practicada por nuestra fuerza aérea. La elevación del primer aparato era mayor que la del resto. Volaron en una formación definida, pero irregularmente. Como los describí por aquel entonces, su vuelo era como los barcos en un agua brava o similar a la cola de una cometa china y lo considero como si planearan contra el viento. O sería quizá el mejor describir sus características de vuelo como muy similares a una formación de gansos, algo como en una línea diagonal, como si fueran unidos. Como lo puse a los periodistas en Pendleton, Oregón, volaron como un platillo si usted lo lanza a la superficie del agua".

    Y sigue diciendo:

    "Eran cerca de las cuatro de la tarde cuando aterricé en Yakima y fui derecho a Baxter, director general de la central aerea. Lo llame en su oficina externa y pedí, algo falto de aliento, verlo en privado. Él dejó lo que estaba haciendo en su oficína privada y escuchó la historia de mi observación y le dibujé lo que había visto.


    Recuerdo que él me miraba de una manera algo desconcertada, solamente él sabía de forma absolutamente positiva que no me había vuelto loco y que no veía alucinaciones.


    Llamó a varios de sus pilotos de vuelo e instructores de helicóptero para escuchar mi historia. En el mas alto punto de mi entusiasmo, cerró el tema, golpeado la tapa de su carpeta, cuando uno de los pilotos de helicóptero dijo:"Está claro que se trataba de un vuelo de esos misiles dirigidos al lago Moses."


    Procedí a recolectar mis datos e instrumentos dispersados en la parte de atrás de mi aeroplano, y volé para Pendleton, Oregon. Recordé que me había olvidado de mencionar el hecho de que uno de éstos aparatos era diferente del resto, era más oscuro y de una forma levemente distinta, y que no dije a los muchachos de Yakima que registré la velocidad de esta formación dentro de unos límites bastante exactos.

    Mientras que volaba a Pendleton tomé mi mapa de su soporte en en el borde extremo de mi tablero de instrumentos, cojí una regla, y comencé a calcular matemáticamente millas por hora.

    Calcular y volar mi aeroplano en el mismo tiempo era un poco confuso, y pensé que mis figuras eran incorrectas y que era mejor esperar, hasta que aterricé en Pendleton para hacer un calculo serio"

    Vemos incluso que admite que el primer dibujo que mostró en Yakima y los calculos de velocidad no eran exactos y que incluso uno de los aparatos era distinto a los demas.

    "Cuando aterricé en el gran campo de aviación de Pendleton había un grupo de gente para saludarme. Cuando salí de la pista, nadie comentó nada. Estaban parados alrededor mio callados y mirandome.

    No recuerdo apenas cómo el tema comenzó en los momentos posteriores a que aterrizara, pero antes de que terminaran de acumularse todos alrededor mio en el campo de aviación, relataba la historia de mi experiencia.

    Mencioné la velocidad que había calculado, pero que había asegurado a todos que era positiva y que mis matemáticas eran adecuadas.

    No sé cuántos compañeros se sentaron abajo y empezaron a calcular.

    Cuando calculaba la velocidad en miles de millas por hora, me di cuenta: "Cielo santo, estamos tomando la medida de la distancia muy lejos y demasiado elevada con respecto al Monte Rainier y el Monte Adams.

    Tomamos otra medida de la misma base, tan cerca como pudiera ser determinada en el mapa con respecto a la cota de nieve real.

    La distancia era 39,8 millas.

    Incluso cubriendo esta distancia, que era hasta ahora la mas acertada, ya que sabía que las anteriores eran incorrectas, todavía teníamos una velocidad de 350 millas por hora.

    Eran misiles dirigidos, robot telecontrolados.

    Sabía que las velocidades eran elevadas para un cuerpo humano particularmente en vista de los tirones y movimientos erráticos de estos artefactos.

    Habría podido ir a dormir esa noche si los reporteros, los periodistas, y las agencias de noticias que me pedían la descripción de lo sucedido, me hubieran dejado solo.

    No compartí el entusiasmo general. No puedo comenzar a estimar el número de personas, de cartas, de telegramas, y de llamadas telefónicas a las que intenté contestar.

    Después de tres días en este lío, llege a la conclusión que era el único sano y cuerdo en el conjunto.

    Entonces comenzó todo, y si debiera guiarme por la cantidad de los informes de avistamientos que me llegaron y de los cuáles mantuve seguimiento, pensaría que no tardaría mucho, antes de que hubiera una de estas cosas en cada garage. Pensé que eran muchos los insensatos y puesto que no podría conseguir ningún trabajo de hecho, yo salí al aeropuerto, tomé mi aeroplano, y volé a casa, a Boise.

    No hacía mucho, después de que llegara a casa, cuando Dave Johnson me invitó.

    Dave Johnson es redactor de temas de aviación del periódico Idaho Statesman, y un hombre de capacidad respetada e inteligencia en las materias relacionadas con la aviación militar y civil. En cuanto ví su mirada y el tono de sus palabras, los "platillos volantes"adquirieron repentinamente una significación distinta y nueva.

    La duda que él exhibió de la autenticidad de mi historia, me convenció de era seguro que él estaba, en posición de saber, de que no era un misil dirigido militar nuevo y que si era verdad lo qué había visto, entonces no pertenecía a nuestros buenos y viejos E.E.U.U..

    Fue entonces cuando yo realmente comenzé a preguntarme".


    Esto no es la primera declaración, sino sus memorias, donde se ve que lo que interesaba a la prensa y al publico era el tema de seres de otros mundos, incluso alguien le quería influir para que pensara que eran platillos volantes extraterrestres. Errores en la velocidad, en la distancia, en la altura y veremos que en la forma de los objetos que nos ofreció la prensa...


    EL ERROR DE BEQUETTE

    Durante un tiempo se siguieron dando noticias sobre el caso:

    Washington DC (AP)--En Washington DC el Departamento de Guerra manifestó no contar con información acerca del misterioso suceso. Un portavoz del Ejército, sorprendido por el reporte de Arnold acerca de objetos volando a 2.000 kilómetros (1.200 millas) por hora, declaró: “Por lo que sé, ningún objeto vuela tan rápido, a excepción de los cohetes V-2 que lo hacen a una velocidad cercana a los 6.000 kilómetros (3.500 millas) por hora y eso es demasiado rápido como para poder ser vistos.”

    (AP)--Kenneth Arnold, de 32 años, experimentado piloto civil observa desde su avioneta Callair mientras vuela el 24 de junio de 1947 cerca del monte Rainier en el estado de Washington (EE.UU.) en horas de la tarde el desconcertante vuelo de nueve objetos voladores no identificados desplazándose a unos 10.000 pies de altitud y a una velocidad estimada de más de 1.200 millas por hora.(ojo a esta cifra) Arnold, que trabaja para el servicio forestal estatal, intenta reportar a su regreso el avistamiento de inmediato en la oficina del FBI local de Pendleton, Oregón. La circunstancia de encontrar transitoriamente cerrada la oficina lo lleva a compartir la noticia con el editor del diario local East Oregonian. Su testimonio obtiene de este modo una rápida e inesperada trascendencia que horas más tarde logra alcance nacional.

    Efectivamente, lo primero en lo que pensó Kenneth Arnold era en dar a conocer a todo el mundo lo vio. En el mismo momento en que abandonó el aeródromo, se dirigió a las oficinas del FBI de Pendleton, pero como estaban cerradas, se dirigió a las oficinas del periódico mas cercano y allí le narró lo sucedido a Bill Bequette, quien malinterpretó lo descrito y lanzó la noticia con un titular que decía “Flying Saucers” (“Platillos Volantes”)

    Acababa de nacer un mito que sería visto en cientos de miles de casos; sería plasmado en novelas, artículos y películas.

    Si analizamos lo descrito por Kenneth Arnold, veremos que tenía claro aparentemente lo que vio. Empezaron por llamarle la atención con un reflejo producido en una superficie metálica, de tal modo que se pensó que tendría otra aeronave muy cerca y la intentó divisar. “volaban como un platillo si usted lo lanza a la superficie del agua” “Volaron en una formación definida, pero irregularmente. Como los describí por aquel entonces, su vuelo era como los barcos en un agua brava o similar a la cola de una cometa china y le considero como si planearan contra el viento. O sería quizás la mejor descripción de sus características de vuelo como muy similares a una formación de gansos, algo como en una línea diagonal, como si fueran unidos. Como lo puse a los periodistas en Pendleton, Oregón, volaron como un platillo si usted lo lanza a la superficie del agua”

    Pero el periodista confundió la característica de su vuelo, con la forma de los objetos.

    Este error, sumió a Kenneth Arnold en una gran frustración durante toda su vida y no se cansó nunca de intentar enmendar el error literario del periodista.

    En una entrevista con el en su día famoso Ed Murrow, el 7 de Abril de 1950, tres años después de su avistamiento comentó esto:

    -MURROW: En tres diversas ocasiones, la inteligencia militar le interrogó Sr. Arnold. Expresaron sus dudas en cuanto a la exactitud de algunas de sus observaciones divulgadas.
    -ARNOLD : Es correcto. Ahora bien, algunos de los informes que aparecieron en los periódicos no me interpretaron correctamente. Cuando hablé a la prensa, me citaron entusiasmados, un periódico tras otro fueron repitiendo incorrectamente lo que se publico en principio alejándose de la exactitud de lo que dije.

    Ed Murrow

    -MURROW : Aquí es cómo nació el termino "platillo volante".
    -ARNOLD : De estos objetos que volaban inestables, también dije, como barcos en aguas bravas o aire muy turbulento, y cuando describí cómo volaron, dije que volaron como si tomaran un platillo y lo lanzaran a la superficie del agua. La mayoría de los periódicos entendieron mal y citaron incorrectamente eso también. Dijeron que dije que tenían forma de platillo; dije que volaron como la forma en la que vuela un platillo.
    -MURROW : Fue una cita incorrecta histórica. Mientras que se ha olvidado la explicación original de Sr. Arnold, el término "platillo volante" se ha convertido en una palabra cotidiana. Pocas personas hacen notar que el Sr. Arnold ha comentado ver estos mismos objetos extraños en el cielo en otras tres ocasiones. Él dice que algunos pilotos en el noroeste han comentado verlos en 8 ocasiones distintas. Pedimos su propia opinión personal sobre la naturaleza de lo que él y los otros habían visto.
    -ARNOLD : No sé explicarlo lo mejor posible. Me he reservado una opinión en cuanto a lo que pienso. Naturalmente, si no es norteamericano , si no lo hizo nuestra ciencia o nuestras fuerzas aéreas , estoy inclinado a creer que tiene un origen extraterrestre.
    -MURROW : ¿Origen extraterrestre? ¿Usted piensa que existe una posibilidad de que puedan ser del espacio, de otro planeta? Supongo que es bastante duro para que la gente lo tome en serio.
    -ARNOLD : Bien, le diré este hecho: ninguno de los pilotos de líneas aéreas, esperamos que se rían de nosotros. Hicimos nuestros informes esencialmente para informar, porque pensamos que si nuestro gobierno no lo sabía, era nuestro deber divulgarlo a nuestra nación, y a nuestra fuerza aérea. Pienso que es algo que preocupa a cada persona en el país, y no pienso que sea cualquier cosa como para que la gente consiga ponerse histérica. Esa es justamente mi franca opinión .
    -MURROW : Así es cómo todo comenzó; ése fue el hecho que disparó todo.

    La historia de Kenneth Arnold fue recogida por los medios de comunicación. La radio y los periódicos la copiaron, y entonces al cabo de unos días el país explotó en una inundación de observaciones de "platillos volantes."

    Recordando el incidente para el primer Congreso Internacional de Ufología, Arnold en 1977 reveló que el termino de platillo volante, se creó debido a un "gran malentendido" por parte del reportero que escribió la historia para United Press. Bill Bequette le preguntó de que forma los objetos volaban y Arnold contestó: "bien, volaron erráticos, como un platillo si usted lo lanza sobre el agua." La metáfora era para describir el movimiento de los objetos, no su forma. Arnold indicó que los objetos "no eran circulares." Un vistazo al dibujo que él hizo para su informe a la fuerza aérea poco después el incidente, confirma la verdad de esa declaración:



    Pero ese dibujo es de ocho de los nueve aparatos que vio, siendo el noveno algo mas cóncavo por la parte trasera, como una letra D.

    En tres ocasiones la inteligencia militar interrogó a Kenneth Arnold y le hicieron ver que cometía algunas inexactitudes, indicándole que la forma mas aproximada de todos los aparatos era la del ultimo que vio.


    K. Arnold señalando un dibujo de uno de los aparatos

    Como en diversas ocasiones avistó varias formaciones de alas volantes, como el XB-35; YB-49 YB-49 o incluso de algún modelo alemán capturado en la guerra como el HO-229 de los hermanos Horten, los militares norteamericanos trataron de desviar la atención hacia estos modelos, que en cierta medida se quedaban obsoletos a pesar de que en 1944 la fabrica Lippish construyo el DM-1 que podía alcanzar teóricamente Mach 6. HO-229 v 1.

    Fotografía del YB-49 en vuelo

    HO-229 v 1


    Estas indicaciones de los militares le alejaban del concepto de nave semicircular en forma de letra D, pese que numerosos testigos de la época vieron e incluso fotografiaron ese tipo de nave, como hizo William A. Rhodes, que el 7 de Julio de 1947 logró obtener la fotografía de una nave a la que califico “Con la forma del tacón de un zapato de hombre” y al que le calculó un diámetro de 20 a 30 pies (entre unos 6 y 9 metros) a una velocidad de 100 millas (unos 180 km/h) a una altura de entre 1000 y 2000 pies (unos 300-600 mts).


    Fotografía de Rhodes

    El Viernes, 4 de Julio de 1947 a las 20 h 17, un avión DC-3, despega de Boise (Idaho) para dirigirse a Seattle (Washington), era el vuelo 105 que debería haber salido a las 21 h 04 de Boise. 8 minutos después de despegar, cuando el aeroplano está a 2100 m, Ralph Stevens, y su copiloto Smith, observan un primer grupo de objetos. Creían que eran aviones que se preparaban para aterrizar. Smith y Stevens observan 5 objetos sin cola. Los describirían como "trozos de tarta o trozos de empanada". Después de observar los 5 primeros objetos, una segunda formación de 4 objetos (3 en línea y un 4ª mas alto que los otros) se desplazan por delante de su posición viajando en dirección Oeste, llevando una altitud ligeramente superior a los 8000 pies del DC-3. Smith indicó que nunca midió la velocidad ni las distancias.

    La noticia llega a Kenneth Arnold, quien contacta con ellos, ya que los conocía con anterioridad, para informarse del caso.


    Arnold en el centro con Smith y Stevens

    Kenneth Arnold no deja de aparecer en los periódicos y le piden ayuda en la investigación de la Isla Maury. ¿Qué ocurrió en la Isla de Maury?

    El sábado 21 de junio de 1947 a las 14 h, un guardacostas norteamericano, gobernado por Harold Dahl, éste acompañado de su hijo (15 años) y su perro, como otro miembro del equipo, salen de patrulla.

    De repente 6 objetos exactamente iguales a los descritos por Arnold y a vuelo rasante sobre el agua ponen en apuros a los miembros del barco.

    Cinco de los discos rodearon al sexto, que parecía averiado.

    Dahl sacó una serie de fotografías de los extraños objetos.

    De repente, uno de los discos chocó con el averiado y, a causa de la colisión, unos fragmentos de apariencia metálica se desprendieron del segundo.

    Aunque la patrullera puso rumbo hacia la isla Maury, y los tripulantes desembarcaron y se refugiaron en un acantilado; no pudieron evitar que durante el trayecto algunos fragmentos alcanzaran la embarcación, dañándola, hiriendo al hijo de Dahl y acabando con la vida del perro de a bordo.

    Cuando volvieron a la patrullera, tras haber recogido algunos fragmentos metálicos, intentaron hacer uso de la radio de a bordo para informar a las autoridades, pero ésta sufría unas interferencias de origen desconocido.

    Entonces los discos abandonaron el lugar a gran velocidad.

    Una vez en Tacoma, Dahl informó a su superior, Fred L. Crisman, que no le creyó hasta que tuvo en sus manos uno de los fragmentos procedentes del disco volante. Dahl los describió como "ferralla ligeramente luminosa debido a la posible radiación", además les consiguen sacar 5 fotografías. Revelan el carrete, pero pierden las fotografías.

    Al día siguiente, Dahl recibió la visita de un extraño que le advirtió que lo mejor que podía hacer era olvidarlo todo y pudo comprobar que en las fotografías salían los seis misteriosos objetos, pero que la película parecía haber sido dañada por algún tipo de radiación.

    ENTRA EN JUEGO PALMER

    En julio de 1947, Harold A. Dahl escribió una carta a Palmer, informándole de un suceso que él y unos compañeros habían vivido en las inmediaciones de la isla Maury (Washington).

    Raymod Palmer, un hombre enano y con una gran joroba, había asumido la dirección de Amazing Stories en 1938, el mismo año en que Orson Welles había aterrorizado a cinco millones de personas con una versión radiofónica de La guerra de los mundos (1897), de Herbert G. Wells.

    "Tan pronto como Palmer se hizo cargo de la dirección dedicó una enorme cantidad de energía a cambiar el rumbo de la revista. Hizo bajar la calidad de las historias y aumentar la circulación" (Comentó Asimov en 1981).

    Dos años antes de la observación de Arnold, Palmer abrió las páginas de Amazing Stories a Richard S. Shaver, un desequilibrado mental en tratamiento que decía recordar cómo Atlántida, Lemuria y Mu (los continentes míticos tan del gusto de charlatanes de todas las raleas) habían sido colonizados por seres extraterrestres en un remoto pasado. Según Shaver, los alienígenas habían tenido que abandonar la Tierra hace miles de años, dejando en nuestro planeta dos tipos de robots que desde entonces habitan en el subsuelo: los “Teros”, que hacen lo posible por ayudar a la humanidad, y los “Deros”, responsables de gran parte de las desgracias del ser humano.



    Fotografía de Palmer

    La historia cautivó a Palmer hasta tal punto que, en junio de 1947, dedicó un número entero de Amazing Stories a lo que él denominaba el misterio Shaver.

    En octubre, aseguraba en un editorial escrito durante el verano que la observación de "misteriosas naves supersónicas, ya sean espaciales o procedentes de cuevas", confirmaba la autenticidad de las narraciones del mundo subterráneo (Lagrange, 1988). Los tripulantes de los platillos volantes eran descendientes de los extraterrestres que habían colonizado nuestro planeta en un pasado remoto.

    Palmer fue despedido de su trabajo. Su apoyo incondicional a las estupideces propaladas por Shaver había incomodado a los propietarios de la revista.

    El imaginativo promotor de basura pseudo científica entró entonces en contacto con Kenneth Arnold. Un año más tarde, aparecía en los quioscos el primer número de Fate, que con el tiempo se iba a convertir en «el principal abastecedor de tonterías paranormales» de Estados Unidos (Gardner, 1983).

    El artículo de portada de la nueva revista era «I did see the flying disks» y, aunque estaba firmado por Arnold, había sido escrito por Palmer. El autor había pasado por alto todas las dudas que el testigo había reflejado en el informe al Ejército y las incongruencias del relato, contradictorio en lo que se refería al tamaño y la velocidad de los objetos volantes. Describía el suceso con un tono colorista y afirmaba, entre otras cosas, que los discos habían suscitado

              FBI pred dvema tednoma izvedel racijo pri Paulu Manafortu         
    Posebni tožilec za preiskavo ruske afere Bob Mueller je pred dvema tednoma poslal agente FBI v hišo nekdanjega šefa kampanje Donalda Trumpa, kjer so zaplenili številno dokumentacijo, a Paula Manaforta niso aretirali. Ameriška javnost se je tedaj...
              City of Gold by Carolyn Arnold (Matthew Connor Adventure Series Book 1) plus $15 Paypal Giveaway        
    Finding the Inca’s lost City of Gold would be the discovery of a lifetime. But failing could mean her death... 

    Archaeologist Matthew Connor and his friends Cal and Robyn are finally home after a dangerous retrieval expedition in India. While they succeeded in obtaining the priceless Pandu artifact they sought, it almost cost them their lives. Still, Matthew is ready for the next adventure. Yet when new intel surfaces indicating the possible location of the legendary City of Gold, Matthew is hesitant to embark on the quest.

    Not only is the evidence questionable but it means looking for the lost city of Paititi far away from where other explorers have concentrated their efforts. As appealing as making the discovery would be, it’s just too risky. But when Cal’s girlfriend, Sophie, is abducted by Matthew’s old nemesis who is dead-set on acquiring the Pandu statue, Matthew may be forced into action. Saving Sophie’s life means either breaking into the Royal Ontario Museum to steal the relic or offering up something no one in his or her right mind can refuse--the City of Gold.

    Now Matthew and his two closest friends have to find a city and a treasure that have been lost for centuries. And they only have seven days to do it. As they race against the clock, they quickly discover that the streets they seek aren’t actually paved with gold, but with blood.

    Available to buy from the following sites...
    Amazon.com   Amazon.co.uk   Barnes & Noble   Apple iBooks   GPlay   Kobo


    Action-adventure books for the mystery lover. 
    Does treasure hunting excite you? 
    What about the thought of traveling the globe and exploring remote regions to uncover legends that the world has all but forgotten? 
    If so, strap yourself in for an adventure with modern-day archaeologist Matthew Connor and his two closest friends. Indiana Jones meets the twenty-first century. 

     This is the perfect book series for fans of Indiana JonesLara CroftNational Treasure, and The Relic Hunter.


    Read an excerpt


    About the author
    CAROLYN ARNOLD is an international best-selling and award-winning author, as well as a speaker, teacher, and inspirational mentor. She has four continuing fiction series—Detective Madison Knight, Brandon Fisher FBI, McKinley Mysteries, and Matthew Connor Adventures—and has written nearly thirty books. Her genre diversity offers her readers everything from cozy to hard-boiled mysteries, and thrillers to action adventures.

    Both her female detective and FBI profiler series have been praised by those in law enforcement as being accurate and entertaining, leading her to adopt the trademark: POLICE PROCEDURALS RESPECTED BY LAW ENFORCEMENT™.

    Carolyn was born in a small town and enjoys spending time outdoors, but she also loves the lights of a big city. Grounded by her roots and lifted by her dreams, her overactive imagination insists that she tell her stories. Her intention is to touch the hearts of millions with her books, to entertain, inspire, and empower.

    She currently lives just west of Toronto with her husband and beagle and is a member of Crime Writers of Canada.
    Find the author on the following sites... 
    Newsletter   Website   Facebook   Twitter    Google+   Pinterest   Goodreads   Amazon Author Page

    Follow the book tour


    018836-glossy-silver-icon-symbols-shapes-square-2

    NOW FOR THE AUTHOR'S GIVEAWAY !!

    Win $15 Paypal Cash
    Open Worldwide
    Ending on Sunday 20th August at 11.59pm EST

    Enter Below & Good Luck !!
    Are you a book reviewer or book blogger? Join our book tours reviewers team - Apply Here x
    Current book tours open for sign ups HERE




    Our Disclosure Policy
    Are you a book reviewer or book blogger? Join our book tours reviewers team - Apply Here x
    Current book tours open for sign ups HERE

    Sharon x
    photo 
    Sharon Martin
    Blogger & Promoter at Beck Valley Books
             




              18.08.17 20:45 Uhr - Schwabach - Die Unfassbaren 2 - Now You See Me        
    Tickets erhältlich unter: http://www.frankentipps.de/veranstaltung216119-tickets

    USA 2016, 130 Min, ab 12, Regie: Jon M. Chu

    mit Jesse Eisenberg, Mark Ruffalo, Woody Harrelson

    Im zweiten Teil der Zauberer-Saga wollen die Magier J. Daniel Atlas, Merritt McKinney, Jack Wilder und Neuzugang Lula erneut einen Coup landen, der das kapitalistische System an einer empfindlichen Stelle trifft. Ein Silicon-Valley-Guru steht diesmal im Fokus der vier Reiter. Nach ihrem spektakulären Bankraub ein Jahr zuvor müssen sie sich jedoch vor dem FBI in Acht nehmen. Technik-Wunderkind Walter Mabry kommt ihnen diesmal in die Quere. Schließlich hat Walters Vater mit der Magiertruppe noch eine dicke Rechnung offen.
              MISSING PERSON ALERT        

    Ce matin, le FBI a émit une alerte disparition pour Stanley et Joe Donington, respectivement District Atorney et médecin légiste de Seattle. Plus d’informations dans notre édition spéciale à venir.

    Cet article MISSING PERSON ALERT est apparu en premier sur Forum RPG Blog.


              Boston Marathon Bombing Suspect Captured        
    The FBI released photos and video Thursday of two suspects in the Boston Marathon bombing and asked for the public's help in identifying them, zeroing in on the two men on surveillance-camera footage less than three days after the deadly attack.
              FBI Shuts Down Internet Poker Sites…Are Online Sportsbooks Next?        

    The Los Angeles Times had a fascinating (and, depending on your perspective, disturbing) piece this week which began: A thriving online poker industry catering to Americans but operating from abroad to evade U.S. gambling laws could be wiped out by criminal charges against top executives in the business.  Eleven people, including the founders of the […]

    The post FBI Shuts Down Internet Poker Sites…Are Online Sportsbooks Next? appeared first on Sean Patrick Griffin.


              Oficial y Confidencial, para uso exclusivo del Director        
    Hace un par de meses cotilleando en FilmAffinty me encontré con que Clint Eastwood tenía nueva película. Por lo que se decía en Internet, prometía ser un peliculón con un reparto de lujo. Leonardo DiCaprio, Naomi Watts, Josh Lucas, Judi Dench, Dermot Mulroney, Lea Thompson, Michael Gladis. En fin una súper producción con una historia apasionante que contar. Nada más y nada menos que la vida de J.Edgar Hoover. El hombre quien durante décadas llevó la cuenta de los secretos y pecados de miles de personas influyentes. A las que no dudó en manipular a su conveniencia sin que nadie osara oponérsele. Reconozco que desde que leí una concienzuda biografía sobre el, Hoover es uno de mis personajes históricos predilectos. Así que al enterarme de lo de la película me propuse publicar un post hablando del tema. Pero como soy un caso entre el trabajo, la pereza y demás, pues eso que por poco se estrena la película y el post se queda en el olvido. Permitidme pues que aunque con el tiempo muy apurado presente mi propio expediente sobre J.Edgar Hoover.

    --------------------------  Oficial y Confidencial     --------------------------------

                                      

    En 1919 cuando  Mitchell Palmer el nuevo y ambicioso ministro de justicia llegó al cargo.  El auge que empezaban a tener el país de las asociaciones socialistas e izquierdistas alentadas por el triunfo de la revolución rusa y las reivindicaciones de los movimientos obreros de toda Europa. Se consideraban elementos desestabilizadores a los que había que poner freno de inmediato. Tras algunas recomendaciones Palmer acabó contratando a un joven Edgar como ayudante especial para ocuparse de controlar aquel problema.  Pronto demostró de lo que era capaz. En su primera gran operación contra la amenaza roja medio millón de personas fueron fichadas y se abrieron  60.000 expedientes. Lo que permitió tener una idea clara de cómo infiltrar, debilitar y atacar a innumerables asociaciones y personas cuyas actividades fueron consideradas subversivas. Para cuando finalmente los defensores de los derechos civiles consiguieron echar el freno a esta primera caza de brujas. Edgar había llegado a perfeccionar ampliamente un sistema y una doctrina de la que seguiría sirviendo se el resto de su vida. Sus métodos fueron muy criticados pero tras muchas protestas y revuelo, consiguió salir indemne del escándalo. Finalmente resultó que cuando por momentos temió perder su trabajo. Se encontró con que de pronto le ofrecieron uno mucho mejor. El trabajo al que consagraría su vida.
    Parece ser que cuando en 1924 un nuevo ministro de justicia decidió nombrar a Hoover como director del FBI. Se apresuró a dejarle muy claro que el nombramiento tenía carácter puramente provisional. La institución por entonces estaba muy cuestionada, a causa de su ineficacia ante el crimen y los casos de corrupción que afectaban a la organización. El nombramiento de Edgar era pues un parche de urgencia, un intento de centrar la atención del público y la prensa en una cara nueva. Mientras se decidía que hacer definitivamente con  la agencia. Pero desde el momento en que Hoover tomó las riendas lo hizo con la plena convicción de no moverse del puesto. Obviamente se salió con la suya.
    Al fallecer el 2 de mayo de 1972 tras casi cincuenta años en el cargo J.Edgar Hoover seguía siendo el todo poderoso director del FBI. Los ocho presidentes habían pasado por la casa blanca durante aquellos años. Habían visto impotentes como sus respectivas administraciones vivían bajo la “tutela” de un personaje oscuro e intrigante, cuyo poder con los años no había parado de crecer. Y ante quienes los sucesivos gobiernos se habían tenido que plegar incapaces de asumir el riesgo de enfrentarle. Un hombre a quien millones de conciudadanos tenían como el más destacado referente de lo que tenía que ser el espíritu americano. Trabajador incansable y concienzudo, de moralidad intachable, respetuoso defensor de las tradiciones norteamericanas. Que desde su puesto velaba tenazmente por la seguridad del país y sus ciudadanos. Ante cualquier tipo de enemigo o amenaza interna o externa. Todos estos años Hoover había sido la indiscutible figura de referencia para los norteamericanos. Así pues miles de ellos acudieron a rendirle su último homenaje y presentarle sus respetos. En una fastuosa capilla ardiente instalada en el Capitolio, sobre el mismo catafalco usado en el funeral de Lincold. Un funeral de estado para despedir a un abnegado y venerado servidor publico.

    La realidad en cambio era muy distinta. Tras acceder al cargo, Edgar se encontró realmente ante una situación muy comprometida. Con el país sumido en la depresión la corrupción dentro y fuera de las instituciones campaba a sus anchas. Por no hablar del lado más visible de la delincuencia. Encarnado por una serie de peligrosos y sangrientos delincuentes que parecían recorrer el país a sus anchas como en los tiempos de los cowboys. John Dillinger, Ametralladora Kelly, Babe Face Nelson, Pretty Boy Floyd, Ma Barker.
    Constantemente los periódicos estaban llenos de noticias sobre sus sangrientas correrías. Alentando la desconfianza de los ciudadanos respecto a la capacidad de las fuerzas del orden para solucionar toda aquella locura. Hoover tuvo claro desde el principio que precisamente aquella situación era a la vez su principal problema y su mejor oportunidad. Lo primero fue acometer una contundente reorganización de la agencia. Todo aquel sospechoso de ser corrupto o de tener “conducta impropia” fue fulminantemente despedido. El nuevo FBI estaría provisto de agentes honrados, leales y especializados en las últimas técnicas de investigación. Los ideales de la institución y de sus agentes debían ser un referente para los ciudadanos a los que servían. Ese fue el mensaje que a través de la prensa Edgar se empeño en hacer llegar al público. Mediante una cuidadosa campaña de relaciones publicas. Para la que supo aprovechar los éxitos que poco a poco sus agentes empezaron a cosechar. Unos éxitos convenientemente publicitados con bombo y platillo.  Para cuya consecución, sin embargo, no se dudo en recurrir a todo tipo de reprobables artimañas, abusos y mentiras. Sin duda el fin justifica los medios debió de pensar Edgar. Que tras ganar la “guerra” a los gánsters y reflotar la imagen del FBI. Se encontró en una posición inmejorable para hacer y deshacer a su antojo. Sabía perfectamente de la importancia de controlar la imagen y la información. Así que se preocupo de difundir ampliamente su empeño y esfuerzo personal en la modernización de la agencia y los logros que ello suponían. Implantó la tecnología de recogida y archivo de huellas, la vigilancia mediante escuchas, los equipos y protocolos de investigación forense. Edgar tenía vía libre podía hacer prácticamente lo que quisiera. De hecho entre 1924 y 1971 ninguna administración realizó ni una sola auditoria sobre el presupuesto del FBI.
    Tras acabar con los gansters, llegarían los infiltrados nazis, los agitadores sociales y por supuesto la gravísima amenaza comunista y su deseo de acabar con el estilo de vida norteamericano. Un enemigo retorcido e invisible que se convirtió en la autentica piedra filosofal de la doctrina Hoover. El creciente y desafiante poder de los ¨Rojos”.  Empezaba a calar en partes de la sociedad norteamericana a la que pronto hubo de empezar a proteger y concienciar de este nuevo peligro. Los rojos estaban siempre al acecho siempre intrigando para debilitar y corromper Norteamérica aseguraban la prensa y los políticos. Pero desde el principio a los americanos se les empezó a vender la idea de que nada parecía poder escapar al control de los agentes del FBI y de su Director. Que controlaba escrupulosamente cuanto sucedía. No podían ni imaginar cuan real era aquella afirmación. O más concretamente cuan real era ese control sobre todo aquello que verdaderamente interesaba al Director.

    Pues la historia de J.Edgar Hoover es la historia de sus expedientes clasificados como Oficial y Confidencial. Un enorme archivo sobre las historias y trapos sucios de miles de personas que a lo largo de décadas captaron la atención de Edgar por uno u otra razón. Siempre se ha dicho que la información es poder. Edgar sin duda llevó esta afirmación a su máxima expresión.
    Ningún presidente, administración, político, empresario, artista, institución, nada que pudiera resultar importante escapaba al concienzudo escrutinio del FBI de Hoover. Que mientras se ocupaba de pregonar sobre su defensa de los valores y el estilo de vida americano. Mantuvo a sus agentes  muy ocupados recopilando todo tipo de información -cuanto más escabrosa mejor- sobre todo y sobre todos. Deforma que no paso mucho tiempo antes de que cualquier persona, independientemente de su condición o del cargo que ocupara. No tuviera muy claro que sus más inconfesables secretos estaban seguramente en posesión del taimado Director. Que supo sacar partido de las debilidades humanas. Desviaciones sexuales, infidelidades, fraude fiscal, problemas con la bebida, consumo de drogas o por descontado unas inapropiadas simpatías izquierdistas. Podían acabar con la vida de cualquiera que osara cruzarse en el camino del señor Hoover. O simplemente no accediera a plegarse a sus deseos.

    Mediante el descrédito, la calumnia, o directamente el chantaje. Compró voluntades, acalló voces y manipulo a su antojo sin la menor vacilación. Pisoteando tanto a los derechos civiles las leyes o a personajes e instituciones. Presidentes como Roosevelt, Truman, Kennedy, Johnson o Nixon que llegaron a plantearse seriamente el relevarle de su cargo al verse abiertamente desafiados. Terminaron reculando  a la hora de enfrentarse a un enemigo tan poderoso. Los expedientes eran la espada de Damocles de la que Edgar no dudo en servirse siempre que le resultó necesario. Paradójicamente sus propias debilidades no distaban mucho de a aquellos a los que chantajeó.

    Las relaciones de Hoover con su madre no fueron nunca fáciles y se cree que esto pudo influir en sus relaciones con el sexo opuesto. Podría decirse que Helen Gandy, su fiel secretaria durante cincuenta y tres años. Fue probablemente la mujer que más cerca estuvo de el. En una insólita entrevista concedida a mediados de los cincuenta Edgar hizo alusión a que el amor siempre se había mostrado esquivo con el. Dejando entre ver que en una ocasión le habían partido el corazón. Esta especie de extraña confesión podría tener su origen en la historia de Alice. Una muchacha a la que según Gandy, Edgar estuvo apunto de pedir matrimonio en 1918. Pero que le dejó para casarse con otro hombre. Estos escasos detalles son prácticamente lo único que trascendió de sus relaciones personales. Durante algún tiempo empezó a dejarse ver en compañía de Lela Rogers -madre de Ginger Rogers- incluso se especulo con una posible boda. Aun que finalmente todo quedo en un rumor. Se le atribuye también una buena amistad con Dorothy Lamur. La única mujer por la que en opinión de algunos, Edgar llegó a mostrar cierta consideración.



    En 1928 Clyde Tolson ingresó en el FBI en tan solo tres años ascendió a uno de los puestos de subdirector. En donde bajo la tutela de Edgar permanecería hasta 1971. El verano de 1937 con motivo del vigésimo aniversario de Edgar en el Departamento de Justicia. Tubo lugar una pequeña fiesta en la que entre otras cosas le regalaron la insignia numero uno del FBI en oro puro. Para celebrarlo Edgar y Clyde vestidos con trajes color crema y sumergidos en un mar de flores. Inmortalizaron el momento, con una foto que para muchos hubiera sido como la confirmación de lo en aquel entonces en muchos círculos de poder de la capital era un secreto a voces. Del que jamás nadie se atrevió a hablar abiertamente pese a la evidencia.  Edgar y Clyde eran amantes y cinco noches a la semana durante más de cuarenta años cenarían en el restaurante Harvey. A excepción de los periodos de vacaciones. Cuando por lo general se escapaban al  sur de California. Habían empezado a veranear allí a mediados de los años treinta. Pero cuando en la década de los cincuenta cuando su amigo el millonario tejano Clint Murchinson. Adquirió el exclusivo hotel Del Charro en La Jolla Edgar y Clyde se convirtieron en clientes preferenciales. Que disfrutaban de un lujoso y bungalow a 700 dólares la noche pero que en su caso corría por cuenta de la casa. En Del Charro Edgar coincidía con Lewis Rosenstiel otro amigo multimillonario. Quien aparte de asegurarle buenos “soplos” de primera mano para apostar en las carreras de los hipódromos cercanos. Al parecer también empezó a ocuparse de organizarle a Edgar encuentros con jovencitos. Cuando su relación con Clyde empezó a atravesar crisis frecuentes. 
    Tal vez fuera durante una de estas crisis cuando en la primavera de 1958. Tuvo lugar un episodio que la mujer de Rosenstiel relataría años después. Según parece todo ocurrió una tarde cuando en compañía de su marido fue a una suite del hotel plaza donde se estaba celebrando una fastuosa orgía.  Una orgía en la que para su sorpresa se encontró con el mismísimo Edgar ataviado con ropa de mujer.

                                 

    Todo apunta a que la homosexualidad y su relación con Clyde era precisamente el punto débil de Edgar que explotaron aquellos a quienes jamás se atrevió verdaderamente a acosar. La Nochevieja de 1936 tras una lujosa cena en el Store Club Edgar y Clyde fueron sorprendidos en actitud comprometida por diferentes personas. Nadie difundió nunca lo que ocurrió  pero el Store era un local controlado por la Mafia. Una organización a la que el poderoso FBI de Hoover  jamás reconocería como tal y con la que a excepción de puntuales encontronazos. Incluso llegó a colaborar en diferentes momentos. Con el paso de los años diferentes testimonios y actitudes de jefes mafiosos. Darían a entender  que en esta especie de entente cordial entre Edgar y las familias aquella noche del Store tenía mucho que ver. ¿El chantajista, chantajeado? O tal vez sería mejor decir el chantajista ganado para la causa. No en vano el propio Rosenstiel había sido colaborador directo del mismísimo Meyer Lansky otro genio indiscutible de la manipulación.

    Así pues J.Edgar Hoover máximo exponente de los principios y valores de la sociedad norteamericana. También tenía su propia y abultada ración de secretos inconfesables. Muchos de los cuales se me quedan ahora en el tintero. Su patente racismo y ultraderechismo, las disputas con los Kennedy y su actuación en el asesinato presidencial, los trapìcheos con  McCarthy, el asesinato de Luther King, la chapuza de los Rosenberg.  Pero es que este post me va a quedar kilométrico. Eso si espero que sirva para haceros una idea de lo que en teoría podéis encontrar en la película.

    Que yo sepa a excepción  una breve secuencia de Nixon, la película de Oliver Stone en la que el personaje de Edgar besa a un camarero. La figura del Director del FBI nunca se ha puesto abiertamente en entredicho en la gran pantalla.
    DiCaprio quien en El Aviador, ya se atrevió a meterse en la piel de Hooward Hughes y que ya prepara una película sobre Sinatra. -Con lo que completará un trío de los personajes a la vez más influyentes, oscuros y relevantes de la historia de los Estados Unidos.- Dará vida a uno –si no el que más- de los grandes manipuladores de la historia.
    Aun después de su muerte, la figura de Hoover permaneció durante años intocable. Como si el temor a que el poder del sempiterno Director del FBI pudiera caer sobre cualquiera que se arriesgara a hurgar en su historia. Se atreverá el gran Eastwood a desafiarle. Quien sabe, la verdad es que por su edad no sería de extrañar que en alguna parte exista un expediente con su nombre. En el que aparezca algún pecadillo de juventud, cuando empezaba en esto del cine. Un expediente por supuesto clasificado Oficial y Confidencial para uso exclusivo del Director.



              Converge Detroit Podcasts        

    We did a few podcasts over the Converge Detroit conference. Check them out here:

    IT in the D -- Live Broadcast: Converge 2015 Security Conference. Ever had a conversation with a guy who compromised bank security ... in Beirut? How about someone who’s managed to compromise physical security all over the world ... just because scanning and getting into servers is too boringly easy? Know anything about a group that’s out there dedicated to teaching kids about computer security in a way they’ll actually want to learn? Read and listen on, friends ... read and listen on.

    Hurricane Labs InfoSec Podcast -- Don’t Bother Trusting, Verify Everything. This podcast was recorded by the Hurricane Labs crew, and special guest Wolfgang Goerlich, at the 2015 Converge Conference. Topics of discussion (and witty banter) include: FBI anti-encryption rhetoric; the Hacking Team hack; Google's social responsibility; and more. Converge and BSides Detroit were fantastic - if you didn't get the chance to make it out this year, you can still view the video presentation recordings here: Converge 2015 Videos. Thanks to Wolf and all the sponsors, volunteers, speakers and everyone who made these conferences possible! 

    PVCSec -- Live! At Converge Detroit. Ed & I enjoyed talking with a fantastic audience at Converge Detroit 2015 yesterday. Everyone was in fine voice. Ed & Paul embraced Converge Detroit’s invitation to podcast LIVE! from the event on the campus of Wayne State University in the Arsenal of Democracy, Detroit Michigan U.S. of A. Thanks again to the event, the sponsors, the volunteers, and of course all of those who attended. We had a blast and can’t wait for next year!


              Podcast Playtest N°10 : L'Horloge du Diable, avec Matthieu Minne        





    (Durée 02 : 08 : 12)
    Télécharger le podcast

    L'Horloge du Diable est un jeu de rôle contemporain de Matthieu Minne et d'Alexandre David dont les mécaniques s'inspirent ouvertement des jeux de plateau. Les joueurs interprètent des agents du FBI confrontés à une affaire extrêmement lourde (pensez Silence des Agneaux). En plus des pressions engendrées par leur vie de famille et leur hiérarchie, ces fédéraux sont en proie à des dilemmes moraux insurmontables. Alors... oserez-vous rater l'anniversaire de votre petite fille, pour vous consacrez à l'autopsie de la victime d'un serial killer ? Une vie est en jeu et c'est très certainement la vôtre...


    Avec Stéphane, Jérémie et Matthieu Minne, nous nous laissons torturer par l'étrange tic tac de l'Horloge du Diable et, comme vous allez l'entendre, ce jeu va nous rendre fou. Au centre de la table, le matériel joue le rôle principal. La machine diabolique est en marche. Elle engendre immersion et malaise pour le plus grand bonheur des amateurs de vide fertile. Mais le jeu de Matthieu et d'Alexandre se veut aussi "accessible" qu'un jeu de plateau, le pari est-il réussi ?

    Bonne semaine à tous ! Portez-vous bien et, surtout, jouez bien !

              A bude hůř! Za pád dvojčat může FBI a CIA        
    Nebyli to teroristi, byly to tajné služby. Bylo potřeba zamaskovat tunely americké vlády. A Blanka je proti nim malá dírka.
              456: Please Shoot Responsibly        
    Local landmark shipwreck in California is destroyed for an Instagram photo. Flickr's Auto-Uploader is now a pro-only feature. Plus could the FBI force us to turn on our phone cameras to spy on us? This week’s guests: Derrick Story and Don Komerechka.
              Richard A. Clarke on National Security        

    Richard A. Clarke served seven presidents in important national security posts from 1973 to 2003. His new book, Your Government Failed You: Breaking the Cycle of National Security Disasters, (1) is two things, an expansion of his earlier criticisms of President George W. Bush's track record in national security and a wide-ranging evaluation of the current state of national security.

    Clarke focuses much of his attention on the current war in Iraq. His position is that the war was a mistake from the start, a fool's errand in his words, (2) which provided a recruiting windfall for al Qaeda. Beyond this, he faults both the White House and the Pentagon for poor planning and execution. Specifically he charges that:

    • They sent too few troops.
    • Despite warnings by the CIA and the State Department, they failed to anticipate the insurgency, an unforgivable oversight after the debacle of Vietnam.
    • They failed to equip many of our troops adequately.
    • They filled key positions in the interim government with inexperienced Americans.
    • They used torture in violation of domestic and international law, a tactic that undercut America's moral standing around the world.
    • They failed to provide adequate medical treatment to tens of thousands wounded soldiers when they were sent home for treatment.
    • And, they developed no exit strategy. (3)

    Iraq aside, Clarke alleges that the overall security apparatus in the nation today is dysfunctional. (4) On the topic of terrorism, for instance, he cites extensive evidence to show that most of the same vulnerabilities that existed on 9/11 exist today. A major cause of this, Clarke argues, is that we have sixteen distinct federal intelligence agencies which collectively spend $50 billion a year. There is little coordination among these fiefdoms, he says, and they frequently duplicate efforts. Perhaps the most dramatic example of the lack of coordination which he cites is the fact that the CIA knew that two known al Qaeda terrorists were in the United States eighteen months prior to 9/11 but it failed to pass along this information to other intelligence agencies. (5) Clarke reminds us that the most sensible solution to this problem, the appointment of a strong intelligence czar to oversee all intelligence agencies, which the 9/11 Commission recommended, was blocked by Donald Rumsfeld when he was Secretary of Defense. (6)

    Does the relatively new Department of Homeland Security offer us any hope? In a word, according to Clarke, no. It is an organizational nightmare, placing twenty-two agencies with fundamentally different missions under one umbrella; it excludes key intelligence agencies such as the FBI and the CIA; it is under-funded; and it has become the prime target of the Beltway Bandits, the private defense and security companies surrounding Washington. (7) Clarke is not alone in this appraisal. The Government Accountability Office issued a virtually identical one in a report in 2007. (8)

    Clarke's book, while depressing, deserves serious attention by all of us. To ignore the informed views of one of the most experienced and respected veterans of national intelligence service would be a disservice to ourselves, our children, and our children's children. (9)


    1. RAC Enterprises, 2008
    2. Page 188.
    3. Clarke also offers a critique of the planning and execution of the war in Afghanistan in several parts of the book which includes some of these same points. For instance, see page 51, pages 175-176, and page 199.
    4. Page 137.
    5. Pages 164-165.
    6. Pages 138-140.
    7. See pages 210-235.
    8. Page 225.
    9. While Clarke does not minimize the ongoing dangers of terrorism, he argues that the most serious threat to national security is climate change. See page 263 and pages 272-273.

    © 2009 Tom Shipka


              Clapper: ‘Necessary’ For FBI to Investigate Potential Russia Collusion        
    Missed MTP? Catch highlights from our interviews in this week's #ComPRESSed
              Graham: New FBI Director Should Be an FBI Agent        
    Missed MTP? Catch highlights from our interviews in this week's #ComPRESSed
              Should FBI Director Step Down? Feinstein: 'Not Yet'        
    Missed Meet the Press? Catch headlines from our interviews with Sen. Feinstein, Rep. John Lewis & Reince Priebus.
              Podesta: I Only Heard From FBI About Email Hack One Time        
    Watch highlights from Meet the Press interviews with John Podesta, Robert Gates and more in this week's ComPRESSed.
              Deme un hombre        

    ELVIRA LINDO EL PAÍS 20/11/2011

    Por soñar, que no quede.

    Quiero uno que no pierda jamás la cara de niño; con músculos de hombre, no con brazacos de pollo hormonado

    Solo hay un hombre sobre la tierra que dé cabida a todos los hombres posibles: Leonardo DiCaprio

    Imagino, por ejemplo, que estoy ante un honrado vendedor de hombres a la medida. Uno de aquellos magníficos dependientes orgullosos de serlo que lucían una cinta de metro a modo de guirnalda sobre la solapa del traje. Imagino, por ejemplo, que le digo, "deme un hombre que no pierda jamás la cara de niño; deme un hombre con músculos de hombre, no con esos brazacos de pollo hormonado que les salen en los gimnasios; deme un hombre que sepa guiñar el ojo; deme un hombre que ante una escena conmovedora se desarme y sepa expresar melancolía sin mover un músculo; deme un hombre con ojos de niño y cuerpo de hombre; deme un hombre con un poco de barriga, siempre es más acogedor abrazarse a una barriga que a una tableta de chocolate; deme un hombre que de la bondad pase a tener cara de asesino, como si fuera una versión moderna de James Cagney; deme un hombre que a veces parezca guapo y otras tosco, a veces muy listo y otras algo bobo; deme un hombre que tenga cara de bueno y alma de estafador; que sea un infeliz, un advenedizo, como el gran Gatsby; deme el típico hombre chuleta, de los que se rallan enseguida; deme un hombre al que le sienten bien los uniformes, que cuando se vista un uniforme de piloto de la Pan Am parezca un piloto de la Pan Am; deme un hombre que de pronto se rompa y llore con lágrimas verdaderas; deme un hombre al que nadie ha querido, alguien que lleve la cara de perdedor desde la línea de salida; deme un hombre con cara de pillo; deme un hombre sin época, con cara de ladrón urbano del XIX, de muerto de hambre de principios del siglo XX, de hombre elegante de los años veinte, de millonario insensato de los treinta, de contrabandista de diamantes en Sierra Leona, de chico maltratado por su padrastro o de marido suburbial de los cincuenta; deme un hombre que, aun siendo todavía un muchacho, sea capaz de estar a la altura de una jaca como Kate Winslet; deme un hombre capaz de echar un polvo en la cocina con Kate Winslett sin quedarse menguado entre las extremidades inferiores de tan tremenda señora; deme un hombre que aun rodeado de Meryl Streep y Diane Keaton no solo no sea eclipsado sino que brille; deme un hombre que aunque tenga una discapacidad mental no vea disminuido su atractivo; deme un hombre que cuando se deje el pelo largo parezca una niña y, cuando luzca el pelo corto, un terneraco; deme, en resumen, un hombre que contenga en sí mismo a todos los hombres que en el planeta tierra hayan existido desde el primer homo sapiens, del más primitivo al más sofisticado. Deme, ya sé que es mucho pedir, al hombre". Por soñar, que no quede. Después de haber escuchado con atención mi requerimiento, el vendedor de hombres a la medida, se pasa la mano por el mentón, se sume en un silencio que se masca, y con la profesionalidad de aquellos antiguos dependientes orgullosos de serlo que gustaban de rastrear en los rincones más secretos de la trastienda para satisfacer las necesidades de una clienta caprichosa, dice de pronto: "Solo hay un hombre sobre la tierra que dé cabida a todos los hombres posibles, Leonardo DiCaprio. No lo tengo en stock, pero se lo pido ahora mismo. Le advierto, eso sí, que tardará un poco más que otras estrellas de la interpretación, dado que DiCaprio es un hombre comprometido con el medio ambiente y ha descartado utilizar jet privado, vendría en un vuelo regular". No me importa, no me importa esperar. Le he esperado desde que interpretara al tontorrón de Jack Dawson en Titanic. Le espero con impaciencia desde que lo viera en Atrápame si puedes. Lo acabo de ver interpretando al siniestro Edgar Hoover, el implacable director del FBI obsesionado con los comunistas y con los detalles sexuales ajenos. Solo DiCaprio puede protagonizar una escena en la que Hoover, el reprimido, se engancha en una pelea de machos con el que fuera su colaborador, Clyde Tonson, y acaba besándole con los labios llenos de sangre. Solo él puede interpretar una escena en la que Hoover, el siniestro, se viste con las ropas de su madre que acaba de morir. Solo él puede hacerlo y que el espectador en vez de estallar en carcajadas contenga la respiración. No es esta película de Clint Eastwood un catálogo de todas las víctimas a las que este sórdido personaje arruinó la vida, es un retrato del individuo, desde su juventud hasta una vejez que requirió cinco horas de maquillaje sobre la cara del actor. Los kilos en la barriga, por cierto, no son de látex sino producto de su afición a las cup cakes de chocolate. Para ser Hoover pasó horas escuchando discursos del personaje. Para poner la voz en off que recorre la película imitó la manera en que William Holden lo hizo en Sunset Boulevard, con la intención de que la narración tuviera un toque retro, aquel tono seco y firme que los actores de entonces adoptaban cuando debían servir como hilo conductor de una historia. Habrá a quien le parezca que la película humaniza en exceso al personaje. Yo también tengo mis dudas. Las mismas que tendré cuando vea a Meryl Streep otorgándole una gracia a la Thatcher de la que esta carecía. Y como el paquete con DiCaprio, obviamente, no ha de llegar, iré a verle pronto haciendo de Sinatra o haciendo de Gatsby. Eso sí, por soñar, que no quede. -

              April 1 – 4 new Best Sellers        
    The Chase: A Novel (Fox and O’Hare) by Janet Evanovich and Lee Goldberg Internationally renowned thief and con artist Nicolas Fox is famous for running elaborate and daring scams. His greatest con of all: convincing the FBI to team him up with the only person who has ever caught him, and the only woman to … Continue reading April 1 – 4 new Best Sellers
              MOBY DICK: Přízračný vliv Moskvy        

    Velmi pěkně připravený proces, jedlé státy, svobodný Ovčáček, žádná velká láska a nespravedlivé pronásledování

    Sobota 25. března 2017


    Jaromír Kohlíček, dříve poslanec, dnes europoslanec za KSČ(M) přibyl se soudruhy evropskými a ruskými poslanci do Sýrie na přátelskou návštěvu. O svých zkušenostech pohovořil v ruském státním masážním médiu Sputnik:
    "Ruská armáda tam vydávala jídlo pro děti. Humanitární akce ruské armády, to je velmi pěkně připravený proces."
    Jo, jo, a v Terezíně měly židovské děti také dostatek stravy a hodnotné zábavy, ba i sportovní vyžití. Také velmi pěkně připravený proces, který nacisté předvedli švýcarskému Červenému kříži.



    Delegaci roněž přijal i generální tajemník Socialistické strany arabské obrody (BAAS) a dědičný prezident Syrské arabské džumhúríje.
    "Bašár Asad s námi velmi otevřeně tři hodiny hovořil, tři hodiny!" (Jaromír Kohlíček (KSČ(M)), blahem celý bez sebe)
    "Čeká nejspíš za odměnu nějakou pěknou rezoluci Evropského parlamentu." (Muška na Zdi)
    "Naposledy si takhle pěkně popovídal s premiérem ČR Jiřím Paroubkem, tehdy předsedou ČSSD.") (Žena Moby Dicka)
    *

    V USA stále pokračuje kampaň proti Donaldu Trumpovi a jeho lidem, že prý před volbami slibovali Rusku zrušit sankce. V této nepřátelské kampani si smočila i jistá Federica Mogherini, dříve italská komunistická mládežnice, nyní "šéfka evropské diplomacie" (doslova "vysoká představitelka Unie pro zahraniční věci a bezpečnostní politiku"), která "není přesvědčena o neměnnosti sankční politiky USA vůči Rusku". A právě dnes na jejich slova – nedošlo.

    USA uvalily nové sankce proti osmi ruským společnostem. Tyto sankce nemají souvislost s Krymem. Jedná se o aplikaci amerického zákona o nešíření zbraní hromadného ničení. Rusové totiž dodávají jejich komponenty do Sýrie, Íránu a KLDR. Podle ministerstva zahraničí USA:
    "Zavedení sankcí je výsledkem pravidelného vyhodnocení, které daný zákon vyžaduje."
    *

    "Vidím v poslední době rostoucí vliv Ruska v rozvíjení vztahů a pravděpodobně i v dodávkách pro hnutí Tálibán."
    (Velitel ozbrojených sil NATO v Evropě Curtis Scaparotti na včerejším slyšení v US senátním výboru pro ozbrojené síly ohledně situace v Afghánistánu)
    *

    "My vidíme, jak se Rusko chová v Kaliningradu – hned vedle našich hranic. Jsou tam rozmístěny rakety, jež mohou být vyzbrojeny jadernými hlavicemi a mohou zasáhnout evropská hlavní města. Už to není pouze problém Pobaltí."
    (Litevská prezidentka Dalia Grybauskaité pro časopis Foreign Policy)

    A my – menažerie Moby Dicka – vidíme, jak čeští a evropští komunisté otevřeně kolaborují s neosamoděržavým poststalinským Ruskem a s totalitními režimy, které se nějak ohánějí komunismem, a přitom to naše média a naše občanstvo "nevidí"???

    Neděle 26. března 2017

    Přes území Česka se do Polska v rámci koaličního opatření NATO "Posílená předsunutá přítomnost (EFP - Enhanced Forward Presence)" přesouvá asi 500 příslušníků U.S. Army společně se svou technikou. Jede i několik britských vojáků.
    "Naštěstí to vidí alespoň Američani." (Mrtvá Kočka)
    *

    Jistý Akbar se na indonéském ostrově Sulawesi vydal sklízet palmový olej. Od té chvíle byl nezvěstný. Zato se místo něj poblíže objevil velice tlustý had. Sedm metrů dlouhou krajtu vesničané posléze chytli, zabili a rozřízli – a vskutku: obsahovala jeho tělo. Krajta křížkovaná vás ale nejdříve uškrtí, než polkne.

    "Jedná se o velmi vzácný případ spíše sebeobranného typu." (Nezachycený serpentolog)
    "Jak hada Akbar napadl?" (Moby Dick)
    Tím, že byl jedlý." (Mrtvá Krajta Křížkovaná)
    "Nejmenovala se ta krajta náhodou Ruská Federace?" (Mrtvá Kočka)

    Pondělí 27. března 2017

    "Tvrzení, že Rusko dodává zbraně afghánskému hnutí Tálibán, nejsou pravdivá. Ministerstvo obrany nespolupracuje a nemůže spolupracovat s teroristy, tím spíše jim nemůže dodávat zbraně. Generál Scaparrotti by měl vyžadovat od svých podřízených, aby zvýšili kvalitu plánovaných operací proti Tálibánu místo toho, aby ospravedlňoval neúspěchy v Afghánistánu přízračným vlivem ruky Moskvy." (Mluvicí vovčáček ministerstva obrany RF Igor Konašenkov)

    "Znepokojují nás především nálezy zásilek ruských zbraní, nedávno zabavených v oblasti kolem hranic s Tádžikistánem." (Zástupce afghánských bezpečnostních složek pro AFP)
     "(Ruské) opodstatnění zní zhruba takto: Taliban je tím, kdo bojuje proti Islámskému státu. To veřejné ospravedlnění, jež Rusové přiznávají Talibanu, se nezakládá na faktech, nýbrž je účelovým prostředkem k sabotování afghánské vlády a úsilí NATO a zároveň posiluje protivníky." (Vrchní velitel amerických vojsk v Afghánistánu John Nicholson)


    Úterý 28. března 2017

    Na besedě v kulturním domě v Jablunkově ohlásil expředseda Akademie věd ČR Jiří Drahoš (*1949) svou kandidaturu na prezidenta republiky. Protože nehodlá využít služeb žádné politické strany, jíž by se mohl stát kandidátem, bude si muset sehnat 50.000 podpisů.
    "A potom žádná politická strana jeho přátel nebude moci využívat zase jeho služeb." (Mrtvá Kočka)

    "Žádné velké překvapení se nekoná. J. Drahoše nadšeně podporují média a politické strany. TOP 09 počínaje a okolím B. Sobotky konče." (Tvít mluvicího prezidentského vovčáčka Jiřího Ovčáčka)
    "Takové fíkusy na Hradě by plně vyhovovaly politickým stranám."  (Tvít mluvicího prezidentského vovčáčka Jiřího Ovčáčka)

    "Ty tvíty nečtu a nevyjadřuji se k nim." (Prof. Ing. Jiří DrahoÅ¡, DrSc., dr. h. c.)  
    *

    "Spuštění článku 50 (»brexit«) povede k fundamentální změně. Tato změna by neměla být Skotům předepsaná. Skotové mají právo si vybrat." (Skotská premiérka Nicola Sturgeon ve skotském parlamentu) Nicola poukázala na to, že v referendu o brexitu byli Skotové většinově proti.

    Po dlouhé rozpravě schválil skotský parlament vypsání nového referenda o odchodu Skotska ze svazku Spojeného království. A mělo by k němu dojít dříve, než doběhne brexit. Skotové si tak malují, že by mohli zůstat v EU a nemuseli by tak znovu žádat o vstup. 
    "Na referendum teď není vhodná chvíle!" (Britská první ministryně Tereza Májová)
    "Ta nejlepší!" (Skotská první premiérka Nicola Sturgeon)

    Skotské referendum by nejdříve musel schválit i britský parlament a podepsat panovnice. Což se nedá očekávat.
    "Ze Spojeného království by se pak mohlo stát Rozpojené království." (Žena Moby Dicka)

    Severní Irsko by se mohlo také šprajcnout. To ztratí nejvíce: Zdejší jediná pozemní hranice Velké Británie s EU by se znamenala faktické znovurozdělení faktického irského národa.
    -
    Další referendum o nezávislosti na mateřské zemi (a závislosti na EU) už dříve vyhlásil katalánský prezident. Což se nelíbí španělskému králi. Ani Španělům, ani Francouzům se nelíbí vize sjednocené Baskické republiky na dnešním území obou států. Francouzům by se mohl líbit přesun belgických Flander do sousedního Nizozemska, protože pak by jí mohl připadnout francouzský jih Belgie. No a Německo by dobralo zbytkovou německou část Belgie. A federální Brusel?

    "Z něj by se stal District of EU." (Mrtvá Kočka)
    *

    Americký Kongres obdržel od Bílého domu návrhy na okamžité rozpočtové škrty v ráži $18 miliard: Donald Kačer Trump navrhuje snížit mj. náklady na grantový program, zdravotnický výzkum, dopravní infrastrukturu a subvence pro komunitní projekty. Ušetřený peníz hodlá použít na výstavbu své oblíbené Zdi. (Když už ji překvapivě odmítlo zacálovat Mexiko.) Demokraté se chtějí bránit obstrukcemi, někteří republikáni se na návrh svého prezidenta také nedívají příznivě.

    Středa 29. března 2017

    Stádní prezident Ing. Mlhoš Zeman je na přátelské a pracovní návštěvě Chorvatska. Novináři se ho i zde trapně ptali na tvíty jeho tiskového mluvčího. Mlhoš totiž po oznámení své kandidatury slíbil, že nebude útočit na protikandidáty.
    "Pokud někdo má soukromý Twitter a na něm vyjadřuje svoje soukromé názory, nevidím důvod, proč proti tomu protestovat." (Mlhoš)
    "Jde o můj účet, na kterém jako svobodný občan svobodné země svobodně vyjadřuji svobodné názory." (Ovčáček)

    Hm, tak účet Jiřího Ovčáčka má adresu https://twitter.com/PREZIDENTmluvci. To nevypadá na soukromý účet. Také se zde představuje jako "Tiskový mluvčí prezidenta republiky a ředitel Tiskového odboru Kanceláře prezidenta republiky", to taky moc nevypadá na soukromníka.
    "Jeden mohl nabýt názoru, že se zde vyjadřují oficiální názory prezidenta republiky." (Žena Moby Dicka)
    "I druhej." (Mrtvá Kočka)
    *

    "Drahý prezidente Tusku…" (Začátek dopisu britské premiérky Terezy Májové, který ve 13:20 předal britský vyslanec při EU Tim Barrow do rukou předsedy Evropské rady Donalda Tuska)
    Teprve nyní začal oficiální brexit. Skončí přesně za dva roky – ať už s dohodou nebo bez ní.

    "Už teď nám chybíte." (Donald Tusk, předseda ER)

    Také Německu bude Velká Británie v EU chybět, ovšem i nadále zůstane "blízkým partnerem a přítelem". Avšak:
    "Blízké přátelství není totéž, jako být součástí rodiny." (Německé zamini)

    Nizozemsko, Lucembursko a Finsko truchlí: Jako největší přispěvatelé do eurozpočtu budou muset platit více.
    Itálie tajně jásá: Stane se třetí evropskou velmocí! A zadarmo, protože do rozpočtu skoro nepřispívá.

    Někteří se však vážně zlobí. A hodlají se mstít. Nejvíce vůdce krachujícího francouzského socialismu prezident Françous Hollanďan:
    "Brexit bude Británii bolet."

    Předseda Evropské komise Jean-Claude Juncker (který byl jakožto předseda lucemburské vlády přímo zodpovědný za to, že v letech 2002–2010 pomáhala jeho země nadnárodním monopolům "optimalizovat" daně) si opovržlivě odfrkl: "Stejně to nikdy nebyla žádná velká láska."

    Zvídavý dotaz: Zůstane angličtina ofiš řečí EU, když Irové a Malťané mají svůj vlastní jazyk?
    "Jenže angličtinou se každý domluví." (Žena Moby Dicka)
    "Pozor: Zatímco maltština je oficiálním jazykem EU, pak irština není." (Agentura Muška na Zdi)
    "Ale bude!" (Irský premiér Enda Kenny a šéf strany Fine Gael, který horuje pro sjednocení obou Irsk pro MnZ)

    Čtvrtek 30. března 2017

    Mluvicí vovčáček pana prezidenta dříve také slíbil neútočit na protikandidáty svého chlebodárce. Pro iDNES.cz vysvětluje, že neútočí:
    "Popisuji fakta. Nic více. Jsem dalek toho zbytečně na protikandidáty útočit." Obecná konstatování nelze považovat za urážky. "To, že média podporují J. Drahoše, je fakt. A samozřejmě platí, že v přímé volbě prezidenta půjde o výběr mezi kandidátem médií a kandidátem občanů. Bylo tomu tak i v roce 2013."
    Co tedy znamená označení kýval či fíkus? Není to přecejen urážka?
    "To je popis situace, která může nastat, to je vše. Myslím, že je zcela legitimní poukázat na to, co se může stát v prezidentské volbě."

    "Přímá volba prezidenta republiky bude o výběru mezi kandidátem občanů naší krásné země a kandidátem médií, který je umělým produktem PR." (Mluvicí vovčáček Mlhoše Zemana tvítuje na hradní adrese jako soukromá osoba)
    "»Občané naší krásné země«, co mi to jen připomíná?" (Žena Moby Dicka)
    "Rudé Právo." (Mrtvá Kočka)

    A skutečně, soukromý Ovčáček býval plodným redaktorem orgánu KSČ(M) Haló noviny (než přestoupil do bulvárního Blesku). Pro komunisty napsal v letech 2002–2004 celkem 443 nadšených článků.
    "No jasně! Nadšený bulvární komunista!" (Moby Dick)
    "To není urážka. To je konstatování." (Žena Moby Dicka)
    "Konstatování, které má být urážkou." (Mrtvá Kočka)
    -
    A čím to, že tentokrát Burešův plátek Dnes nezveřejnil žádné kompromateriály na Drahoše, jak byl již učinil v případě dalšího prezidentského kandidáta Michala Horáčka?
    "Babišovi asi Drahoš nevadí tak jako Horáček." (Žena Moby Dicka)
    "A proč by měl Horáček vadit Babišovi?" (Moby Dick)
    "Protože vadí Zemanovi." (Mrtvá Kočka)

    Miliardáři Andreji Babišovi na Horáčkovi nejvíce vadí, že Michal získal roku 2004 prodejem své společnosti Fortuna miliardu korun. (Podle agentury Muška na Zdi)
    Ostatně – lituje toho i Horáček: "Dnes má firma trojnásobnou hodnotu."
    *

    Další zpráva ze světa financí:
    "Jak jsme avizovali, uplynutím tvrdého závazku už bude na nás, jak se závazkem naložíme a v jakém časovém horoizontu. A nebudeme nadále indikovat možné scénáře. Může to nastat kdykoliv po uplynutí tvrdého závazku." (Guvernér ČNB Jiří Rusnok)

    "Tvrdý závazek" ČNB znamenal, že banka bude intervenovat na udržení zlodějského kursu zhruba 27 Kč/€ do 31. března 2017. Bez ohledu na strategický cíl vytáhnout inflaci ČR nad 2 %. Což už nastalo. ČNB před měsícem oznámila, že ukončení "měkkého závazku" (konec intervencí) vidí "v polovině roku". Od listopadu 2013 do konce 2016 (tedy asi za tři roky) vydala banka na umělé udržení podhodnocené koruny 900 miliard Kč, za pouhý další kvartál dalších 900 miliard. Jak roste očekávání opuštění intervencí, roste i počet nákupů a výdaje ČNB exponenciální řadou. Finanční expertka menažerie žena Moby Dicka proto považuje za vhodné, aby ČNB intervenovala pouze nějakou pevnou částkou, která se bude jen tvářit, že je variabilní, a nikoli další exponenciálou.

    "Dva biliony stačí, drahoušci!" (Žena Moby Dicka)

    Nezachycený expert vysvětloval na ČT, že ČNB vlastně žádné státní peníze neutrácela. Ona je prostě dle potřeby vytiskla, a za ty koupila "skutečná eura".
    "Která pro ni vytiskla ECB."" (Žena Moby Dicka)

    "Člověk pak přemýšlí, proč vlastně šetří." (Moby Dick)
    "Pro ty, co nešetří." (Žena Moby Dicka)
    "Pro dědice." (Mrtvá Kočka)

    Pátek 31. března 2017

    "Flynn bude mluvit výměnou za imunitu" (Titulky novin)
    O Flynnově údajné nabídce FBI a vyšetřujícím komisím obou komor Kongresu informoval list The Wall Street Journal a poté ji převzaly všechny velké americké listy. Nabídka dle "nejmenovaných zdrojů" nebyla dosud akceptována.

    Připomeňme: Trumpův bezpečnostní poradce Michael Flynn odstoupil po pouhých 24 dnech v úřadu, protože v něj pan prezident Donald Kačer Trump ztratil důvěru. A to kvůli jeho "stykům s ruskými úřady". Už jsme o tom  v únoru psali. Flynn tehdy uvedl:
    "Z titulu budoucího bezpečnostního poradce jsem vedl četné telefonní rozhovory s řadou zahraničních představitelů, ministrů a velvyslanců, abych zajistil hladké převzetí moci." (Tedy nejen s Rusy)

    V rámci toho hovořil i s ruským velvyslancem Sergejem Kisljakem. Jestli o amerických sankcích proti Rusku? (Jak napsal The Washington Post, že ano)

    "Ne. Jo počkejte. Mohl jsem o tom hovořit, ačkoli si to nyní nevybavuji". (Michael Flynn)

    Demokraté nyní vytáhli dřívější Flynnův výrok, který byl mířen na Hillary Clinton kvůli jejímu používání soukromého e-mailu pro pracovní účely ministra zahraničí. Poradci paní Clinton měli dostat imunitu. Flynn tehdy poznamenal:
    "Když potřebujete získat imunitu, tak to znamená, že jste pravděpodobně spáchali zločin."

    A proč chce Flynn imunitu teď? Ale on nechce imunitu!!! Chce ochranu před "nespravedlivým pronásledováním"!

    "Generál Flynn má rozhodně co říci a chce to říci. Avšak žádný rozumný člověk, kterému radí právník, nepřistoupí ve vysoce zpolitizovaném prostředí honu na čarodějnice na podrobení se výslechu bez záruk, že nebude nespravedlivě stíhán." (Flynnův právník Robert Kelner)

    Sousloví "hon na čarodějnice" se do titulků nedostalo. Tomuhle říká Trump "nepoctivá média" a Klaus "falešná média". A jak tomu říká menažerie?

    "Levičácká propaganda, mající za cíl nedemokratické převzetí moci demokraty."
    *

    Podle každodenního průzkumu veřejného mínění, prováděném společností Gallup, klesla podpora Donaldovi na 37 %, zatímco 58 % Američanů bylo proti němu. Jde o data z 18. března, zveřejněná 19. března. Česká televize je zveřejnila dnes jako převratnou novinku. Nejnovější týdenní průměr je maličko lepší (39 % pro období 20. - 26. 3. 2017), ale i tak jde zatím o nejhorší Donaldův týdenní průměr.

    "Výsledek Trumpova vládnutí!" (Americká média)
    "Výsledek nepřátelské kampaně amerických médií." (Donald K. Trump pro agenturu MnZ)

    *
    V 18:27 místního času, 00:27 SELČ, byla z mysu Canaveral vypuÅ¡těna raketa Falcon 9 se spojovací družicí na palubě. Po 2 minutách a 41 vteřinách se oddělil první stupeň rakety, jenž po 8 minutách a 32 vteřinách úspěšně přistál na stojáka na ploÅ¡ině plovoucí v Atlantickém oceánu. Družice se na orbit úspěšně dostala po 32 minutách. Nosná raketa byla vypuÅ¡těna už podruhé a bude moci být vypuÅ¡těna potřetí. Rozradostněný majitel společnosti Å pačeX  Elon Musk prohlásil, že Å¡lo o "historický milník, jenž povede k velké revoluci ve vesmírných letech". Tedy ke zlevnění, a tím pádem zvýšení počtu startů a tím pádem ke zlevnění a pak tedy…
    "Až to bude zadarmo." (Mrtvá Kočka)
    "Skoro." (Elon Musk pro MnZ)

    Současný způsob letů do vesmíru, kdy se vždy nosná raketa prakticky zničí, pokud neodlétne do prostoru, je podle Muska "jako byste vyhodili letadlo po každém letu". Musk i média dnešní/včerejší let Falconu 9 označují za "první použití recyklované rakety". Připomeňme zde, že technicky to není úplně pravda – recyklované byly i americké raketoplány v programu STS. Protože vlastně sám raketoplán byl "nosná raketa", jejíž motory se společně s celým letadlem vracely zpátky na Zemi. Zmařena byla nádrž, ze které motory sosaly palivo a okysličovadlo, pomocné rakety se lovily z moře. Ekonomicky byl však samotný raketoplán ve vesmíru – neužitečný náklad. Plánovalo se, že místo tisíce dolarů za kilo, vynášené nosnou raketou, se bude platit jen $500 za kilo, vynesené raketoplánem. Teď vidím, že Elon slibuje náklady 2.200 dolarů, jinde jen 1.100 dolarů, zatímco u raketoplánu to prý bylo 20 tisíc? Kde je v této ekonomické rozvaze chyba?

    "V americké inflaci." (Mrtvá Kočka)
    Ano – proč šetřit???
    *
    ***

    Moby Dick a jeho menažerie se omlouvají, že pro nedostatek času a prostoru nepokrývají všechny zprávy týdne. Ale snaží se hlavně nacházet souvislosti věcí pod popvrchem.
    Podněty, připomínky, upřesnění, protesty a jiné výkřiky čtenářů Deníčku Moby Dicka lze posílat na i schránku moby.dick@seznam.cz .
    Všem dík!
    >>:)) Moby Dick
              FBI Still Searching For Motive In Chattanooga, Tenn., Shootings        
    Copyright 2015 NPR. To see more, visit http://www.npr.org/.
              Trump Wanting to Lock Up Hilary Is a Decoy        
    President Donald Trump and his supporters kept yelling during the presidential election campaign last year, “lock her up.” They were referring Trump’s opponent Hilary Clinton and the FBI investigation about her using a private server for her emails. They claimed she broke laws and thus should be punished, even doing time in jail. I thought […]
              The IRP6 Story         
    Discussing the wrongful convictions of the IRP6 in Colorado, serving 7-11 years in prison for conspiracy to commit mail/wire-fraud with A Just Cause. A Just Cause (AJC) (www.a-justcause.com The IRP6 (5black/1white): Gary Walker, David Banks, Clinton Stewart, Kendrick Barnes, Demetrius Harper and David Zirpolo (www.freetheirp6.org), case in a nutshell is a corporate debt collection case that got criminalized by an over-zealous FBI agent, John Smith and Assistant U.S. Attorney, Matthew Kirsch in Denver, CO. The details around the case from its inception, all the way through to prosecution, conviction and sentencing is what sheds light to the over-criminalization and corrupt judicial process that can occur in our judicial system. This is a classic case of the government going after a win at any cost!
              FBI Director Crossed The Line        
    A strong argument could be made that FBI Director James Comey violated the Hatch act.  (a 1939 law intended to keep federal employees from directly supporting candidates) Senate Minority Leader Harry Reid suggests he may have. At a minimum Comey violated FBI protocol of not interfering with an election only 60 days out. Of course […]
              RL NEWS Brief Updates: April 14, 2014        

    Update on Efforts to Keep Boeing in Long Beach LONG BEACH — On April 10, Boeing told its employees that by the end of next year, it will transfer 1,000 engineering jobs from the Puget Sound to Southern California. The news of the follows an April 7 announcement that Boeing will likely shut down its C-17 Globemaster, which is assembled in Long Beach, by the summer of 2015, earlier than previously expected. The C-17 Globemaster plant is the last of its kind in California. The engineering jobs will be centered in Long Beach and Seal Beach and will include the operation team, which deals with Boeing airplane issues anywhere in the world 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. The move has been described as designating Southern California as the customer support center. Boeing’s Southern California Engineering Design Center support will be responsible for the 737, 747, 767 and 777 passenger jets, as well as commercial product support for the KC-46 Tanker and P-8 Poseidon anti-submarine warfare aircraft. Boeing already assigned responsibilities for supporting several legacy aircraft to engineers based in Southern California. Boeing is dedicating its Puget Sound area facilities to the promotion of new aircraft — the 787 Dreamliner, the 737 MAX and the 777X. The Southern California Engineering Design Center employs about 1,800 people at the in Long Beach and Seal Beach sites. The move, rumored for months, is the latest in a series of engineering transfers out of Seattle that totals more than 4,300 Boeing jobs.   CSUDH Celebrates Hagan CARSON — Willie J. Hagan will be formally installed as the 10th president of California State University, Dominguez Hills during an investiture ceremony, from 2 to 3:30 p.m. May 2, on the North Lawn of campus. Hagan was first appointment interim president of CSU Dominguez Hills in June 2012. White announced Hagan’s permanent appointment in May 2013. Prior to coming to CSU Dominguez Hills, Hagan was interim president of CSU Fullerton, where he had been employed since 1996 in various administrative roles, including vice president of administration and finance and chief financial officer, and interim vice president for university advancement. Before joining CSU Fullerton, Hagan served as associate vice president for administration at the University of Connecticut, and as a lobbyist for the University of Connecticut and the Connecticut Board of Governors for Higher Education. Hagan earned a doctorate in psychology from the University of Connecticut and a master’s degree of fine arts from the University of California, Los Angeles.   Garcetti Announces No DWP Hikes, Early 405 Opening LOS ANGELES — Los Angeles Mayor Eric Garcetti announced in his April 10 State of the City address that there will be no DWP hikes, that there will be an early 405 opening, and that there will business tax cuts. “In my first month in office, I began my administration with a fair but tough new DWP employee contract that reformed pensions and froze salaries,” Garcetti said. “And, I hired the very best to lead the department: Marcie Edwards, who came up through the DWP ranks and broke seven glass ceilings to become general manager. I directed her to take a hard look at DWP’s rates and bring reform. Look, we can’t ask you to pay more for your water and power when the DWP screws up your bill. “So I will not allow the DWP to raise rates this year. The department must earn back your trust.” He acknowledged the challenges in the city for businesses. “Unfortunately, our city is still home to the highest and most complicated business tax of any of the 88 cities in Los Angeles County,” he said. “It’s a tax that taxes you even when you lose money — this chases new businesses away and pushes existing businesses to leave. “We must phase out the business tax entirely. Next week, I will introduce legislation as part of this year’s budget that will be our first down-payment toward this goal.  Our plan will cut the top business tax rate over 3 years — the top rate that nearly half of businesses pay. His third priority was to focus on quality of life in neighborhoods. “That’s the point of my ‘Great Streets” initiative,” he said. “Here’s how it works:  We’ll saturate your street with services.  We’ll make your street accessible to pedestrians, wheelchairs, strollers and bicycles–not just cars. “We’ll create an environment where new neighborhood businesses can flourish. We’ll pave the streets and make them green streets — clean and lush with plant life, local art, and people-focused plazas…. On Gaffey Street in San Pedro, were going to join forces with its burgeoning creative community.” In addition to declaring his goal of bringing rail to LAX, he announced that improvement work on the 405 Interstate is ahead of schedule. “I’m proud to announce that the new lane on the 405 freeway will open not in October, but next month.  And we did it through good management, and it didn’t cost us a dollar extra.” Fugitive Mother is in Custody LOS ANGELES — On April 10, a Slovakian native who became a fugitive after taking her children overseas in violation of court custody orders was returned to the United States to face prosecution, announced Bill Lewis, the assistant director of the FBI’s Los Angeles Field Office and Chief Charlie Beck of the Los Angeles Police Department. Maria Pfeifer, age 32, a former resident of Los Angeles, is suspected of taking her children out of the United States in violation of court ordered custody terms in Los Angeles. According to LAPD detectives, Pfeifer took the children to the Czech Republic and Slovakia in June 2012 and did not return the following month, as scheduled, in July 2012. Pfeifer’s failure to return the children violated the parental rights of the children’s respective fathers, according to detectives. FBI assistance was requested when investigators determined that Pfeifer intended to remain overseas with the children. In August 2013, LAPD detectives obtained an arrest warrant and Pfeifer was charged by […]

    The post RL NEWS Brief Updates: April 14, 2014 appeared first on Random Lengths News.


              What they aren’t telling you behind the Great Western Firewall, about Xi Jinping’s meetings with Obama.        

    By Jeff Brown [Photo: Xi Jinping and Obama at the Hague – US Embassy] Jeff Brown discusses the state meeting between Xi Jinping and Barack Obama. [You may also access this 44 Days podcast at HERE] President Xi Jinping’s official visit to Washington, and all of that one-on-one face time with Barak “I’m good at […]

    The post What they aren’t telling you behind the Great Western Firewall, about Xi Jinping’s meetings with Obama. appeared first on Cyrano's Journal Today.


              FBI Takes Out LA Billboards To Catch Suspected Child Predator        
    The FBI is going after a suspected child predator, who may be in Los Angeles, by plastering his face across local billboards.
              Security Lessons to Learn From Last Year’s Major Data Breaches        
    While Apple and the FBI were battling over the tech giant’s refusal to break into the iPhone of the alleged San Bernardino shooter earlier this year, the LAPD quietly hacked the iPhone of “Shield” actor Michael Jace’s murdered wife, the Los Angeles Times reports. On March 18, seeking access to a text message argument between […]
              Internet Doomsday 2012        
    Internet Doomsday 2012
    Sebuah peringatan penting dipublikasikan oleh Federal Bureau Investigation (FBI) melalui situs resminya, agar para pengguna komputer untuk selalu berhati-hati dengan serangan DNSChanger Malware. Terlebih lagi pada tanggal 9 Juli 2012 mendatang (5 hari lagi) sebagai puncak Internet Doomsday 2012 atau Kiamat Internet 2012. Malware ini mampu mencegah instalasi software Antivirus dan update Operation System
    pada komputer yang terinfeksi. Bahkan komputer tidak dapat mendeteksi ataupun menghentikan serangan Malware sekaligus membuka peluang atas serangan virus lainnya. Malware tersebut diam-diam mengubah pengaturan pada komputer yang terinfeksi dan mengarahkannya ke situs tertentu dengan sejuta iklan. Redirect link pada link tertentu memungkinkan Netter melihat dan/atau menge-Klik situs atau iklan tersebut yang memberi keuntungan tersendiri terhadap pelaku kejahatan Cyber ini berupa aliran dana ke rekeningnya.

    Ketika pengguna komputer yang terinfeksi mengklik link tertentu berdasarkan hasil pencarian yang ditampilkan oleh mesin pencari, Malware mengarahkan komputer tersebut ke situs yang berbeda. Hal ini dituturkan JANICE K. FEDARCYK (FBI Assistant Director in Charge), mengingat bahwa artikel ini disadur sepenuhnya dari situs resmi FBI. Meski demikian, belum bisa dipastikan bahwa Internet Doomsday BENAR ADANYA akan terjadi 5 hari ke depan. Dimana, Internet akan mati total akibat serangan DNSChanger Malware.

    Berdasarkan data FBI, saat ini komputer yang terserang malware ini telah mencapai 4 juta unit yang tersebar di 100 negara, termasuk setengah juta komputer di Amerika Serikat. Olehnya, patutlah Ambae.exe dan sobat Netter sekalian berhati-hati. Tanpa kehadiran malware ganas ini sekalipun, selayaknyalah kita semua waspada dengan segala ancaman dunia maya dibalik kehebatan dan kecanggihan yang dipertontonkannya.

    Lalu apa langkah-langkah yang harus diambil untuk menghadapi dan mengantisipasinya...? Pihak FBI menganjurkan agar Netter mengunjungi DNS Changer Working Group (DCWG) lalu cek disini

    Penting untuk dipahami, mengingat di dunia nyata beberapa waktu ini berkembang cerita bahwa pada tanggal 9 Juli 2012, semua perangkat komputer (baik yang terkoneksi dengan internet maupun yang Offline sekalipun) akan terserang malware tersebut. Ada pula cerita yang berkembang bahwa semua perangkat yang bisa Online, pada tanggal tersebut tidak akan mampu melakukan koneksi. Perlu diluruskan agar tidak menimbulkan ketakutan yang mencekam.

    Sejak saat ini, DNSChanger Malware menyerang komputer yang telah terhubung melalui internet. Komputer yang telah terinfeksi, saat ini masih bisa terhubung ke internet melalui DNS palsu yang diciptakan Perusahaan Rogue. Tanggal 9 Juli 2012 nanti, sesuai mandat dari Manhattan Federal Court, FBI akan mematikan Rogue DNS Servers. Sehingga pada saatnya itu, tiap komputer yang telah terinfeksi DNSChanger Malware tidak dapat melakukan koneksi ke internet karena DNS palsu yang digunakannya selama ini akan dinonaktifkan. Wah...jadi bingung!!! Kalau ada yang kurang, harap ditambahkan dan diperbaiki ya sobat Blogger!!!

    Bilamana komputer Anda terlanjur terdeteksi serangan tersebut, lakukan langkah-langkah berikut :
    • Segera laporkan status komputer Anda pada FBI sebagai korban serangan.
    • Perbaiki dan bersihkan komputer disini.
    • Gunakan Antivirus/Tools yang mumpuni dan up to date
    Berikut Tools yang direkomendasikan DCWG :
    Harapan kita semua, semoga dunia maya tetap tidak menakutkan bagi siapapun.

              READING COMPREHENSION        

    1.HATES CRIMES

                The number of organized hate groups in the United States increased 20 percents last year, according to the Southern Poverty Law Center in Montgomery, Ala. Nearly 9000 hate crimes , more than half of them motivated by race, were reported to the Federal Bureau of Investigation in 1996- compared to 7947 incidents in 1995 and 5932incidents in 1994. Last week, James Byrd, Jr., a 49 -year's old black man, was dragged to death in Texas by a chain from the back of a pickup truck. Recently, two black men also became the targets of possible copycat crimes in Illinois and Louisiana.

                Authorities say the three men who have been charged with Byrd's murder my have ties with white supremacist groups, which have grown to over 400 organizations nationwide, according to the Southern Poverty Law Center. In fact, the Ku Klux Klan has been granted permission to rally later this month in Jasper, Texas, and the town where Byrd was killed. "These groups are getting better with the public," said Joe Roy, director of the Intelligence Project of the Southern poverty Law Center."They are no longer racist but racialist, not segregationists, but separatists. They are using a lot more attractive buzz words to lead people into their organizations "of the 474 hat groups documented by the Intelligence Project, 127were related to the Ku Klux Klan 100 was neo-Nazi, 42 were Skinheads, 81were Christian Identity, a racist religion, 12 were Black separatists and 112subscribed to a mélange to hate -based doctrines and ideologies.
    Tracking Hate Crimes

                The FBI is investigating the Texas case as a possible that crime, defined as an offense motivated buy the dislike of a person's race, religion, sexual orientation, disability, or national origin. " This was an act of violence that had a much broader implication than just the murder of a single person " said Hillary Shelton , deputy director of the NAACP in Washington DC " A much larger message was being sent by this horrible action" Many civil right s groups attributes the rise in hate  crimes to proliferation of Internet hate sites , racist music lyrics and white power literature- propaganda tools for promoting race- hating ideology that have reached an audience of as many as 2 million people . Since1995, more than 160 hate sites are active online, according to the intelligence project. Less than three years ago, there was only one. "Technology has a lot to do with opening up new recruitment opportunities for these groups," said Roy "It's a place where young people of the computer generation can vent their frustration, exchange ideas and download information to feed their hatred.

    1. How many of the hate crimes were about racial differences?
    2. How did Mr. Byrd die in Texas?
    3. Are the men who killed Byrd connected to any groups? If so, what?
    4. How are these hate groups encouraging new people to join?
    5. How many hate groups are there nationwide?
    6. What do civil rights groups say the reason is for such a increase in hat e crimes.?
    7. How many men have been charged with Byrd's murder?
    8. Why were two black men targets of crimes in Illinois and Louisiana.?
    9. What was the increase in hate groups last year?
    10. Who is Hillary Shelton?         

    2.PILOT  ACCUSED

                Lotfi Raissi , an Algerian pilot who had been accused of training the suicide hijackers who crashed into the Pentagon on September 11, walked free today after being granted bail at an extradition hearing . Mr.Raissi, 27 who has been held in jail for five months, emerged from the top security Belmarsh magistrate's court complex in south -east London to applause from his family and friends. Minutes earlier, district judge Timothy Workman said Mr.Raissi, who lives near Heathrow airport. Could have conditional bail as he was only facing extradition to the US on two counts of falsifying as application for a US pilot's license. At previous court hearings in London, lawyers acting for the US authorities indicated he was suspected of being a lead instructor for pilots responsible for the September 11 hijackings. And US prosecutor have in the past made clear that the pilot's license accusations were only holding charges. But no terrorism charges have been formally introduced and Mr. Raissi's lawyers successfully argued today that the charges related to pilot's license applications did not justify him being held in prison. Mr. Workman said he appreciated the September 11 investigation was long and painstaking but he said he was allowing bail as the US government was unlikely to bring terrorism charges inAA the near future. Mr. Raissi's family has strenuously denied he was involved in the September 11 terror attacks in any way. Today he was told his family would have to give $10000in surety, that he would have to live at an address specified to the court , that he would have to surrender his passport and not apply for international travel documents . Mr. Raissi's French wife Sonia, speaking after the judge's decision, said that she believed justice had been done. She said " we have been waiting five months and my message to the FBI is , You arrested him for terrorism so why do you want to extradite him for these ridiculous , minor charges? .

                Lotfi's brother, Mohamed, said "The FBI said to he world that he was a big terrorist and they have to now say to the world, that his man is innocent. They have destroyed his life, his future and his dream".
     But James Lewis, representing the US government, told the court Mr.Raissi should not be granted bail. He said "we are concerned with an investigation into an atrocity that shocked the civilized world ...Mr. Raissi is a suspect in that investigation"

                Hugo Keith, representing Mr. Raissi, said "The Americans now seen unwilling to withdraw from their initial position and accept on this occasion, they pursued the wrong person. He is not fundamentalist. He is married to a white Catholic" Prosecutors have alleged that Mr.Raissi had links to Hani Hanjour ,the pilot suspected of crashing Flight 77 into the Pentagon.

                Mr. Raissi was arrested on September 21 and has been held at London' high -security Belmarsh prison ever since. He was indicated by a federal grand jury in Arizona on charges of falsifying applications for a pilot's license and other documents. He allegedly held a 1993 theft conviction and failed to mention that he had undergone a knee operation. He has also been indicated Arizona on 11 more counts, including conspiracy to submit a false immigration claim. A previous attempt to win him bail in the high court in London in December failed. Lawyers acting for the US alleged that there was "a web of circumstantial evidence that points to the involvement of Raissi in a terrorist conspiracy which culminate in the events of September 11" US counsel said Mr.Raissi had "links to the Al-Qsida organization" and was "someone who has both motive and means t escape"

    1. When was Mr.Raissi arrested?
    2. How long has he been held in jail?
    3. Is it confirmed that Mr.Raissi had links to the hijacker of Flight77?
    4. What nationality is Mr.Raissi's wife?
    5. What did he hide in 1993?
    6. Did he succeed in his previous attempt to win bail?
    7. What are the conditions of his bail?
    8. What nationality is Mr. Raissi and where does he live?
    9. Has he been charged with terrorism?
    10.What did the US authorities accuse him of doing?

    3.BOSNIA INJURIES

                On Thursday in northern Bosnia, two American soldiers were wounded when a land mine exploded. One of the soldiers suffered injuries to his right foot and other was able to walk away from the blast with shrapnel wounds to his lower leg . The incident happened at about 2:30 PM 0930EST in the town of Hadizici, which is located about ten miles south east of Tuzla .

                NATO issued a statement about the incident. The statement said, "two American engineers were injured by an anti-personal mine as they were conducting a joint inspection of a minefield with the Bosnian Serb Army. One soldier stepped on an anti- personnel mine, incurring injuries to one foot.
    Concerns have been raised by ERRI and any number of other sources in regard to the dangers of landmines and other improvised explosive devices in Bosnia. According to UNICEF, Bosnia has one of the highest densities of landmines per square mile of any place in the world. UNICEF says that more than 1800000mines may have been laid in Bosnia during the recent years of ethnic conflict. More troublesome to NATO troops than traditional mines, which are made of metal, are mines with plastic cases or improvised mines made from wooden cases and high explosives. The wood and plastic mines are far more difficult to detect with conventional mine detectors.

                In other news regarding to Bosnian peace mission, United States Navy Admiral Leighton Smith made some remarks regarding the six confirmed sniper incidents involving NATO forces since Sunday. Admiral Smith said, "We have got some jerk up there pulling a trigger and he has got a night scope. That makes it tough. But boy, let me tell you , if we do see him he had better be fast and be clad in bullet-proof stuff. Because we will attack with out  warning. There are such things as anti- sniping teams ....people who snipe at our forces are at great risk to themselves. If we see some body pointing a weapon at our forces he will be attacked with out warning.... no warning shots, no' drop your weapon"

                 And true to Admiral Smith's words -- French NATO forces later killed a sniper in the suburb where most of the shooting incidents have occurred. A NATO statement said "One gunman was located by the French Special Forces and was later neutralized. This person was seriously wounded. He later died of his injuries in spite of the intervention from a military physician. Another armed civilian was also apprehended by 0ur forces. This individual was disarmed with out any bloodshed".

    1. How many confirmed sniper incidents have there been?
    2. Where were the two American soldiers inured?
    3. Did both of the soldiers walk away from the explosion?
    4. Will a warning be given to snipers who shoot at NATO forces?
    5. How many mines have been placed in Bosnia during the conflict?
    6. Does Bosnia have a large amount of mines per square mile?
    7. What happened to the sniper found by French NATO forces?
    8. Was the second civilian, who was carrying a weapon ,shot by NATO forces?
    9. Which types of mines are more difficult to detect?
    10. Was the first sniper shot dead by the French NATO forces?


    4. CLONE SYSTEM

                Numerous reports from around the world in Jan/ Feb 2001 of fresh attempts to clone human embryos, ranging from Clonaid saying they hope t implant embryos into surrogate mothers in February to Australian scientists saying they have managed to make a human cloned embryo by combining a empty pig egg with a human cell . Their cloned human embryo divided to 32 cells before being destroyed. In other words it seems that the empty eggs from animal contain all that is needed to activate human genes for successful human cloning. There are huge risks of abnormalities and mutations in these human cloning experiments. We know that these animal-human hybrids are likely to escape legal controls because a court of law would probably decide that this was not human cloning a legally defined .However the outcome - if born - would be a clone baby which has identical genes in the nucleus of every cell to the adult from which the original cell was taken . Interestingly , 1%of the genes in mammal cells are not in the nucleus but in the power packs providing all the electricity for cells . These power generators called mitochondriaa .So technically these human clones made from animal eggs would have 1% animal DNA . Worrying  we know that there are many serious diseases in human caused by faulty genes in the mitochondria . But that is with human mitochondria .What will be the risk of problems with animal mitochondria being used to power every cell in human cloned child that is yet to go?

                Clonaid  says five British couples, including two pairs of homosexual men have asked to be cloned. Peter and lldako Blackborn , computer consultants from Huntingdon Cambrisdgeshire UK have expressed an interest in human cloning as a alternative infertility treatment but which had not say if they are in touch with Clonaid . as the press conference called and announce of the cloning the United States government banned it to practice in the future . The US government pledged that it will harm the civilization of the human being so world should not follow the mal -practices .

                After two months the Korean scientist claimed that he also get success to reproduce a clone baby and he claimed that he will use it for the couple who doesn't  have kids and deserve it .According to the scientist , he will provide who ever the couples deserve, but the donor should give his consents .
    The British government strongly condemned the act of the Korean scientist and announced that the UK government does not allow the cloning to spread in the world. Cloning should be only in side the lab.  The international scientists said that it is a big step in the human civilization and should be utilized to find out the cure of all diseases in the future. it also claimed ridiculously that every couple wants Clinton and Bill Gates as their children at the same time the natural system has been disturbed by the pressure of cloning . The world need people of every sector not money maker and politicians. If so, the world will destroy very soon.

                A conference has been organized by some popular scientists in the   New York and concluded with a statement that it is a extraordinary achievement for the whole world with some vital de-merits so all should stand together to utilized the said invention. The  prime responsibility rest upon the politicians who claims to be the supreme of the United Nations organization.

    1. What was the conclusion of New York press conference?
    2. What was the only vital demerit of the cloning?
    3. What was the claimed to of the Korean scientist?
    4. Why the US government did banned the cloning system?
    5. What is the main problem of cloning system?
    6. What does Australian scientist claim?
    7. What is the risk in human cloning experiments?
    8. For what reason did the scientists prefer to sue and empty pig egg and a human cell for the experiment?
    9. What is the specific with mitochondria??
    10. Why have scientists shown their interest in human cloning?


    5. ARSON IN THE VILLAGE


                On Sunday morning in a hot summer day, one patrol team of CIVPOL monitor received a radio call from the CIVPOL station about an arsoning incident in a bear by village. Someone had called up and informed the station about the incident from a local public call office .The patrol team rushed to the scene of incident. As reaching the scene, they saw a red vehicle speeding away in a very high speed with at least four or five persons inside with at least one man holding something like gun. Arriving at the scene, the monitors saw tow houses burning. Some natives came towards them and informed that some armed people came to the village, set light to the two houses belonging to a local politician and fled in their red car. The situation was immediately reported the CIVPOL station and the local police authority were duly informed. Within few minutes the fleeing red vehicle as stopped at a check point and the perpetrators arrested by the local police.

                The patrol team informed to the fire brigade about the arson case and the Fire brigade team form the local municipality arrived in 15 minutes to the scene and put off the fire. Some local said during the interview that the both house was belong to the local politicians called Mustafa Leader. Leader had some arguments with some rivals during the municipality meeting last Friday about the grazing of the animal in the village of Ruslan. The leader received a threat from the rival of abandon the village as soon as possible or faces the adverse consequences. The leader did not obey the threat and the incident happen. Both house entirely damaged by the arson but the fire bridge could not give the total amount of loss of the house. The CIVPOL interviewed with the house owner and revealed that two houses worth $ 10000 and two camels worth $ 1000, cash worth $99 and utensils worth $45, grains worth $ 129, have been damaged during the arson.  The monitor team assured him relief of compensation from the local authority. 

                The local police team with out aid of UN Police have arrested the red vehicle and recovered a Tomy machine gun and 354 rounds of live ammunitions form the red car. Five suspects including driver also have been arrested by the local but not disclosed in public by the local police. The local police issued a statement in the same day saying that investigation is underway and if information needed contact to regional head quarters the following day.

                The National Labour Party belongs to Mustafa organized a protest rally in the town demanding the full security to the local leader and their property and take legal and strain action to perpetrators. During the demonstration supporters of the party vandalized 4 shops and injured three local security personnel.
     The local authority endorsed compensation to the Mustafa, according to the report of Fire Brigade which cost in the said head but only $ 11000.  The fire brigade did not mention the head of the loss but recommended the whole some of money.

                The local police control the security situation in the town and the police released one suspect with out any legal charge and other four have been sent to the jail by the order of local magistrate on the charge of arson and possession of illegal weapon.

                The red car sent to the auction to pay the compensation of the damage property. The owner of the car complained that his car was stolen from the garage at midnight on the same day, and it is dictatorship of the local authority to auction his car with out investigating properly and he also claimed that he will sue to the local authority in the Apex court.

    1.      When did the car stolen?
    2.      What was the lost property?
    3.      What were the ammunition found by the local police?.
    4.      What was the demand of political party?
    5.      What had happened during the demonstration of local political party?
    6.      What message did the CIVPOL received?
    7.      How was the CIVPOL station informed of the incident ?
    8.      En- route to the scene, what did the patrol team saw?
    9.      What was the monitor action on the scene?
      10. what action did the local police take ?

    6. Authoritarian regime


                President Abdurrahaman Wahid granted amnesty  thousands of prisoners Thursday, including some who were ailed for there political beliefs. Minister for law and legislation Yusril Ihza Mahendra said 105 political prisoners, and 3000 others who were jailed for criminals' acts, would be released. He said Wahid signed a presidential decree Thursday and the prisoners would be set free Thursday night and Friday morning.

                "We are releasing the criminal prisoners because it's Christmas time and the New year",he said . He added that the release of the political prisoners' mostly separatist activists from Aceh and Irian Jaya province was part of the government's efforts to release all those who were jailed for political activity under Indonesian's former authoritarian regime. Most of the political prisoners were jailed during the32 -year dictatorship of Suharto , who was ousted from power due to a student uprising in May 1998.

                It is not the self motivated move of the government but international political pressure to released the political prisoners .  There are more than 40% members of the parliament are brought from the security service to show the political honesty to the military department .  Military party called National Unity party is more powerful in Indonesia till now and it has 32 years' background. The civil leadership could not do any thing with out the military aid. So democratic government willing to follow the military advice. 

                The international court of justice has declare to punish some of the criminals who were directly involved in the massacre in Indonesia during the dictatorship of Suharto regime. But it is ridiculous to digest that the than army chief who has been accused of murdering 200 prisoners of political belief, is a member of parliament now. The Amnesty International condemned the act of the government to nominate the army chief Mr. Javal as a parliamentarian and said that the government marginalized the people voice.

                The International Court of Justice summoned  as per the international standard to Suharto to present his opinion in Hague whether he did the crime or not , but it went in vain because Suharto has been admitted to Jakarta Teaching   hospital due to chest and BP problem . Suharto has been accusing of accumulating large sum of money and killing 500 students during the students' uprising.

                The interim president of East Timor Mr. Gusmao also condemned the act of the government to make escort free to the war criminals and said government is deceiving the people of Indonesia. Indonesian government barked against the East-Timor saying that no one could interfere in internal matter of the country. For the information, East -Timor is a fragment of the republic of Indonesia and got independence in 1997 by the acute international political pressure and military intervention by the UN.

                 Indonesian   people believe, the criminal who are released on the occasion New year will never involve in criminal activities in the future. Indonesia lies in East of the Asia bordering  China , Australia, Iran and Indian sea respectively East, West, South and North. and it is has the most dense Muslim population with mainly  Hindu religion . Indonesia was colonized by French in 1800 AD and ruled till 1936 and got independence. The military authority ousted the civil government in 1940 by military coup and rules till 1997. The country has notorious history of producing natural drugs like Heroine and Cocaine and it is also called the country of golden triangle, the main transit of drugs , including Burma ,Thailand and Laos.       

    1. Which countries are called golden triangle country?
    2. Which country is lies in the  south of Indonesia ?
    3. What is the formal accusation to Suharto?
    4. Why the democratic government does follow the military advice?
    5. What was the reply of the government to East -Timor condemnation?
    6. Where is the international court of Justice located?
    7. why were the thousands of people jailed ?
    8. What did Mr. Yusril Ihza Mahendra say?
    9. How many political prisoners were jailed?
         10. Who were the released prisoners mostly?

    7.  GAMBLE

                November 27, 2001 Bangkok, Thailand: Thai police said on Mondays they have arrested six Filipino gang members for allegedly luring two Japanese and three French tourists to gamble in their house and cheating them out of millions of Baht (thousands of dollars) . The gang members, three men and three women, were arrested on Sunday from a house in Bangkok where all six gang members lived, police Lieutenant General Chat Kuldilok told reporters. Lt. Gen. Kuldilik said the women pretended to be Thai house wives and invited their victims. Whom they met on the street while pedaling handicrafts, to come to their house to teach them Japanese, and to sell them handicrafts. He said the male members of the gang pretended to be millionaires from Brunei who lost huge sums to each other to avoid suspicion by the tourists, Chat said. Four of the five tourists agreed to gamble with the male gang members while the female gang members supposedly were making them fool. Once the tourists had lost all of their money to the gang members they tried to get some of their money back, but the gang members refused. The tourists were told if they told the police or any one else about losing money to them, they would be killed. All the male gang members had knives and showed them to the tourists after telling them this. The tourists left the house and notified Thai police immediately. The tourists informed the police of the gang members' house and were willing to help them in hopes of getting their money back. Upon arrest, the Thai police searched the entire house, but unfortunately the money could not be found. One of the tourists response was," I am happy, even tough we didn't get our money back , I'm just glad the gang members were found by the Thai Police . Hopefully nothing like this will happen to any tourists ever again.

                Police interviewed all the detainees in the police cell and found that other two gangs also committing the same crime using same modus operandi in the capital city. Police started the vigorous checking around the suspected area and arrested one gang with some weapons and valuables in the rented house. Police confiscate six knives and four round of live bullets including four gang members.  Later on police honestly publicized two golden rings, four golden bracelets, six wrist watches and five passports. And issued a statement saying that any one who is belongs to the valuables contact with proofs to the city police officer Mr. Rothan.

                 Police registered a legal case to the first 6 members of the gang accusing looting the valuable of the tourists but the local magistrate released all saying that police did not show the proofs of looting.  The second gang members also charged with looting the tourists and illegal possession of weapons .The magistrate send them to the jail for six months on the charge of looting but the magistrate said police should be careful accusing the civilian who has only live bullets not a pistol or revolver.

                The police assured that the looting case will come down after the arrest of 2 looting gangs and vows that they will do enough to arrest who are involved in looting case. Police said that tourist should be careful with the people who were involved in prostitution. Bangkok is famous for sex tourism in East Asia.  Most of the prostitutes are brought form the Philippine in the name of house wife . In this racket the local administration and police and pimps are also involved.

    1.      How may gang members arrested?
    2.      What are the valuables had been confiscated?
    3.      Why the Bangkok city is famous for?
    4.      How many culprits were sent to jail and how many released?
    5.      How the gang member did pretend themselves?
    6.      What were the nationality of the victims ?
    7.      What was the tourist said after not getting his money?
    8.      What did general Chat said about the accident?
    9.      What were weapons confiscated.
              10. How many tourists had gambled with cheaters?

    8.  EBOLA

                Sunday, December 9, 2001 An outbreak of fever in the West African nation of Gabon has been confirmed as the deadly disease Ebola, the World Health Organization (WHO) said Sunday. It is world's first documented outbreak of Ebola since last year in Uganda, where 224 people - including health workers - died from the virus. Ebola is one of the most virulent viral diseases known to humankind, causing death in 50 to 90 percent of all clinically ill cases. "It's been confirmed by a laboratory in Gabon" WHO spokesman Gregory Hartl told the press. "We have reports that seven people have died" Hartl said WHO has already sent a team to help the coastal nation and that a second team of four specialists would leave Geneva for Gabon on Monday. The out break is in remote Ogooue Ivindo province in northeastern Gabon, he said. Gabon was last afflicted in an outbreak in 1996-97 that killed 45 of the 60 people infected. "We have had very little information" Hartl said. The conformation came from a laboratory in France ville, also in eastern Gabon. A team from the Gabon Ministry of Health and the International Center of Medical Research in  France Ville went to the province last week when they first received reports of that the outbreak might be Ebola, Hartl added. On Friday, Hartl said there were unconfirmed reports of a possible outbreak in nearby Congo. Ebola is passed through contact with bodily fluids, such as mucus, saliva and blood, but Ebola is not airborne. The virus incubates for four to 10 days before flu-like symptoms set in. Eventually, the virus causes severe internal bleeding, vomiting and diarrhea. There is no known cure for Ebola, but patients treated early for dehydration have a good chance of survival. WHO says more than 800 people have died of the disease since the virus was first case in Gabon was documented in 1994 the agency says. After the 1996-97 out break in Gabon it wasn't documented again until it appeared in Uganda last year. WHO recommends the suspected cases is isolated from other patients and that strict barrier nursing techniques be used to shield health workers from exposure. Gloves and masks must be worn and disinfected prior to reuse, the agency says. Patients who die from the disease should be promptly buried or cremated. The virus has also been transmitted to people from handling ill or dead infected chimpanzees, WHO says. Police are worried there may be widespread panic in the area because of the confirmed reports. There have been rumors of possible riots and / or break -ins. Police officials said tat when out breaks such as this occur, people become frightened and assume the worst and that is when people start to try and upraise against the police . However, no reports have been made in regards to riots and/ break -INS, but police have been told to be prepared for the worst. The Goban Government called emergency cabinet meeting and declared Ivindo province as "forbidden Province". The government begs international support and relief to get rid of the diseases.  it is requested to all media house not to make undue publicity to  the outbreak ,which can terrorize the general public and can hamper  to maintain the security situation in  the country. Gabon a Central African Republic also facing starvation, malnutrition, political instability, and draught from a long decade.  The neighboring countries Nigeria, Uganda, Ethiopia, South Africa, Kenya, Somalia are also suffering from internal conflict and could not do as requested by the Gabon.  The first world showing their interest  on the request and ready to provide the assistances or relief  but they have an eye or vested interest on the natural resources of the Gabon republic which is rich in diamond, gold , natural gas , petroleum mine .

    1.      What did government request to Media?
    2.      Which province was declared as "forbidden province" ?
    3.      Why the neighboring countries could not assist the Republic of Gabon?
    4.      When the disease was documented first in the Africa?
    5.      What was the rate of death causing Ebola?
    6.      What were the symptoms of Ebola?
    7.      How the Ebola is transmitted to another person.
    8.      What was the resource of the Ebola?
    9.      Why did the first world countries showing their interest to Gabon?
    10. How many medical teams are going to be assign to assist the Gabon republic.    


    9. TALIBAN ARRESTED

                US forces detained seven suspected Taliban fighters yesterday outside the American military base at Kandhar airport in southern Afghanistan after it came under attack , defense officials said. They said the men were detained for questioning after patrols were sent out to investigate the attack. A small number of other people who might have been involved in the gunfight escaped, according to the officials, who asked not to be identified. No American troops were injured, they said. A Reuters television cameraman, Taras Protsyuk, said he heard heavy gunfire and a number of explosions at the Kandhar base . He said the shooting lasted about 30 minutes and was at its most intense for a period of about five minutes ." I have seen the tracers and there were some light explosions like hand grenades ", he said " Americans appeared to be firing at a point in the hills to the West Side of the air base." Operation in Afghanistan by the US military and its allies to mop up remnants of the vanquished Taliban and the AL-QUIDA network are based at Kandahar airport .

                There are about 4100 military personnel based at the airport, with the majority from the US. Mr. Protsyuk said the heaviest firing was on the airport's western perimeter, about half a mile from the terminal building. In a separate incident, an American military transport plane crashed in a remote region of the Afghanistan on Tuesday night , injuring all eight crew members but non of them critically ,US  officials said yesterday . Seven of those injured in the crash were able to walk and " non of the injuries were considered life- threatening " ,said Major Brad Lowell, a spokesman for the US central command in Florida . The cause of the crash was not known , although it did not appear to be the result of hostile fire, official said . An American soldier was killed in an accident in Afghanistan yesterday when a piece of heavy industrial equipment fell on him at Bagram air base near Kabul, the US military said . The soldier's name was  withheld pending notification of next of kin. Later on , it was revealed that the detainees were investigated thoroughly and two among seven were sent to " Kwantanamo Bey" a notorious jail used by American military  to dump terrorists. Kwantanamo Bey is in Cuba , a communist nation , ruled by Fidel Kastro , a south American country

                It was provided to USA on lease for hundred years. Remaining among the detainees were sent to the local judicial authority and imposed to the judicial remand for six months . The American soldier killed by heavy equipment was delivered  to home with a national regards by a special US navy plane . The US had  started war against Afghanistan to abolish Taliban regime , who allegedly harboring the terrorist leader Osama bin Laden  in the country . American military could not find the Osama  till now. Osama is Saudi Arabia born billionaire and blind supporter of Muslim belief , he involved in fighting with Soviet Union  who had strong hold in Afghanistan during the second world war and  with the aid of US the Al quada successes to remove Russia from Afghanistan . Bin laden started getting physical and moral support from theUS . later on , the US  did not give his support to Osama so he and his allies attacked on US interest in South Africa killing 1000 innocent people by the suicide bombing and declared Osama a terrorist .  After the 9/11 terrorist attack on twin tower , the US has declared fight against the terrorism and  announce to hand over the Osama to the US by Afgan Government . The Taliban regime  did not obey the order saying that he was the guest of the country and  guest should not be hand over the western country . 

    1. Who is Osama bin Laden?
    2. What do you know about Kwantanamo Bey?
    3. What had happen to arrested seven detainees?
    4. Why did America attack Afghanistan?
    5. where did the US transport plane crash?
    6. Where is the US central command located?
    7. How many US military have been killed according to the passage?
    8. Where was the heaviest firing occurred?
    9. Where is the Kandhar air port located?
    10.  Who is Taras?


    10. THE UNITED NATION

                The United Nation is an international organization established to create international security and friendship among the member states. After the Second World War, the allied nation established the United Nation on 24 December 1945 including 51 member states. Now it has 191 member states around the globe. The head quarters of the United Nation lies in New York in the US and the branch for the Europe is lies in Switzerland.

    Main objectives of the United Nations are as follows.

    1. To maintain international security
    2. To maintain friendship among the countries
    3. To regards human rights.

    It has six main organs
    1. International court of justice
    2. Secret General assembly
    3. Security Council
    4. Economic and social council
    5. Trusteeship council
    6. Secretariat
                                            1. International court of justice.

                The headquarters of International court of justice lies in Netherlands. The UN secretariat lies in New York. The meeting of general assembly starts on third of September and concludes on December. Security council has 15 members among them 5 are permanent members , which are America, China , Russia , French, and Germany and other 10 members are elected by the 191 members states of general assembly for the period of two years . The Economic and Social council has 54 members' states and every member has three years of working period. The headquarters of the Economic and Social council lies in Geneva.

                America, China, France, Germany, Russia the permanent members of the Security council has veto power .Chinese English, French, Russian, Spanish are the official language of the United nation,. Mr. Ban ki Mon is the Secretary General of the United Nations, a South Korea citizen.

                Nepal as a United Nation member state has sent 1241police personnel to serve the United Nation, as civil police, police monitor, police advisor and police trainers. Nepal has established two Form Police Units in Haiti and Sudan as per the request of the United Nation. wins their obedience, confidence, respect and enthusiastic co-operation in achieving common objectives.


    1.HATES CRIMES

                The number of organized hate groups in the United States increased 20 percents last year, according to the Southern Poverty Law Center in Montgomery, Ala. Nearly 9000 hate crimes , more than half of them motivated by race, were reported to the Federal Bureau of Investigation in 1996- compared to 7947 incidents in 1995 and 5932incidents in 1994. Last week, James Byrd, Jr., a 49 -year's old black man, was dragged to death in Texas by a chain from the back of a pickup truck. Recently, two black men also became the targets of possible copycat crimes in Illinois and Louisiana.

                Authorities say the three men who have been charged with Byrd's murder my have ties with white supremacist groups, which have grown to over 400 organizations nationwide, according to the Southern Poverty Law Center. In fact, the Ku Klux Klan has been granted permission to rally later this month in Jasper, Texas, and the town where Byrd was killed. "These groups are getting better with the public," said Joe Roy, director of the Intelligence Project of the Southern poverty Law Center."They are no longer racist but racialist, not segregationists, but separatists. They are using a lot more attractive buzz words to lead people into their organizations "of the 474 hat groups documented by the Intelligence Project, 127were related to the Ku Klux Klan 100 was neo-Nazi, 42 were Skinheads, 81were Christian Identity, a racist religion, 12 were Black separatists and 112subscribed to a mélange to hate -based doctrines and ideologies.
    Tracking Hate Crimes

                The FBI is investigating the Texas case as a possible that crime, defined as an offense motivated buy the dislike of a person's race, religion, sexual orientation, disability, or national origin. " This was an act of violence that had a much broader implication than just the murder of a single person " said Hillary Shelton , deputy director of the NAACP in Washington DC " A much larger message was being sent by this horrible action" Many civil right s groups attributes the rise in hate  crimes to proliferation of Internet hate sites , racist music lyrics and white power literature- propaganda tools for promoting race- hating ideology that have reached an audience of as many as 2 million people . Since1995, more than 160 hate sites are active online, according to the intelligence project. Less than three years ago, there was only one. "Technology has a lot to do with opening up new recruitment opportunities for these groups," said Roy "It's a place where young people of the computer generation can vent their frustration, exchange ideas and download information to feed their hatred.


    1. How many of the hate crimes were about racial differences?
    2. How did Mr. Byrd die in Texas?
    3. Are the men who killed Byrd connected to any groups? If so, what?
    4. How are these hate groups encouraging new people to join?
    5. How many hate groups are there nationwide?
    6. What do civil rights groups say the reason is for such a increase in hat e crimes.?
    7. How many men have been charged with Byrd's murder?
    8. Why were two black men targets of crimes in Illinois and Louisiana.?
    9. What was the increase in hate groups last year?
    10. Who is Hillary Shelton?         

    2.PILOT  ACCUSED

                Lotfi Raissi , an Algerian pilot who had been accused of training the suicide hijackers who crashed into the Pentagon on September 11, walked free today after being granted bail at an extradition hearing . Mr.Raissi, 27 who has been held in jail for five months, emerged from the top security Belmarsh magistrate's court complex in south -east London to applause from his family and friends. Minutes earlier, district judge Timothy Workman said Mr.Raissi, who lives near Heathrow airport. Could have conditional bail as he was only facing extradition to the US on two counts of falsifying as application for a US pilot's license. At previous court hearings in London, lawyers acting for the US authorities indicated he was suspected of being a lead instructor for pilots responsible for the September 11 hijackings. And US prosecutor have in the past made clear that the pilot's license accusations were only holding charges. But no terrorism charges have been formally introduced and Mr. Raissi's lawyers successfully argued today that the charges related to pilot's license applications did not justify him being held in prison. Mr. Workman said he appreciated the September 11 investigation was long and painstaking but he said he was allowing bail as the US government was unlikely to bring terrorism charges inAA the near future. Mr. Raissi's family has strenuously denied he was involved in the September 11 terror attacks in any way. Today he was told his family would have to give $10000in surety, that he would have to live at an address specified to the court , that he would have to surrender his passport and not apply for international travel documents . Mr. Raissi's French wife Sonia, speaking after the judge's decision, said that she believed justice had been done. She said " we have been waiting five months and my message to the FBI is , You arrested him for terrorism so why do you want to extradite him for these ridiculous , minor charges? .

                Lotfi's brother, Mohamed, said "The FBI said to he world that he was a big terrorist and they have to now say to the world, that his man is innocent. They have destroyed his life, his future and his dream".
     But James Lewis, representing the US government, told the court Mr.Raissi should not be granted bail. He said "we are concerned with an investigation into an atrocity that shocked the civilized world ...Mr. Raissi is a suspect in that investigation"

                Hugo Keith, representing Mr. Raissi, said "The Americans now seen unwilling to withdraw from their initial position and accept on this occasion, they pursued the wrong person. He is not fundamentalist. He is married to a white Catholic" Prosecutors have alleged that Mr.Raissi had links to Hani Hanjour ,the pilot suspected of crashing Flight 77 into the Pentagon.

                Mr. Raissi was arrested on September 21 and has been held at London' high -security Belmarsh prison ever since. He was indicated by a federal grand jury in Arizona on charges of falsifying applications for a pilot's license and other documents. He allegedly held a 1993 theft conviction and failed to mention that he had undergone a knee operation. He has also been indicated Arizona on 11 more counts, including conspiracy to submit a false immigration claim. A previous attempt to win him bail in the high court in London in December failed. Lawyers acting for the US alleged that there was "a web of circumstantial evidence that points to the involvement of Raissi in a terrorist conspiracy which culminate in the events of September 11" US counsel said Mr.Raissi had "links to the Al-Qsida organization" and was "someone who has both motive and means t escape"

    1. When was Mr.Raissi arrested?
    2. How long has he been held in jail?
    3. Is it confirmed that Mr.Raissi had links to the hijacker of Flight77?
    4. What nationality is Mr.Raissi's wife?
    5. What did he hide in 1993?
    6. Did he succeed in his previous attempt to win bail?
    7. What are the conditions of his bail?
    8. What nationality is Mr. Raissi and where does he live?
    9. Has he been charged with terrorism?
    10.What did the US authorities accuse him of doing?

    3.BOSNIA INJURIES

                On Thursday in northern Bosnia, two American soldiers were wounded when a land mine exploded. One of the soldiers suffered injuries to his right foot and other was able to walk away from the blast with shrapnel wounds to his lower leg . The incident happened at about 2:30 PM 0930EST in the town of Hadizici, which is located about ten miles south east of Tuzla .

                NATO issued a statement about the incident. The statement said, "two American engineers were injured by an anti-personal mine as they were conducting a joint inspection of a minefield with the Bosnian Serb Army. One soldier stepped on an anti- personnel mine, incurring injuries to one foot.
    Concerns have been raised by ERRI and any number of other sources in regard to the dangers of landmines and other improvised explosive devices in Bosnia. According to UNICEF, Bosnia has one of the highest densities of landmines per square mile of any place in the world. UNICEF says that more than 1800000mines may have been laid in Bosnia during the recent years of ethnic conflict. More troublesome to NATO troops than traditional mines, which are made of metal, are mines with plastic cases or improvised mines made from wooden cases and high explosives. The wood and plastic mines are far more difficult to detect with conventional mine detectors.

                In other news regarding to Bosnian peace mission, United States Navy Admiral Leighton Smith made some remarks regarding the six confirmed sniper incidents involving NATO forces since Sunday. Admiral Smith said, "We have got some jerk up there pulling a trigger and he has got a night scope. That makes it tough. But boy, let me tell you , if we do see him he had better be fast and be clad in bullet-proof stuff. Because we will attack with out  warning. There are such things as anti- sniping teams ....people who snipe at our forces are at great risk to themselves. If we see some body pointing a weapon at our forces he will be attacked with out warning.... no warning shots, no' drop your weapon"

                 And true to Admiral Smith's words -- French NATO forces later killed a sniper in the suburb where most of the shooting incidents have occurred. A NATO statement said "One gunman was located by the French Special Forces and was later neutralized. This person was seriously wounded. He later died of his injuries in spite of the intervention from a military physician. Another armed civilian was also apprehended by 0ur forces. This individual was disarmed with out any bloodshed".

    1. How many confirmed sniper incidents have there been?
    2. Where were the two American soldiers inured?
    3. Did both of the soldiers walk away from the explosion?
    4. Will a warning be given to snipers who shoot at NATO forces?
    5. How many mines have been placed in Bosnia during the conflict?
    6. Does Bosnia have a large amount of mines per square mile?
    7. What happened to the sniper found by French NATO forces?
    8. Was the second civilian, who was carrying a weapon ,shot by NATO forces?
    9. Which types of mines are more difficult to detect?
    10. Was the first sniper shot dead by the French NATO forces?


    4. CLONE SYSTEM

                Numerous reports from around the world in Jan/ Feb 2001 of fresh attempts to clone human embryos, ranging from Clonaid saying they hope t implant embryos into surrogate mothers in February to Australian scientists saying they have managed to make a human cloned embryo by combining a empty pig egg with a human cell . Their cloned human embryo divided to 32 cells before being destroyed. In other words it seems that the empty eggs from animal contain all that is needed to activate human genes for successful human cloning. There are huge risks of abnormalities and mutations in these human cloning experiments. We know that these animal-human hybrids are likely to escape legal controls because a court of law would probably decide that this was not human cloning a legally defined .However the outcome - if born - would be a clone baby which has identical genes in the nucleus of every cell to the adult from which the original cell was taken . Interestingly , 1%of the genes in mammal cells are not in the nucleus but in the power packs providing all the electricity for cells . These power generators called mitochondriaa .So technically these human clones made from animal eggs would have 1% animal DNA . Worrying  we know that there are many serious diseases in human caused by faulty genes in the mitochondria . But that is with human mitochondria .What will be the risk of problems with animal mitochondria being used to power every cell in human cloned child that is yet to go?

                Clonaid  says five British couples, including two pairs of homosexual men have asked to be cloned. Peter and lldako Blackborn , computer consultants from Huntingdon Cambrisdgeshire UK have expressed an interest in human cloning as a alternative infertility treatment but which had not say if they are in touch with Clonaid . as the press conference called and announce of the cloning the United States government banned it to practice in the future . The US government pledged that it will harm the civilization of the human being so world should not follow the mal -practices .

                After two months the Korean scientist claimed that he also get success to reproduce a clone baby and he claimed that he will use it for the couple who doesn't  have kids and deserve it .According to the scientist , he will provide who ever the couples deserve, but the donor should give his consents .
    The British government strongly condemned the act of the Korean scientist and announced that the UK government does not allow the cloning to spread in the world. Cloning should be only in side the lab.  The international scientists said that it is a big step in the human civilization and should be utilized to find out the cure of all diseases in the future. it also claimed ridiculously that every couple wants Clinton and Bill Gates as their children at the same time the natural system has been disturbed by the pressure of cloning . The world need people of every sector not money maker and politicians. If so, the world will destroy very soon.

                A conference has been organized by some popular scientists in the   New York and concluded with a statement that it is a extraordinary achievement for the whole world with some vital de-merits so all should stand together to utilized the said invention. The  prime responsibility rest upon the politicians who claims to be the supreme of the United Nations organization.

    1. What was the conclusion of New York press conference?
    2. What was the only vital demerit of the cloning?
    3. What was the claimed to of the Korean scientist?
    4. Why the US government did banned the cloning system?
    5. What is the main problem of cloning system?
    6. What does Australian scientist claim?
    7. What is the risk in human cloning experiments?
    8. For what reason did the scientists prefer to sue and empty pig egg and a human cell for the experiment?
    9. What is the specific with mitochondria??
    10. Why have scientists shown their interest in human cloning?


    5. ARSON IN THE VILLAGE

                On Sunday morning in a hot summer day, one patrol team of CIVPOL monitor received a radio call from the CIVPOL station about an arsoning incident in a bear by village. Someone had called up and informed the station about the incident from a local public call office .The patrol team rushed to the scene of incident. As reaching the scene, they saw a red vehicle speeding away in a very high speed with at least four or five persons inside with at least one man holding something like gun. Arriving at the scene, the monitors saw tow houses burning. Some natives came towards them and informed that some armed people came to the village, set light to the two houses belonging to a local politician and fled in their red car. The situation was immediately reported the CIVPOL station and the local police authority were duly informed. Within few minutes the fleeing red vehicle as stopped at a check point and the perpetrators arrested by the local police.

                The patrol team informed to the fire brigade about the arson case and the Fire brigade team form the local municipality arrived in 15 minutes to the scene and put off the fire. Some local said during the interview that the both house was belong to the local politicians called Mustafa Leader. Leader had some arguments with some rivals during the municipality meeting last Friday about the grazing of the animal in the village of Ruslan. The leader received a threat from the rival of abandon the village as soon as possible or faces the adverse consequences. The leader did not obey the threat and the incident happen. Both house entirely damaged by the arson but the fire bridge could not give the total amount of loss of the house. The CIVPOL interviewed with the house owner and revealed that two houses worth $ 10000 and two camels worth $ 1000, cash worth $99 and utensils worth $45, grains worth $ 129, have been damaged during the arson.  The monitor team assured him relief of compensation from the local authority. 

                The local police team with out aid of UN Police have arrested the red vehicle and recovered a Tomy machine gun and 354 rounds of live ammunitions form the red car. Five suspects including driver also have been arrested by the local but not disclosed in public by the local police. The local police issued a statement in the same day saying that investigation is underway and if information needed contact to regional head quarters the following day.

                The National Labour Party belongs to Mustafa organized a protest rally in the town demanding the full security to the local leader and their property and take legal and strain action to perpetrators. During the demonstration supporters of the party vandalized 4 shops and injured three local security personnel.
     The local authority endorsed compensation to the Mustafa, according to the report of Fire Brigade which cost in the said head but only $ 11000.  The fire brigade did not mention the head of the loss but recommended the whole some of money.

                The local police control the security situation in the town and the police released one suspect with out any legal charge and other four have been sent to the jail by the order of local magistrate on the charge of arson and possession of illegal weapon.

                The red car sent to the auction to pay the compensation of the damage property. The owner of the car complained that his car was stolen from the garage at midnight on the same day, and it is dictatorship of the local authority to auction his car with out investigating properly and he also claimed that he will sue to the local authority in the Apex court.

    1.      When did the car stolen?
    2.      What was the lost property?
    3.      What were the ammunition found by the local police?.
    4.      What was the demand of political party?
    5.      What had happened during the demonstration of local political party?
    6.      What message did the CIVPOL received?
    7.      How was the CIVPOL station informed of the incident ?
    8.      En- route to the scene, what did the patrol team saw?
    9.      What was the monitor action on the scene?
      10. what action did the local police take ?
    6. Authoritarian regime

                President Abdurrahaman Wahid granted amnesty  thousands of prisoners Thursday, including some who were ailed for there political beliefs. Minister for law and legislation Yusril Ihza Mahendra said 105 political prisoners, and 3000 others who were jailed for criminals' acts, would be released. He said Wahid signed a presidential decree Thursday and the prisoners would be set free Thursday night and Friday morning.

                "We are releasing the criminal prisoners because it's Christmas time and the New year",he said . He added that the release of the political prisoners' mostly separatist activists from Aceh and Irian Jaya province was part of the government's efforts to release all those who were jailed for political activity under Indonesian's former authoritarian regime. Most of the political prisoners were jailed during the32 -year dictatorship of Suharto , who was ousted from power due to a student uprising in May 1998.

                It is not the self motivated move of the government but international political pressure to released the political prisoners .  There are more than 40% members of the parliament are brought from the security service to show the political honesty to the military department .  Military party called National Unity party is more powerful in Indonesia till now and it has 32 years' background. The civil leadership could not do any thing with out the military aid. So democratic government willing to follow the military advice. 

                The international court of justice has declare to punish some of the criminals who were directly involved in the massacre in Indonesia during the dictatorship of Suharto regime. But it is ridiculous to digest that the than army chief who has been accused of murdering 200 prisoners of political belief, is a member of parliament now. The Amnesty International condemned the act of the government to nominate the army chief Mr. Javal as a parliamentarian and said that the government marginalized the people voice.

                The International Court of Justice summoned  as per the international standard to Suharto to present his opinion in Hague whether he did the crime or not , but it went in vain because Suharto has been admitted to Jakarta Teaching   hospital due to chest and BP problem . Suharto has been accusing of accumulating large sum of money and killing 500 students during the students' uprising.

                The interim president of East Timor Mr. Gusmao also condemned the act of the government to make escort free to the war criminals and said government is deceiving the people of Indonesia. Indonesian government barked against the East-Timor saying that no one could interfere in internal matter of the country. For the information, East -Timor is a fragment of the republic of Indonesia and got independence in 1997 by the acute international political pressure and military intervention by the UN.

                 Indonesian   people believe, the criminal who are released on the occasion New year will never involve in criminal activities in the future. Indonesia lies in East of the Asia bordering  China , Australia, Iran and Indian sea respectively East, West, South and North. and it is has the most dense Muslim population with mainly  Hindu religion . Indonesia was colonized by French in 1800 AD and ruled till 1936 and got independence. The military authority ousted the civil government in 1940 by military coup and rules till 1997. The country has notorious history of producing natural drugs like Heroine and Cocaine and it is also called the country of golden triangle, the main transit of drugs , including Burma ,Thailand and Laos.       

    1. Which countries are called golden triangle country?
    2. Which country is lies in the  south of Indonesia ?
    3. What is the formal accusation to Suharto?
    4. Why the democratic government does follow the military advice?
    5. What was the reply of the government to East -Timor condemnation?
    6. Where is the international court of Justice located?
    7. why were the thousands of people jailed ?
    8. What did Mr. Yusril Ihza Mahendra say?
    9. How many political prisoners were jailed?
         10. Who were the released prisoners mostly?
    7.  GAMBLE

                November 27, 2001 Bangkok, Thailand: Thai police said on Mondays they have arrested six Filipino gang members for allegedly luring two Japanese and three French tourists to gamble in their house and cheating them out of millions of Baht (thousands of dollars) . The gang members, three men and three women, were arrested on Sunday from a house in Bangkok where all six gang members lived, police Lieutenant General Chat Kuldilok told reporters. Lt. Gen. Kuldilik said the women pretended to be Thai house wives and invited their victims. Whom they met on the street while pedaling handicrafts, to come to their house to teach them Japanese, and to sell them handicrafts. He said the male members of the gang pretended to be millionaires from Brunei who lost huge sums to each other to avoid suspicion by the tourists, Chat said. Four of the five tourists agreed to gamble with the male gang members while the female gang members supposedly were making them fool. Once the tourists had lost all of their money to the gang members they tried to get some of their money back, but the gang members refused. The tourists were told if they told the police or any one else about losing money to them, they would be killed. All the male gang members had knives and showed them to the tourists after telling them this. The tourists left the house and notified Thai police immediately. The tourists informed the police of the gang members' house and were willing to help them in hopes of getting their money back. Upon arrest, the Thai police searched the entire house, but unfortunately the money could not be found. One of the tourists response was," I am happy, even tough we didn't get our money back , I'm just glad the gang members were found by the Thai Police . Hopefully nothing like this will happen to any tourists ever again.

                Police interviewed all the detainees in the police cell and found that other two gangs also committing the same crime using same modus operandi in the capital city. Police started the vigorous checking around the suspected area and arrested one gang with some weapons and valuables in the rented house. Police confiscate six knives and four round of live bullets including four gang members.  Later on police honestly publicized two golden rings, four golden bracelets, six wrist watches and five passports. And issued a statement saying that any one who is belongs to the valuables contact with proofs to the city police officer Mr. Rothan.

                 Police registered a legal case to the first 6 members of the gang accusing looting the valuable of the tourists but the local magistrate released all saying that police did not show the proofs of looting.  The second gang members also charged with looting the tourists and illegal possession of weapons .The magistrate send them to the jail for six months on the charge of looting but the magistrate said police should be careful accusing the civilian who has only live bullets not a pistol or revolver.

                The police assured that the looting case will come down after the arrest of 2 looting gangs and vows that they will do enough to arrest who are involved in looting case. Police said that tourist should be careful with the people who were involved in prostitution. Bangkok is famous for sex tourism in East Asia.  Most of the prostitutes are brought form the Philippine in the name of house wife . In this racket the local administration and police and pimps are also involved.

    1.      How may gang members arrested?
    2.      What are the valuables had been confiscated?
    3.      Why the Bangkok city is famous for?
    4.      How many culprits were sent to jail and how many released?
    5.      How the gang member did pretend themselves?
    6.      What were the nationality of the victims ?
    7.      What was the tourist said after not getting his money?
    8.      What did general Chat said about the accident?
    9.      What were weapons confiscated.
              10. How many tourists had gambled with cheaters?

    8.  EBOLA

                Sunday, December 9, 2001 An outbreak of fever in the West African nation of Gabon has been confirmed as the deadly disease Ebola, the World Health Organization (WHO) said Sunday. It is world's first documented outbreak of Ebola since last year in Uganda, where 224 people - including health workers - died from the virus. Ebola is one of the most virulent viral diseases known to humankind, causing death in 50 to 90 percent of all clinically ill cases. "It's been confirmed by a laboratory in Gabon" WHO spokesman Gregory Hartl told the press. "We have reports that seven people have died" Hartl said WHO has already sent a team to help the coastal nation and that a second team of four specialists would leave Geneva for Gabon on Monday. The out break is in remote Ogooue Ivindo province in northeastern Gabon, he said. Gabon was last afflicted in an outbreak in 1996-97 that killed 45 of the 60 people infected. "We have had very little information" Hartl said. The conformation came from a laboratory in France ville, also in eastern Gabon. A team from the Gabon Ministry of Health and the International Center of Medical Research in  France Ville went to the province last week when they first received reports of that the outbreak might be Ebola, Hartl added. On Friday, Hartl said there were unconfirmed reports of a possible outbreak in nearby Congo. Ebola is passed through contact with bodily fluids, such as mucus, saliva and blood, but Ebola is not airborne. The virus incubates for four to 10 days before flu-like symptoms set in. Eventually, the virus causes severe internal bleeding, vomiting and diarrhea. There is no known cure for Ebola, but patients treated early for dehydration have a good chance of survival. WHO says more than 800 people have died of the disease since the virus was first case in Gabon was documented in 1994 the agency says. After the 1996-97 out break in Gabon it wasn't documented again until it appeared in Uganda last year. WHO recommends the suspected cases is isolated from other patients and that strict barrier nursing techniques be used to shield health workers from exposure. Gloves and masks must be worn and disinfected prior to reuse, the agency says. Patients who die from the disease should be promptly buried or cremated. The virus has also been transmitted to people from handling ill or dead infected chimpanzees, WHO says. Police are worried there may be widespread panic in the area because of the confirmed reports. There have been rumors of possible riots and / or break -ins. Police officials said tat when out breaks such as this occur, people become frightened and assume the worst and that is when people start to try and upraise against the police . However, no reports have been made in regards to riots and/ break -INS, but police have been told to be prepared for the worst. The Goban Government called emergency cabinet meeting and declared Ivindo province as "forbidden Province". The government begs international support and relief to get rid of the diseases.  it is requested to all media house not to make undue publicity to  the outbreak ,which can terrorize the general public and can hamper  to maintain the security situation in  the country. Gabon a Central African Republic also facing starvation, malnutrition, political instability, and draught from a long decade.  The neighboring countries Nigeria, Uganda, Ethiopia, South Africa, Kenya, Somalia are also suffering from internal conflict and could not do as requested by the Gabon.  The first world showing their interest  on the request and ready to provide the assistances or relief  but they have an eye or vested interest on the natural resources of the Gabon republic which is rich in diamond, gold , natural gas , petroleum mine .

    1.      What did government request to Media?
    2.      Which province was declared as "forbidden province" ?
    3.      Why the neighboring countries could not assist the Republic of Gabon?
    4.      When the disease was documented first in the Africa?
    5.      What was the rate of death causing Ebola?
    6.      What were the symptoms of Ebola?
    7.      How the Ebola is transmitted to another person.
    8.      What was the resource of the Ebola?
    9.      Why did the first world countries showing their interest to Gabon?
    10. How many medical teams are going to be assign to assist the Gabon republic.    


    9. TALIBAN ARRESTED

                US forces detained seven suspected Taliban fighters yesterday outside the American military base at Kandhar airport in southern Afghanistan after it came under attack , defense officials said. They said the men were detained for questioning after patrols were sent out to investigate the attack. A small number of other people who might have been involved in the gunfight escaped, according to the officials, who asked not to be identified. No American troops were injured, they said. A Reuters television cameraman, Taras Protsyuk, said he heard heavy gunfire and a number of explosions at the Kandhar base . He said the shooting lasted about 30 minutes and was at its most intense for a period of about five minutes ." I have seen the tracers and there were some light explosions like hand grenades ", he said " Americans appeared to be firing at a point in the hills to the West Side of the air base." Operation in Afghanistan by the US military and its allies to mop up remnants of the vanquished Taliban and the AL-QUIDA network are based at Kandahar airport .

                There are about 4100 military personnel based at the airport, with the majority from the US. Mr. Protsyuk said the heaviest firing was on the airport's western perimeter, about half a mile from the terminal building. In a separate incident, an American military transport plane crashed in a remote region of the Afghanistan on Tuesday night , injuring all eight crew members but non of them critically ,US  officials said yesterday . Seven of those injured in the crash were able to walk and " non of the injuries were considered life- threatening " ,said Major Brad Lowell, a spokesman for the US central command in Florida . The cause of the crash was not known , although it did not appear to be the result of hostile fire, official said . An American soldier was killed in an accident in Afghanistan yesterday when a piece of heavy industrial equipment fell on him at Bagram air base near Kabul, the US military said . The soldier's name was  withheld pending notification of next of kin. Later on , it was revealed that the detainees were investigated thoroughly and two among seven were sent to " Kwantanamo Bey" a notorious jail used by American military  to dump terrorists. Kwantanamo Bey is in Cuba , a communist nation , ruled by Fidel Kastro , a south American country

                It was provided to USA on lease for hundred years. Remaining among the detainees were sent to the local judicial authority and imposed to the judicial remand for six months . The American soldier killed by heavy equipment was delivered  to home with a national regards by a special US navy plane . The US had  started war against Afghanistan to abolish Taliban regime , who allegedly harboring the terrorist leader Osama bin Laden  in the country . American military could not find the Osama  till now. Osama is Saudi Arabia born billionaire and blind supporter of Muslim belief , he involved in fighting with Soviet Union  who had strong hold in Afghanistan during the second world war and  with the aid of US the Al quada successes to remove Russia from Afghanistan . Bin laden started getting physical and moral support from theUS . later on , the US  did not give his support to Osama so he and his allies attacked on US interest in South Africa killing 1000 innocent people by the suicide bombing and declared Osama a terrorist .  After the 9/11 terrorist attack on twin tower , the US has declared fight against the terrorism and  announce to hand over the Osama to the US by Afgan Government . The Taliban regime  did not obey the order saying that he was the guest of the country and  guest should not be hand over the western country . 

    1. Who is Osama bin Laden?
    2. What do you know about Kwantanamo Bey?
    3. What had happen to arrested seven detainees?
    4. Why did America attack Afghanistan?
    5. where did the US transport plane crash?
    6. Where is the US central command located?
    7. How many US military have been killed according to the passage?
    8. Where was the heaviest firing occurred?
    9. Where is the Kandhar air port located?
    10.  Who is Taras?
      
    10. THE UNITED NATION

                The United Nation is an international organization established to create international security and friendship among the member states. After the Second World War, the allied nation established the United Nation on 24 December 1945 including 51 member states. Now it has 191 member states around the globe. The head quarters of the United Nation lies in New York in the US and the branch for the Europe is lies in Switzerland.

    Main objectives of the United Nations are as follows.

    1. To maintain international security
    2. To maintain friendship among the countries
    3. To regards human rights.

    It has six main organs
    1. International court of justice
    2. Secret General assembly
    3. Security Council
    4. Economic and social council
    5. Trusteeship council
    6. Secretariat
            
                  1. International court of justice.

                The headquarters of International court of justice lies in Netherlands. The UN secretariat lies in New York. The meeting of general assembly starts on third of September and concludes on December. Security council has 15 members among them 5 are permanent members , which are America, China , Russia , French, and Germany and other 10 members are elected by the 191 members states of general assembly for the period of two years . The Economic and Social council has 54 members' states and every member has three years of working period. The headquarters of the Economic and Social council lies in Geneva.

                America, China, France, Germany, Russia the permanent members of the Security council has veto power .Chinese English, French, Russian, Spanish are the official language of the United nation,. Mr. Ban ki Mon is the Secretary General of the United Nations, a South Korea citizen.

                Nepal as a United Nation member state has sent 1241police personnel to serve the United Nation, as civil police, police monitor, police advisor and police trainers. Nepal has established two Form Police Units in Haiti and Sudan as per the request of the United Nation. wins their obedience, confidence, respect and enthusiastic co-operation in achieving common objectives.






    1.HATES CRIMES

    The number of organized hate groups in the United States increased 20 percents last year, according to the Southern Poverty Law Center in Montgomery, Ala. Nearly 9000 hate crimes , more than half of them motivated by race, were reported to the Federal Bureau of Investigation in 1996- compared to 7947 incidents in 1995 and 5932incidents in 1994. Last week, James Byrd, Jr., a 49 -year's old black man, was dragged to death in Texas by a chain from the back of a pickup truck. Recently, two black men also became the targets of possible copycat crimes in Illinois and Louisiana.
    Authorities say the three men who have been charged with Byrd's murder my have ties with white supremacist groups, which have grown to over 400 organizations nationwide, according to the Southern Poverty Law Center. In fact, the Ku Klux Klan has been granted permission to rally later this month in Jasper, Texas, and the town where Byrd was killed. "These groups are getting better with the public," said Joe Roy, director of the Intelligence Project of the Southern poverty Law Center."They are no longer racist but racialist, not segregationists, but separatists. They are using a lot more attractive buzz words to lead people into their organizations "of the 474 hat groups documented by the Intelligence Project, 127were related to the Ku Klux Klan 100 was neo-Nazi, 42 were Skinheads, 81were Christian Identity, a racist religion, 12 were Black separatists and 112subscribed to a mélange to hate -based doctrines and ideologies.
    Tracking Hate Crimes
    The FBI is investigating the Texas case as a possible that crime, defined as an offense motivated buy the dislike of a person's race, religion, sexual orientation, disability, or national origin. " This was an act of violence that had a much broader implication than just the murder of a single person " said Hillary Shelton , deputy director of the NAACP in Washington DC " A much larger message was being sent by this horrible action" Many civil right s groups attributes the rise in hate  crimes to proliferation of Internet hate sites , racist music lyrics and white power literature- propaganda tools for promoting race- hating ideology that have reached an audience of as many as 2 million people . Since1995, more than 160 hate sites are active online, according to the intelligence project. Less than three years ago, there was only one. "Technology has a lot to do with opening up new recruitment opportunities for these groups," said Roy "It's a place where young people of the computer generation can vent their frustration, exchange ideas and download information to feed their hatred.





    1.    How many of the hate crimes were about racial differences?
    2.    How did Mr. Byrd die in Texas?
    3.    Are the men who killed Byrd connected to any groups? If so, what?
    4.    How are these hate groups encouraging new people to join?
    5.    How many hate groups are there nationwide?
    6.    What do civil rights groups say the reason is for such a increase in hat e crimes.?
    7.    How many men have been charged with Byrd's murder?
    8.    Why were two black men targets of crimes in Illinois and Louisiana.?
    9.    What was the increase in hate groups last year?
    10.    Who is Hillary Shelton?   


    2.PILOT  ACCUSED

    Lotfi Raissi , an Algerian pilot who had been accused of training the suicide hijackers who crashed into the Pentagon on September 11, walked free today after being granted bail at an extradition hearing . Mr.Raissi, 27 who has been held in jail for five months, emerged from the top security Belmarsh magistrate's court complex in south -east London to applause from his family and friends. Minutes earlier, district judge Timothy Workman said Mr.Raissi, who lives near Heathrow airport. Could have conditional bail as he was only facing extradition to the US on two counts of falsifying as application for a US pilot's license. At previous court hearings in London, lawyers acting for the US authorities indicated he was suspected of being a lead instructor for pilots responsible for the September 11 hijackings. And US prosecutor have in the past made clear that the pilot's license accusations were only holding charges. But no terrorism charges have been formally introduced and Mr. Raissi's lawyers successfully argued today that the charges related to pilot's license applications did not justify him being held in prison. Mr. Workman said he appreciated the September 11 investigation was long and painstaking but he said he was allowing bail as the US government was unlikely to bring terrorism charges inAA the near future. Mr. Raissi's family has strenuously denied he was involved in the September 11 terror attacks in any way. Today he was told his family would have to give $10000in surety, that he would have to live at an address specified to the court , that he would have to surrender his passport and not apply for international travel documents . Mr. Raissi's French wife Sonia, speaking after the judge's decision, said that she believed justice had been done. She said " we have been waiting five months and my message to the FBI is , You arrested him for terrorism so why do you want to extradite him for these ridiculous , minor charges? .
     Lotfi's brother, Mohamed, said "The FBI said to he world that he was a big terrorist and they have to now say to the world, that his man is innocent. They have destroyed his life, his future and his dream".
     But James Lewis, representing the US government, told the court Mr.Raissi should not be granted bail. He said "we are concerned with an investigation into an atrocity that shocked the civilized world ...Mr. Raissi is a suspect in that investigation"
    Hugo Keith, representing Mr. Raissi, said "The Americans now seen unwilling to withdraw from their initial position and accept on this occasion, they pursued the wrong person. He is not fundamentalist. He is married to a white Catholic" Prosecutors have alleged that Mr.Raissi had links to Hani Hanjour ,the pilot suspected of crashing Flight 77 into the Pentagon.
    Mr. Raissi was arrested on September 21 and has been held at London' high -security Belmarsh prison ever since. He was indicated by a federal grand jury in Arizona on charges of falsifying applications for a pilot's license and other documents. He allegedly held a 1993 theft conviction and failed to mention that he had undergone a knee operation. He has also been indicated Arizona on 11 more counts, including conspiracy to submit a false immigration claim. A previous attempt to win him bail in the high court in London in December failed. Lawyers acting for the US alleged that there was "a web of circumstantial evidence that points to the involvement of Raissi in a terrorist conspiracy which culminate in the events of September 11" US counsel said Mr.Raissi had "links to the Al-Qsida organization" and was "someone who has both motive and means t escape"
    1.    When was Mr.Raissi arrested?
    2.    How long has he been held in jail?
    3.    Is it confirmed that Mr.Raissi had links to the hijacker of Flight77?
    4.    What nationality is Mr.Raissi's wife?
    5.    What did he hide in 1993?
    6.    Did he succeed in his previous attempt to win bail?
    7.    What are the conditions of his bail?
    8.    What nationality is Mr. Raissi and where does he live?
    9.    Has he been charged with terrorism?
    10.What did the US authorities accuse him of doing?



    3.BOSNIA INJURIES

    On Thursday in northern Bosnia, two American soldiers were wounded when a land mine exploded. One of the soldiers suffered injuries to his right foot and other was able to walk away from the blast with shrapnel wounds to his lower leg . The incident happened at about 2:30 PM 0930EST in the town of Hadizici, which is located about ten miles south east of Tuzla .
    NATO issued a statement about the incident. The statement said, "two American engineers were injured by an anti-personal mine as they were conducting a joint inspection of a minefield with the Bosnian Serb Army. One soldier stepped on an anti- personnel mine, incurring injuries to one foot.
    Concerns have been raised by ERRI and any number of other sources in regard to the dangers of landmines and other improvised explosive devices in Bosnia. According to UNICEF, Bosnia has one of the highest densities of landmines per square mile of any place in the world. UNICEF says that more than 1800000mines may have been laid in Bosnia during the recent years of ethnic conflict. More troublesome to NATO troops than traditional mines, which are made of metal, are mines with plastic cases or improvised mines made from wooden cases and high explosives. The wood and plastic mines are far more difficult to detect with conventional mine detectors.
    In other news regarding to Bosnian peace mission, United States Navy Admiral Leighton Smith made some remarks regarding the six confirmed sniper incidents involving NATO forces since Sunday. Admiral Smith said, "We have got some jerk up there pulling a trigger and he has got a night scope. That makes it tough. But boy, let me tell you , if we do see him he had better be fast and be clad in bullet-proof stuff. Because we will attack with out  warning. There are such things as anti- sniping teams ....people who snipe at our forces are at great risk to themselves. If we see some body pointing a weapon at our forces he will be attacked with out warning.... no warning shots, no' drop your weapon"
     And true to Admiral Smith's words -- French NATO forces later killed a sniper in the suburb where most of the shooting incidents have occurred. A NATO statement said "One gunman was located by the French Special Forces and was later neutralized. This person was seriously wounded. He later died of his injuries in spite of the intervention from a military physician. Another armed civilian was also apprehended by 0ur forces. This individual was disarmed with out any bloodshed".


    1.    How many confirmed sniper incidents have there been?
    2.    Where were the two American soldiers inured?
    3.    Did both of the soldiers walk away from the explosion?
    4.    Will a warning be given to snipers who shoot at NATO forces?
    5.    How many mines have been placed in Bosnia during the conflict?
    6.    Does Bosnia have a large amount of mines per square mile?
    7.    What happened to the sniper found by French NATO forces?
    8.    Was the second civilian, who was carrying a weapon ,shot by NATO forces?
    9.    Which types of mines are more difficult to detect?
    10.    Was the first sniper shot dead by the French NATO forces?


    4.CLONE SYSTEM

    Numerous reports from around the world in Jan/ Feb 2001 of fresh attempts to clone human embryos, ranging from Clonaid saying they hope t implant embryos into surrogate mothers in February to Australian scientists saying they have managed to make a human cloned embryo by combining a empty pig egg with a human cell . Their cloned human embryo divided to 32 cells before being destroyed. In other words it seems that the empty eggs from animal contain all that is needed to activate human genes for successful human cloning. There are huge risks of abnormalities and mutations in these human cloning experiments. We know that these animal-human hybrids are likely to escape legal controls because a court of law would probably decide that this was not human cloning a legally defined .However the outcome - if born - would be a clone baby which has identical genes in the nucleus of every cell to the adult from which the original cell was taken . Interestingly , 1%of the genes in mammal cells are not in the nucleus but in the power packs providing all the electricity for cells . These power generators called mitochondriaa .So technically these human clones made from animal eggs would have 1% animal DNA . Worrying  we know that there are many serious diseases in human caused by faulty genes in the mitochondria . But that is with human mitochondria .What will be the risk of problems with animal mitochondria being used to power every cell in human cloned child that is yet to go?
    Clonaid  says five British couples, including two pairs of homosexual men have asked to be cloned. Peter and lldako Blackborn , computer consultants from Huntingdon Cambrisdgeshire UK have expressed an interest in human cloning as a alternative infertility treatment but which had not say if they are in touch with Clonaid .
    as the press conference called and announce of the cloning the United States government banned it to practice in the future . The US government pledged that it will harm the civilization of the human being so world should not follow the mal -practices .
    After two months the Korean scientist claimed that he also get success to reproduce a clone baby and he claimed that he will use it for the couple who doesn't  have kids and deserve it .According to the scientist , he will provide who ever the couples deserve, but the donor should give his consents .
    The British government strongly condemned the act of the Korean scientist and announced that the UK government does not allow the cloning to spread in the world. Cloning should be only in side the lab.  The international scientists said that it is a big step in the human civilization and should be utilized to find out the cure of all diseases in the future. it also claimed ridiculously that every couple wants Clinton and Bill Gates as their children at the same time the natural system has been disturbed by the pressure of cloning . The world need people of every sector not money maker and politicians. If so, the world will destroy very soon.
    A conference has been organized by some popular scientists in the   New York and concluded with a statement that it is a extraordinary achievement for the whole world with some vital de-merits so all should stand together to utilized the said invention. The  prime responsibility rest upon the politicians who claims to be the supreme of the United Nations organization.


    1.    What was the conclusion of New York press conference?
    2.    What was the only vital demerit of the cloning?
    3.    What was the claimed to of the Korean scientist?
    4.    Why the US government did banned the cloning system?
    5.    What is the main problem of cloning system?
    6.    What does Australian scientist claim?
    7.    What is the risk in human cloning experiments?
    8.    For what reason did the scientists prefer to sue and empty pig egg and a human cell for the experiment?
    9.    What is the specific with mitochondria??
    10.    Why have scientists shown their interest in human cloning?
    5.    ARSON IN THE VILLAGE

    On Sunday morning in a hot summer day, one patrol team of CIVPOL monitor received a radio call from the CIVPOL station about an arsoning incident in a bear by village. Someone had called up and informed the station about the incident from a local public call office .The patrol team rushed to the scene of incident. As reaching the scene, they saw a red vehicle speeding away in a very high speed with at least four or five persons inside with at least one man holding something like gun. Arriving at the scene, the monitors saw tow houses burning. Some natives came towards them and informed that some armed people came to the village, set light to the two houses belonging to a local politician and fled in their red car. The situation was immediately reported the CIVPOL station and the local police authority were duly informed. Within few minutes the fleeing red vehicle as stopped at a check point and the perpetrators arrested by the local police.
    The patrol team informed to the fire brigade about the arson case and the Fire brigade team form the local municipality arrived in 15 minutes to the scene and put off the fire. Some local said during the interview that the both house was belong to the local politicians called Mustafa Leader. Leader had some arguments with some rivals during the municipality meeting last Friday about the grazing of the animal in the village of Ruslan. The leader received a threat from the rival of abandon the village as soon as possible or faces the adverse consequences. The leader did not obey the threat and the incident happen. Both house entirely damaged by the arson but the fire bridge could not give the total amount of loss of the house. The CIVPOL interviewed with the house owner and revealed that two houses worth $ 10000 and two camels worth $ 1000, cash worth $99 and utensils worth $45, grains worth $ 129, have been damaged during the arson.  The monitor team assured him relief of compensation from the local authority. 
     The local police team with out aid of UN Police have arrested the red vehicle and recovered a Tomy machine gun and 354 rounds of live ammunitions form the red car. Five suspects including driver also have been arrested by the local but not disclosed in public by the local police. The local police issued a statement in the same day saying that investigation is underway and if information needed contact to regional head quarters the following day.
    The National Labour Party belongs to Mustafa organized a protest rally in the town demanding the full security to the local leader and their property and take legal and strain action to perpetrators. During the demonstration supporters of the party vandalized 4 shops and injured three local security personnel.
     The local authority endorsed compensation to the Mustafa, according to the report of Fire Brigade which cost in the said head but only $ 11000.  The fire brigade did not mention the head of the loss but recommended the whole some of money.
    The local police control the security situation in the town and the police released one suspect with out any legal charge and other four have been sent to the jail by the order of local magistrate on the charge of arson and possession of illegal weapon.
     The red car sent to the auction to pay the compensation of the damage property. The owner of the car complained that his car was stolen from the garage at midnight on the same day, and it is dictatorship of the local authority to auction his car with out investigating properly and he also claimed that he will sue to the local authority in the Apex court.
    1.    When did the car stolen?
    2.    What was the lost property?
    3.    What were the ammunition found by the local police?.
    4.    What was the demand of political party?
    5.    What had happened during the demonstration of local political party?
    6.    What message did the CIVPOL received?
    7.    How was the CIVPOL station informed of the incident ?
    8.    En- route to the scene, what did the patrol team saw?
    9.    What was the monitor action on the scene?
    10. what action did the local police take ?

        

    6.    Authoritarian regime

    President Abdurrahaman Wahid granted amnesty  thousands of prisoners Thursday, including some who were ailed for there political beliefs. Minister for law and legislation Yusril Ihza Mahendra said 105 political prisoners, and 3000 others who were jailed for criminals' acts, would be released. He said Wahid signed a presidential decree Thursday and the prisoners would be set free Thursday night and Friday morning.
    "We are releasing the criminal prisoners because it's Christmas time and the New year",he said . He added that the release of the political prisoners' mostly separatist activists from Aceh and Irian Jaya province was part of the government's efforts to release all those who were jailed for political activity under Indonesian's former authoritarian regime. Most of the political prisoners were jailed during the32 -year dictatorship of Suharto , who was ousted from power due to a student uprising in May 1998.
    It is not the self motivated move of the government but international political pressure to released the political prisoners .  There are more than 40% members of the parliament are brought from the security service to show the political honesty to the military department .  Military party called National Unity party is more powerful in Indonesia till now and it has 32 years' background. The civil leadership could not do any thing with out the military aid. So democratic government willing to follow the military advice. 
    The international court of justice has declare to punish some of the criminals who were directly involved in the massacre in Indonesia during the dictatorship of Suharto regime. But it is ridiculous to digest that the than army chief who has been accused of murdering 200 prisoners of political belief, is a member of parliament now. The Amnesty International condemned the act of the government to nominate the army chief Mr. Javal as a parliamentarian and said that the government marginalized the people voice.
    The International Court of Justice summoned  as per the international standard to Suharto to present his opinion in Hague whether he did the crime or not , but it went in vain because Suharto has been admitted to Jakarta Teaching   hospital due to chest and BP problem . Suharto has been accusing of accumulating large sum of money and killing 500 students during the students' uprising.
        The interim president of East Timor Mr. Gusmao also condemned the act of the government to make escort free to the war criminals and said government is deceiving the people of Indonesia. Indonesian government barked against the East-Timor saying that no one could interfere in internal matter of the country. For the information, East -Timor is a fragment of the republic of Indonesia and got independence in 1997 by the acute international political pressure and military intervention by the UN.
          Indonesian   people believe, the criminal who are released on the occasion New year will never involve in criminal activities in the future. Indonesia lies in East of the Asia bordering  China , Australia, Iran and Indian sea respectively East, West, South and North. and it is has the most dense Muslim population with mainly  Hindu religion . Indonesia was colonized by French in 1800 AD and ruled till 1936 and got independence. The military authority ousted the civil government in 1940 by military coup and rules till 1997. The country has notorious history of producing natural drugs like Heroine and Cocaine and it is also called the country of golden triangle, the main transit of drugs , including Burma ,Thailand and Laos.       

    1.    Which countries are called golden triangle country?
    2.    Which country is lies in the  south of Indonesia ?
    3.    What is the formal accusation to Suharto?
    4.    Why the democratic government does follow the military advice?
    5.    What was the reply of the government to East -Timor condemnation?
    6.    Where is the international court of Justice located?
    7.    why were the thousands of people jailed ?
    8.    What did Mr. Yusril Ihza Mahendra say?
    9.    How many political prisoners were jailed?
     10. Who were the released prisoners mostly?


    7.  GAMBLE

    November 27, 2001
    Bangkok, Thailand: Thai police said on Mondays they have arrested six Filipino gang members for allegedly luring two Japanese and three French tourists to gamble in their house and cheating them out of millions of Baht (thousands of dollars) . The gang members, three men and three women, were arrested on Sunday from a house in Bangkok where all six gang members lived, police Lieutenant General Chat Kuldilok told reporters. Lt. Gen. Kuldilik said the women pretended to be Thai house wives and invited their victims. Whom they met on the street while pedaling handicrafts, to come to their house to teach them Japanese, and to sell them handicrafts. He said the male members of the gang pretended to be millionaires from Brunei who lost huge sums to each other to avoid suspicion by the tourists, Chat said. Four of the five tourists agreed to gamble with the male gang members while the female gang members supposedly were making them fool. Once the tourists had lost all of their money to the gang members they tried to get some of their money back, but the gang members refused. The tourists were told if they told the police or any one else about losing money to them, they would be killed. All the male gang members had knives and showed them to the tourists after telling them this. The tourists left the house and notified Thai police immediately. The tourists informed the police of the gang members' house and were willing to help them in hopes of getting their money back. Upon arrest, the Thai police searched the entire house, but unfortunately the money could not be found. One of the tourists response was," I am happy, even tough we didn't get our money back , I'm just glad the gang members were found by the Thai Police . Hopefully nothing like this will happen to any tourists ever again.
    Police interviewed all the detainees in the police cell and found that other two gangs also committing the same crime using same modus operandi in the capital city. Police started the vigorous checking around the suspected area and arrested  one gang with some weapons and valuables in the rented house. Police confiscate six knives and four round of live bullets including four gang members.  Later on police honestly publicized two golden rings, four golden bracelets, six wrist watches and five passports . And issued a statement saying that any one who is belongs to the valuables contact with proofs to the city police officer Mr. Rothan.
     Police registered a legal case to the first 6 members of the gang accusing looting the valuable of the tourists but the local magistrate released all saying that police did not show the proofs of looting.
     The second gang members also charged with looting the tourists and illegal possession of weapons .The magistrate send them to the jail for six months on the charge of looting but the magistrate said police should be careful accusing the civilian who has only live bullets not a pistol or revolver.
    The police assured that the looting case will come down after the arrest of 2 looting gangs and vows that they will do enough to arrest who are involved in looting case. Police said that tourist should be careful with the people who were involved in prostitution. Bangkok is famous for sex tourism in East Asia.  Most of the prostitutes are brought form the Philippine in the name of house wife . In this racket the local administration and police and pimps are also involved. 
    1.    How may gang members arrested?
    2.    What are the valuables had been confiscated?
    3.    Why the Bangkok city is famous for?
    4.    How many culprits were sent to jail and how many released?
    5.    How the gang member did pretend themselves?
    6.    What were the nationality of the victims ?
    7.    What was the tourist said after not getting his money?
    8.    What did general Chat said about the accident?
    9.    What were weapons confiscated.
            10. How many tourists had gambled with cheaters?


    8.  EBOLA

    Sunday, December 9, 2001
    An outbreak of fever in the West African nation of Gabon has been confirmed as the deadly disease Ebola, the World Health Organization (WHO) said Sunday. It is world's first documented outbreak of Ebola since last year in Uganda, where 224 people - including health workers - died from the virus. Ebola is one of the most virulent viral diseases known to humankind, causing death in 50 to 90 percent of all clinically ill cases. "It's been confirmed by a laboratory in Gabon" WHO spokesman Gregory Hartl told the press. "We have reports that seven people have died" Hartl said WHO has already sent a team to help the coastal nation and that a second team of four specialists would leave Geneva for Gabon on Monday. The out break is in remote Ogooue Ivindo province in northeastern Gabon, he said. Gabon was last afflicted in an outbreak in 1996-97 that killed 45 of the 60 people infected. "We have had very little information" Hartl said. The conformation came from a laboratory in France ville, also in eastern Gabon. A team from the Gabon Ministry of Health and the International Center of Medical Research in
    France Ville went to the province last week when they first received reports of that the outbreak might be Ebola, Hartl added. On Friday, Hartl said there were unconfirmed reports of a possible outbreak in nearby Congo. Ebola is passed through contact with bodily fluids, such as mucus, saliva and blood, but Ebola is not airborne. The virus incubates for four to 10 days before flu-like symptoms set in. Eventually, the virus causes severe internal bleeding, vomiting and diarrhea. There is no known cure for Ebola, but patients treated early for dehydration have a good chance of survival. WHO says more than 800 people have died of the disease since the virus was first case in Gabon was documented in 1994 the agency says. After the 1996-97 out break in Gabon it wasn't documented again until it appeared in Uganda last year. WHO recommends the suspected cases is isolated from other patients and that strict barrier nursing techniques be used to shield health workers from exposure. Gloves and masks must be worn and disinfected prior to reuse, the agency says. Patients who die from the disease should be promptly buried or cremated. The virus has also been transmitted to people from handling ill or dead infected chimpanzees, WHO says. Police are worried there may be widespread panic in the area because of the confirmed reports. There have been rumors of possible riots and / or break -ins. Police officials said tat when out breaks such as this occur, people become frightened and assume the worst and that is when people start to try and upraise against the police . However, no reports have been made in regards to riots and/ break -INS, but police have been told to be prepared for the worst. The Goban Government called emergency cabinet meeting and declared Ivindo province as "forbidden Province". The government begs international support and relief to get rid of the diseases.  it is requested to all media house not to make undue publicity to  the outbreak ,which can terrorize the general public and can hamper  to maintain the security situation in  the country. Gabon a Central African Republic also facing starvation, malnutrition, political instability, and draught from a long decade.  The neighboring countries Nigeria, Uganda, Ethiopia, South Africa, Kenya, Somalia are also suffering from internal conflict and could not do as requested by the Gabon.  The first world showing their interest  on the request and ready to provide the assistances or relief  but they have an eye or vested interest on the natural resources of the Gabon republic which is rich in diamond, gold , natural gas , petroleum mine .

    1.    What did government request to Media?
    2.    Which province was declared as "forbidden province" ?
    3.    Why the neighboring countries could not assist the Republic of Gabon?
    4.    When the disease was documented first in the Africa?
    5.    What was the rate of death causing Ebola?
    6.    What were the symptoms of Ebola?
    7.    How the Ebola is transmitted to another person.
    8.    What was the resource of the Ebola?
    9.    Why did the first world countries showing their interest to Gabon?
    10. How many medical teams are going to be assign to assist the Gabon republic.    

    9. TALIBAN ARRESTED

        US forces detained seven suspected Taliban fighters yesterday outside the American military base at Kandhar airport in southern Afghanistan after it came under attack , defense officials said. They said the men were detained for questioning after patrols were sent out to investigate the attack. A small number of other people who might have been involved in the gunfight escaped, according to the officials, who asked not to be identified. No American troops were injured, they said. A Reuters television cameraman, Taras Protsyuk, said he heard heavy gunfire and a number of explosions at the Kandhar base . He said the shooting lasted about 30 minutes and was at its most intense for a period of about five minutes ." I have seen the tracers and there were some light explosions like hand grenades ", he said " Americans appeared to be firing at a point in the hills to the West Side of the air base." Operation in Afghanistan by the US military and its allies to mop up remnants of the vanquished Taliban and the AL-QUIDA network are based at Kandahar airport .
        There are about 4100 military personnel based at the airport, with the majority from the US. Mr. Protsyuk said the heaviest firing was on the airport's western perimeter, about half a mile from the terminal building. In a separate incident, an American military transport plane crashed in a remote region of the Afghanistan on Tuesday night , injuring all eight crew members but non of them critically ,US  officials said yesterday . Seven of those injured in the crash were able to walk and " non of the injuries were considered life- threatening " ,said Major Brad Lowell, a spokesman for the US central command in Florida . The cause of the crash was not known , although it did not appear to be the result of hostile fire, official said . An American soldier was killed in an accident in Afghanistan yesterday when a piece of heavy industrial equipment fell on him at Bagram air base near Kabul, the US military said . The soldier's name was  withheld pending notification of next of kin. Later on , it was revealed that the detainees were investigated thoroughly and two among seven were sent to " Kwantanamo Bey" a notorious jail used by American military  to dump terrorists. Kwantanamo Bey is in Cuba , a communist nation , ruled by Fidel Kastro , a south American country .
        It was provided to USA on lease for hundred years. Remaining among the detainees were sent to the local judicial authority and imposed to the judicial remand for six months . The American soldier killed by heavy equipment was delivered  to home with a national regards by a special US navy plane . The US had  started war against Afghanistan to abolish Taliban regime , who allegedly harboring the terrorist leader Osama bin Laden  in the country . American military could not find the Osama  till now. Osama is Saudi Arabia born billionaire and blind supporter of Muslim belief , he involved in fighting with Soviet Union  who had strong hold in Afghanistan during the second world war and  with the aid of US the Al quada successes to remove Russia from Afghanistan . Bin laden started getting physical and moral support from theUS . later on , the US  did not give his support to Osama so he and his allies attacked on US interest in South Africa killing 1000 innocent people by the suicide bombing and declared Osama a terrorist .  After the 9/11 terrorist attack on twin tower , the US has declared fight against the terrorism and  announce to hand over the Osama to the US by Afgan Government . The Taliban regime  did not obey the order saying that he was the guest of the country and  guest should not be hand over the western country . 

    1. Who is Osama bin Laden?
    2. What do you know about Kwantanamo Bey?
    3. What had happen to arrested seven detainees?
    4. Why did America attack Afghanistan?
    5. where did the US transport plane crash?
    6. Where is the US central command located?
    7. How many US military have been killed according to the passage?
    8. Where was the heaviest firing occurred?
    9. Where is the Kandhar air port located?
    10.    Who is Taras?

    10. THE UNITED NATION

    The United Nation is an international organization established to create international security and friendship among the member states.
        After the Second World War, the allied nation established the United Nation on 24 December 1945 including 51 member states. Now it has 191 member states around the globe. The head quarters of the United Nation lies in New York in the US and the branch for the Europe is lies in Switzerland.

    Main objectives of the United Nations are as follows.

    1. To maintain international security
    2. To maintain friendship among the countries
    3. To regards human rights.

    It has six main organs

    1. International court of justice
    2. Secret General assembly
    3. Security Council
    4. Economic and social council
    5. Trusteeship council
    6. Secretariat

                                            1. International court of justice.

        The headquarters of International court of justice lies in Netherlands. The UN secretariat lies in New York. The meeting of general assembly starts on third of September and concludes on December. Security council has 15 members among them 5 are permanent members , which are America, China , Russia , French, and Germany and other 10 members are elected by the 191 members states of general assembly for the period of two years . The Economic and Social council has 54 members' states and every member has three years of working period. The headquarters of the Economic and Social council lies in Geneva.

        America, China, France, Germany, Russia the permanent members of the Security council has veto power .Chinese English, French, Russian, Spanish are the official language of the United nation,. Mr. Ban ki Mon is the Secretary General of the United Nations, a South Korea citizen.

        Nepal as a United Nation member state has sent 1241police personnel to serve the United Nation, as civil police, police monitor, police advisor and police trainers. Nepal has established two Form Police Units in Haiti and Sudan as per the request of the United Nation. wins their obedience, confidence, respect and enthusiastic co-operation in achieving common objectives.


    11.  UN FAILURE IN BOSNIA

        A long -awaited report into the failure of a Dutch UN peacekeeping force to prevent the murder of thousands of Muslims in the Bosnian town of Brebrenica will be published on Wednesday. The Netherlands is bracing itself for the results of the inquiry in to the worst massacre in Europe since world War second. The
        BBC's Europe correspondent says Dutch troops are likely to be criticized for their part in event leading up to the 1995 slaughter. In July 1995, Srebrenica was being protected by 110 Dutch troops who were supposed to ensure the safety of the town's mainly Muslim population against surrounding Bosnian Serb forces. The United Nations had declared it a safe area but when it  was attacked, the town fill with out the Dutch UN troops firings shot . Up to 8000 Muslim men and boys were then murdered.

    Five years of research

                      While the Dutch troops are likely to be criticized for letting the town fall without a fight , fault is also set to be found with the over all UN commander for failing to order air strikes to protect the enclave. The report is also understood to criticize the Dutch government for showing lack of political will. The 7000-pages report by the Netherlands Institute for War Documentation is the official Dutch history of events in Srebrenica. It has taken more than five years to produce. In a 1999 report, UN Secretary General Kofi Annan blamed the international community for its failure to protect the enclave but insisted that it was impossible " to say whether a more decisive action by the Dutch would have saved lives" .A report two weeks ago by the Interchurch Peace Council ( IKV) in the Netherlands condemned Dutch troops, generals and politicians for failing to evacuate and protect the Muslims.

    Scenes from hell

        The International Criminal Tribunal for the former Yugoslavia in the Hague has ruled that the massacre was genocide. Last August it sentenced Bosnian Serb General Radisav Krstic, considered a key commander in the episode, to 46 years in prison. The judge in the case said the massacre was characterized by " scenes from hell, written on the darkest pages of human history" Survivors' reports, aerial photography and grisly evidence exhumed from mass graves indicate the most victims in the massacre were summarily executed ,Dutch MPs may now call for a public inquiry. Seven military commanders of Royal Dutch army have been sentenced to seven years jail . Ten army personnel have been fired from the service and 20 have been restricted from the promotion as per the report of the criminal tribunal.   The BBC's correspondent Mr. Havel Eastward has been facilitated by the Dutch Government as a friends of mankind . After the massacre in the Srebrenica the Dutch government begs pardon with the Bosnian people and saying that her troops could not do any thing to save the life of the people and she is responsible to the accident.


    1. How many Dutch troops were protecting Srebrenica?
    2. What ethnic group were the people of Srebrenica?
    3. Why the Dutch government begs pardon with the people of Bosnia ?
    4. How many people were killed in Srebrenica?
    5. How many army personnel were punished?
    6. Who is criticized in the report?
    7. Where is the International Criminal Tribunal based?
    8. Would more positive action by the Dutch troops have saved lives?
    9    What sentence was General Krstic given?
    10    Who was facilitated by the Dutch government and why?


    12.  SWARM ATTACK

        Six people were hospitalized after they were attacked by a swarm of bees in Singapore, a news report said on Tuesday. The bees attacked contractors who were trying to remove a beehive in the tropical city-state .Two police officers who were on the scene to keep back the public, were among those attacked and hospitalized. Police public affairs officers could not immediately be contacted to confirm the report. The incident occurred at approximately 12:30PM on Tuesday afternoon. Two of the people who were injured in the attack were still in the hospital on Tuesday night at 10:00 PM; however they were in good condition. Such incidents are rare in heavily urbanized Singapore. But two years ago , a 51 years old taxi driver died after he was stung by a swarm bees .The driver was changing his back left tire and he removed the deflated tire , a beehive was in the wheel well . Witnesses said that the swarm covered the man's face and hands and repeatedly sting him as he cried out in pain .He died later that night while being hospitalized. Singapore is a very small country covered by the see in the east of Asia and known as a well industrialized country.
        The big industry installations have many nooks and corners where the swarm bees get shelters. firstly people do not care about it because it seems harmless and small in the beginning but after  a year it  appeared in large scale and bees become escort free so they undermine their stung so they try to destroy their hives and got stung and the result  become very adverse. The same accident happened in The US in 1990 when a farmer had gone to his farmhouse to clean the room , he saw that there is a bee hive in the ceiling of the room he thought it was full of honey , unfortunately it was poisonous  swarm bee's hive.  He collected his two sons and a black servant to take the honey . In the mean time when they lit a fire to fly the bees , the swarm bees started stung them . The younger son who was in the door side escaped from the room after having a look at the victims and called the police . The house got in to the gutter by the fire and three injured had been hospitalize in the city centre . The house owner Mr. Kally died during the medical treatment and two had been discharged after 2 weeks with swollen face and bruises for the whole life.  The same accident happened in Nepal too on 23 September 2002. The Raute , who are famous for honey hunter ,had tried to collect honey from the very steep hill near Manang District. they made rope ladder to climb the hill and with the aid of fire they started collecting the honey .
        It was a documentary program filmed by Scottish Director visualized to broadcast in Britain  by BBC. Al together there were 15 men. When the honey hunter was climbing down from the steep hill after the successful visualization of the film. Unfortunately, one of the hunters touched the bees hive. Due to the finished job, they did not prepare for next attack and they all were on very thin cloths and without cloves . Three among five hunters fall down from the cliff and died. Two were severely bitten by the bees were died on the way to hospital and ten crew members of the visualization  were admitted in the hospital and discharged after 2 weeks .  It is said that the bees seems so calm if they are not hurt and if anyone hurt their queen , they become so terrifying and take revenge from the hunter . The queen is the most powerful among the bees. if the queen of the bees  safely removed from the hive it will be so easy to get the honey from the hive   which is considered as medicine  in eastern countries . The working bees always follow the queen bee , if she abandon the hive silently , all the bees left the hive with out revenge. so if you want to get honey remove the queen tactically and calmly.
             
    1.    How many people had been killed according to the passage.?
    2.    How many people had been injured according to the passage?
    3.    Where was the bees's hive in the taxi?
    4.    Who was the authentic person to provide informations about injured police officers according to the passage.
    5.    What had happened to the two Americans who escaped from the death?
    6.    What is the ideal idea to get honey?
    7.    What did the team doing in Manning District?
    8.    How did the taxi driver killed?
    9.    Where was the bees's hive in the room?
    10.    Who is the most powerful in the hive?

    13.  ARAFAT POLITICS
        Arafat is not the point. As Israelis and Palestinians use ever more lethal means against each other's civilians, the question being asked in Israel and the US is not how to end the occupation, but whether or not to end the career, or even the life, of Arafat. At the time of writing this coverage trend in early February 2002, in a further escalation Israeli tanks have confined Arafat in an area of 200m square in Ram Allah. And have destroyed the remainder of his helicopter fleet that it began to destroy on the attack of his compound on 3 December 2001.
        If Israel killed Arafat or sent in to exile, nothing would change. It seems almost absurd to have to point out that forcing millions of people to live for decades under hostile military rule with no end on sight inevitably produces violent resistance. Only a mind -set that steadfastly refuses to recognize this can become captivated by a lone figure who's real and imagined failings became a smoke screen that obscures the machinery that actually drives the conflict.
        If Israel truly seeks the moral high ground it invokes in the international arena, it should stop seeking a relative high ground whose only elevation stems from the weakness and failing of its historical enemies. Rather Israel should address the most obvious things it dies to perpetuate the conflict.
        The bottom line is that the single most identifiable factor that perpetuates the Israeli- Palestinian conflict in all its forms, both legitimate, is the Israeli military occupation that exists to protect the continuing Israeli colonization of the Gaza Strip and West Bank, including Jerusalem.
        Comparisons of Arafat with Bin Laden serve to legitimize Israel's continuing repression of the Palestinians and bear no reality to the dynamics that this particular conflicts, dynamics that Israel has played no small part in creating.
        Israel's killing of civilians is a form of terrorism. The United States  tacit support of Israel's so called retaliation in US support of terrorism .Although Israeli officials are occasionally note don record " apologizing" for the latest " accidental" death of a child , there comes a point -- after a year in which one quarter of the 800 Palestinians killed were children and 50 percent of these children were killed for away from clashes- that it becomes imperative to note that Israel could always simply stop killing children , instead of merely apologizing for it.
        Israel's nightly shelling of Palestinian neighborhoods has accounted for one quarter of the 800 Palestinians killed during the first year of the Second Intifada .  Israel's regular killing of innocent civilians including children as a "by product " of its ironically titled" targeted killings " of Palestinian activists most commonly with rockets fired from combat helicopters at these leader's vehicles while in cit streets offer more examples of the indiscriminate violence that characterizes 'terrorism' as most people understand the word.
        Following a series of suicide bomb attacks in February / March 1996, then Israeli President Weizmann bluntly described Israel's practice of using closure to turn Palestinian towns in to prisons for the entire population: "Sometimes, when you are searching for a needle in a haystack, you have to burn the haystack".
        Israel has been encouraged to carry out similar "retaliation" as in the case of the December 2001bombing, by the knowledge that the United States would not condemn it. America must refrain from "understanding" Israel's violence. This can only have the effect of encouraging the continued Israeli killing of innocent Palestinian civilians.

    1.    How many Palestinian children have been killed this year?
    2.    How many Palestinians have been killed during nightly shelling?
    3.    Are children targeted by the Israelis?
    4.    Who is Arafat compared to and why?
    5.    Where is Arafat confined, and what size of area?
    6.    How many people live under hostile military rule in Palestine?
    7.    What is the question being asked in Israel and the US?
    8.    Why is Israel not afraid to carry out retaliation attacks on Palestinians?
    9.    What happened in 1996?
    10.    What dies Israel do when it is faced with suicide bomb attacks?








    14.  BUS LOOTED
        A bus, which started off in Kathmandu , at 5:30 PM , traveling to Biratnagar , was looted by some Indian dacoits, which had crossed the boarder in order to escape the authorities there. They had been in Nepal for at least a month and had been regularly stopping night buses and robbing the passengers of all their belongings as well as money.
        When the bus number Ba Ga 3987, first started off from Gongabu Bus Park there was a total of 30 passengers. Just near Thankot 3 more passengers got on. The journey was uneventful until they reached Muggling, where they stopped for dinner. Here, the bus conductor managed to find 4 more people wanting to travel to Biratnagar . After about half an hour stop for dinner, they set off again. At Bharatpur 2 of the passengers got off as they had only booked up to this point. The bus had to wait for about one hour as the engine had trouble and the driver had to fix it .After this they started  of again and had a short tea break at Hetauda where another 2 people got off and one got on.
        At about 2:00 PM in the morning, when most of the passengers were asleep, the driver suddenly stopped as there was a tree across the main road. The passengers all wake up as the bus had come to a sudden stop, and were all looking out of the windows. Two Indian men dressed in black were behind the fallen tree with country made rifles; at the same time 2 also came from the back and two on each side of the bus. At once they told all the passengers to come out of the bus and line up in front of the bus, even though it as a moonlight night, no body could make out the faces of the dacoits, and could tell only by the way they spoke that they were from India. Everybody was told to remove their watches, jewelries and to empty out their pockets and moneybags. One of the men colleted all this while the others told all the passengers to lie down with their faces facing down. During this time the dacoits all disappeared, as nobody wanted to follow them as they might get shot

    1.    How many passengers were on the bus when it was robbed?

    2.    How many dacoits were there in total?

    3.    How long did they stop for dinner?

    4.    Why did they stop a second time before the robbery?

    5.    How did the passengers know that the dacoits were not Nepali?

    5.    Where did the bus start first?

    6.    How many got in the Baratpur?

    7.    Why did the bus have to stop suddenly?

    8.    How many we on the bus at Muggling?

    9.    Although it was night time how could the passengers make out how many dacoits there were?  
    15.    KOSOVO POLICE

        On Monday 17 March 2003 , at 0745 hours , two Kosovo Police Officers were on patrol duty in a police vehicle when they observed a white van type vehicle , license 496KS858 driving very fast. The officers stopped the white van type vehicle for questioning using their blue flash lights. When the driver stopped, the patrol team stopped five meters behind his vehicle, however the van did not turn off its engine. As the officers exited their vehicle, the drivers of the white van type vehicle sped away very quickly. The officers ran back to their vehicle and chased the white vehicle .They were driving on the road to the airport. The police vehicle was driving at almost 120 km/hour but was unable to catch up to the van. Suddenly, the van turned north on to an unpaved roadway. The officers continued the pursuit. The van drove for approximately a hundred meters more. There was a big hole by the side of the road which the van fell into as the driver had lost control of the van, then it rolled upside down into a deep ditch on the south side of the roadway at grid reference 184-846. The officers stopped their vehicle on the opposite side of the roadway and proceeded cautiously toward the offender's vehicle. When they were approximately two meters away form the white van type vehicle they could see that the offender was still in his vehicle but was not moving. There were no sign of blood or injury  to the offender .As the officers got closer they could see three bundles, approximately 35 cm by 20cm by 25cm in the rare cargo area of the vehicle . One of the bundles was ripped open and a dark green plant material was showing, the officers assumed that it was marijuana. The first officer proceeded to the front of the vehicle to check the physical condition to the driver. The offender was breathing but didn't respond to any of the officer's verbal commands.  The officer radioed for an ambulance and the offender was taken to the local hospital. The second officer searched the offender's vehicle and found another bundle under the front seat with a knife. The Knife was 20 cm long with old blood stains. There were no papers or registration found in the vehicle. All material were seized as evidence and taken to police station.

    1.    What were the 2 officers doing at 0745 Hrs?
    2.    Why did they ask the van to stop?
    3.    What was their reason for stopping the van?
    4.    At what distance behind did the police stop?
    5.    How many bundles were seen?
    6.    Approximately what speed was the van traveling when in pursuit?
    7.    What did the officers assume it to be?
    8.    Was the knife found before or after the suspect was taken to hospital?
    9.    What distance did the van travel on the dirt road?
    10.    How did the man crash the vehicle?
    16.    GERMANY SOOTING

    Germany was in shock yesterday after 19 years old, masked gunman shot 17 people, including two female students, before killing himself in a school massacre in the eastern city of Erfurt.
    The black -clad gunman a recently - expelled student of the Gutenberg secondary school, burst into a classroom during an exam yesterday morning around 11 AM and started shooting with a pump action rifle mounted on his back. "He passed us in the corridor with out paying any attention and walked straight into the secretary's office and started shooting." He said. Witnesses said the gunman walked through the building, opening classroom doors and targeting staff, killing nine male teachers, four female teachers, a secretary and two female students all within minutes. Caretakers heard the shots and notified the local police. Two officers arrived on the scene and discovered two dead bodies in the entrance hall. Moments later the gunman appeared and opened fire, shooting dead one of the policemen. A special commando unit immediately surrounded the school, which has nearly 700 students. As the shooting continued, around 180 students were still trapped in the building. Commandos stormed the building shortly before noon and came upon what was described as terrible scenes. 'Bodies lay in the halls, in bathrooms and classrooms' said Mr.Rainer Grube, a police spokesman. The gunman, who had barricaded himself into a room, shot himself as officers approached. 'The gunman killed himself when he saw that there was no way out for him' said Mr., Grube.
        For the students trapped inside the building, their ordeals ended nearly three hours later when they were led, pale and shaking, out of the school to worried parents at the gate. They were all receiving counseling yesterday evening, while four people injured in the attack were brought to hospital. Police were last night still investigating students reports that there was a second gunman. They had no motive for the shootings yesterday evening. Friends of the as yet unidentified gunman described him as an intelligent student who was ' full of life' and often spoke of his wish to become famous. The massacre is one of the most violent attacks in German post -war history, and ranks alongside the 1996 school shooting in Dunblane and the 1999 massacre in Columbine , Arkansas. Yesterday evening Erfurt residents were in shock and German politicians speechless .
    'We are stunned at this horrific crime. No explanation we could give would go far enough right now ' said the Chancellor, Mr. Gerhard Schroeder, expressing his sympathy for the families of the victims and the students who witnessed the attack. He ordered the German flag on the Reichstag in Berlin to flown to be flown at half mast. 'We are all in one room .One teacher is dead, we are crying.



    1.    Which two other massacres are mentioned?
    2.    How many people were injured in the attack?
    3.    What time did the shooting start?
    4.    What weapons were used?
    5.    How many teachers were killed?
    6.    Did the gunman target students?
    7.     Who notified the police about the shooting?
    8.    Who stormed the building and when?
    9.    How many police men entered the building initially?
    10.    How long it take to gunman to kill the people and was there only one gunman?



    17.  DEAD BODY FOUND

    Mr. John Edwards lives alone in his cottage in the southern part of Cambridge, UK. He was a retired officer who previously worked for the finance office which was based in London. He had been retired for 5 years now and spent most of his time in Cambridge. He had worked for 34 years and during that time lived in London. By the sides of his cottage, there was a husband and wife living who used